OF M/S. FELIX VENTURES LLP Ventures...DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN OF M/S. FELIX VENTURES LLP LOCATED AT Sy No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94,

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

& ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

OF

M/S. FELIX VENTURES LLP

LOCATED AT

Sy No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94, Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar District, Telangana State

FOR

PROPOSED BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES

MANUFACTURING UNIT

Proposal for

ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE Industry falls under 5(f) ‘A’ Category as per the EIA Notification, 2006.

Baseline Period – October – 2017 to December - 2017

Project Proponent

Mr. N. Anirudh Reddy,

Designated Director,

H.No:1-1-245/A/1, Bapinagar,

Chikkadpally,

Hyderabad, Telangana

Prepared by:

Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072. Ph: 040-23070602, 23075699. 40126589. Email: [email protected].

NABET Accreditation No: NABET/EIA/1518/SA 038

mailto:[email protected]

UNDERTAKING BY PROJECT

AUTHORITIES

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

ENGAGED

COPY OF

TERMS OF REFERENCE [TOR]

Government of IndiaMinistry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(IADivision)

Yogendra Pal SinghScientist 'D'F. No. J-llOl1j206j2017-IA.II (I)

Indira Paryavaran BhawanAliganj, Jor Bagh Road

New Delhi - 110003

Telefax: 91-11-24695365E-mail: [email protected]

Dated: 10th July, 2017

To,The Designated Director(Shri N Anirudh Reddy)MIs Felix Ventures LLPH.No:1-1-245/A/1, Bapunagar,Chikkadpally, Hyderabad - 500 020

Sub: Bulk Drug & Intermediates manufacturing unit at Sy No: Parts of 79,80 & 94, Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandai, Mahabubnagar, District,Telangana State by MIs Felix Ventures LLP - Terms of References -reg.

Ref.: Your online Proposal No. IA/TG/IND2/64171/2017; dated 24th April,2017.

Sir,Kindly refer your proposal no. IAjTGjIND2j64171j2017; dated 24th April,

2017 along with project documents including Form-I, Pre-feasibility Report anddraft 'Terms of Reference' as per the EIA Notification, 2006. It is noted that theproposal is for 'setting up of a Bulk Drug & Intermediates manufacturing unit atSy No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94, Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar,District, Telangana State by Mjs Felix Ventures LLP'.

2.0 It is Green field project. Proposed land area is 5.70 Acresj23067.1 Sq.m.Greenbelt will be develop in an area of 33% i.e 2.73 Acres out of 5.70 Acres ofarea of the project. The estimated proposed project cost is ~ 15.0 Crores. TotalEmployment will be provided to 50 persons as direct & 50 persons as indirect.Industry proposed to allocate ~ 75 Lakhs for 5 years @ 5% of Project cost towardsCorporate Social Responsibility.

3.0 It is reported that no national parks, wildlife sanctuaries BiosphereReserves, Tiger j Elephant Reserves, Wildlife Corridors etc. lies within 10kmdistance. Suraram Nala is flowing at a distance of 1.42 kms in NNE direction.

4.0 Following are the list of proposed products:

Name of the Product Quantity inMT/Month

r--------l----------------------------------------------------------- -----1-----------I 1 Carvedilol _ ___ 6__

Proposal no. IAjTG/IND2j64171j2017Page 1 of 3


-"'..

I 2 ICiprofloxacin Hydrochloride 10 II~I

13 ICitalopram Hydrobromide 5 I

I 4 IEmtricitabine 6 II 5 IFexofenadine Hydrochloride 6 i

I6 IFluconazole 10 !

7 ILamivudine 1018~ansoprazole I 6I

I 9 Levocetirizine Di hydrochloride I 3I 10 Loratidine i 10111 Losartan potassium I 10I 12 Nevirapine I 10 I!I 13 IOmeprazole 10114 IPantoprazole Sodium 10

,I

I 15 Pregabalin 4 II 16 Sertraline Hydrochloride j 5 I,I

I 17 Tramodol Hydrochloride I 10 II 18 IZidovudine I 10r- otal (Worst combination of any 10 , 100

products at any given point of tfmej],

5.0 Draft Terms of Reference (TOR)have been discussed and finalized during23rd Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) meeting held during 3rd - 5th May,2017 for preparation of EIA/EMP report. The Committee prescribed the followingadditional TOR in addition to standard TOR (refer Ministry's website) forpreparation of EIA-EMPreport:

A. Additional TOR

1. Public Consultation shall be done as per provisions of the EIA Notification,2006.

11. Layout Plan for 10 m wide green belt around periphery of the plant to besubmitted.

111. Alternate site analysis to be done.

6.0 These 'TORs' should be considered for the preparation of EIA/EMP for'Setting up of a Bulk Drug & Intermediates manufacturing unit at Sy No: Parts of79, 80 & 94, Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar, District,Telangana State by M/s Felix Ventures LLP' in addition to all the relevantinformation as per the 'General Structure of EIA' given in Appendix III and IlIAinthe EIA Notification, 2006. The draft EIA/EMP report shall be submitted to theState Pollution Control Board for public hearing. The issues emerged andresponse to the issues shall be incorporated in the EIAreport.

7.0 You are requested to kindly submit the final EIA/EMP prepared as perTORs and incorporating all the issues raised during Public Hearing/PublicConsultation to the Ministry for considering the proposal for environmentalclearance within 3 years as per the MoEF O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (1)dated Sth October, 2014.

Proposal no. IA/TGjIND2/64171/2017 Page 20r3

8.0 The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP report afteraccreditation with Quality Council of India/ National Accreditation Board ofEducation and Training (QCI/NABET)would need to include a certificate in thisregard in the EIA/EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by otherOrganization( s)/ Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. \\

. AV:-.'<r \1. ~.,.~~

(Yogendra Pal Singh)Scientist 'D'

Copy to:-1. The Member Secretary, Telangana Pollution Control Board, Paryavaran

Bhawan, A-III, Industrial Estate, Sanath Nagar, Hyderabad, AndhraPradesh.

2. Guard File/Monitoring File/Website/Record File.

(Yogendra Pal Singh)Scientist 'D'

Proposal no. IA/TGjIND2/64171/20 17 Page 3 of 3

TOR COMPLIANCE

TOR Compliance Felix Ventures LLP.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page I

TOR COMPLIANCE

S. No Standard Terms of Reference Chapters Page Nos

1. Executive Summary Enclosed in Draft EIA Report

2. Introduction

1. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET

accreditation Enclosed

2. Information about the project proponent Chapter - I 1

3. Importance and benefits of the project Chapter - I

Chapter - VIII 4-5 336

3 Project Description

I. 1. Cost of project and time of completion Chapter - I Chapter - II

2 16

II. 2. Products with capacities for the proposed

project. Chapter - II 15-16

III.

3. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

It is a Greenfield project

IV. 4. List of raw materials required and their source

along with mode of transportation. Chapter - II 138-146

V. 5. Other chemicals and materials required with

quantities and storage capacities. Chapter - VII 278-282

VI 6. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste

generating and their management Chapter - II 126-129

VII.

7. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Chapter - II Chapter - VIII

127 334

VIII.

8. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided.

Chapter - II 17-124

IX. 9. Hazard identification and details of proposed

safety systems. Chapter - VII 266-277

X.

X. Expansion/modernization proposals a. Copy of all Environmental Clearance (s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided In addition,

It is a Greenfield Project


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page II


status of compliance of consent to operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report. d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish /No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted

4

Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village,

Taluka /Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 KMs and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map –Earth downloaded of the project site

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate /Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Chapter - II Chapter - I

Chapter - II

Site is suitable for Industrial

Establishment & no need of

alternative site analysis.

Chapter - II

Chapter - II

Chapter - II

8-9 4

13

13

10-11

14


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page III


vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation /greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private-agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlement, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10KMs radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of thee past 30 years, Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.

Chapter - II

Chapter - II

Chapter - I

Chapter - III

Proposed land for unit was acquired

by Proponent

The proposed unit is established in 5.70 Acres, so

R&R is applicable

12

8

4

155


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IV


5

Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i. i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department (if applicable) ii. Landuse map base on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha) iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted. iv. The projects to be located within 10KMs of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by chief wildlife warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden –there on. v. Wildlife Conservation plan duly authenticated by the chief wildlife warden of the state government for conservation of schedule 1 fauna, if any exists in the study area. vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to be standing committee of the national board for wildlife.

The project area is non- forest land. Land use map based on satellite imaginary of the proposed site is presented in chapter - III, Page no: 201-202 Not applicable There are no National parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory corridors of Wild Animals, within the 10 Km buffer zone Not Applicable Not Applicable

6 Environmental Status

i. i) Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro- meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Chapter - III

156-159

https://www.google.co.in/search?rlz=1C1AOHY_enIN718IN718&q=meteorological&spell=1&sa=X&ved=0ahUKEwjw2-_y-NfRAhXKq48KHe0rD1sQvwUIGCgA


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page V


ii) AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

ii. iii) Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of al stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov.2009 along with –min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

iii. iv) Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB / MoEF&CC guidelines. V) Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEFCC, if yes give details. Vi) Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included vii) Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. Viii) Soil characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. ix) Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x) Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a wildlife conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Not Applicable

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

Chapter - III

161-162

166-174

176-177

176-177

184-185

192

187-188

203-216


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VI


xi) Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter - III 216-221

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. i) Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site –specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. iii. ii) Water Quality modeling –in case of discharge

in water body iii) Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor- cum –rail transport shall be examined. iv) A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment, Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules. v) Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards

Chapter - IV

The proposed unit is will employ ZLD

system

Chapter - X

Chapter - X

Chapter - X

234-238

342

343-352

341


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VII


VI) Measures for fugitive emission control VII) Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste – minimization, recycle/reuse/ recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. VIII) Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per fly ash notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. IX) Acton plan for the green belt development plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. X) Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. XI) Total capital cost and recurring cost /annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included. XII) Action plan for post –project environment monitoring shall be submitted. XIII) Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural and Man –made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Chapter - X

Chapter - X

Chapter - X Chapter - IV

Chapter - X

Chapter - X

Chapter - X

Chapter - VI Chapter - X

Chapter - VII

342

369

266 245

358-360

371-372

373

256-257 361-362

317-332


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page VIII


8

Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) EGG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. Details of existing Occupational & safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within permissible Exposure level (PEL) If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers. Can be preserved, Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and safety.

Chapter - VI

Chapter - VII

257

308-314

9

Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report. ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operation process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA. iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or

Chapter -VI - - -

251-252 - - -


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page IX


stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report.

10

Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

The proposed unit will provide all the facilities for construction labour during construction phase and as well as the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase

11

Enterprise Social Commitment(ESC) 1. Adequate funds (at least 5% of the project cost)

shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise social commitment based on public hearing issues and item –wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Chapter - VIII The fund allocated for Enterprise Social Commitment will be utilized as suggested during Public Hearing

335

12

Any litigation pending against the project and / or any direction/ order passed by any Court or law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the section 5 of environment (protection) Act 1986 or relevant sections of air and water acts? If so, details thereof and compliance /ATR to the notice (s) and present status of the case.

No Litigations against proposed project

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

Enclosed along with EIA & EMP Report

A Specific ToR

1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control.

Chapter - X 364-367

2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control

Chapter - X 364

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, etc.,

Chapter - III 167-174

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals

Chapter - VII 283-287

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting zero liquid discharge

NA NA

6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted; - -

7

A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufactures indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

Yet to make MOU with Cement Industries as it is a Greenfield Project


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Page X


8 Authorization / Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent I CETP and solid/ hazardous waste in TSDF, If any.

Yet to take Membership of TSDS as it is a Proposed Project

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. Chapter - X 369

10 Material safety data sheet for all the chemicals are being used/ will be used.

MSDS for all the chemicals will be used and kept in plant for reference.

11 Authorization/ Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF are being used /will be used

Yet to take Membership of TSDF as it is a Proposed Project

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed No proposal for installation of Incinerator

13 Risk assessment for storage and hazardous chemicals/solvents, Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.


14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.


Additional ToR

1 Public hearing to be conducted as per provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006.

Public Hearing is yet to be conducted for this project.

2 Layout Plan for 10 m wide green belt around periphery of the plant to be submitted.

Chapter - II 14

3 Alternate site analysis to be done Chapter – V 249-250

LIST OF CONTENTS

[INDEX]

Index of Draft EIA Report Felix Ventures LLP

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

LIST OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION

S. No Description Page No

1.1 Purpose of the Project 1

1.2 Identification of project & Project proponent 1

1.1.1 Identification of Project 1

1.1.2 About the Promoters 1

1.3 Objective and Scope of the Study 1

1.4 Brief Description of the Project 2

1.4.1 Nature of the Project 2

1.4.2 Size of the Project 2-3

1.4.3 Location of the Project 4

1.4.4 Project and its Importance to the Country & Region.

4-5

1.5 Scope of Study. 5

1.5.1 Environmental Impact Assessment 5

1.5.2 Socio-Economic Assessment 5

1.5.3 Regulatory Framework 6

1.5.4 Regulatory Scoping 6

1.6 Legal Policy and Institutional Frameworks 6-7

CHA PTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2.1 Type of the project 8

2.2 Need for the Project 8

2.3 Location 8

2.4 Size and magnitude of Operation 15-16

2.5 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 16

2.6 Technology and Process Description 16

2.6.1 Manufacturing process, details with flow charts & material balance

17-125

2.7 Pollution Load 125-126

2.8 Details of Process Emissions and its Mitigation measures.

127

2.9 Proposed Water Consumption Details 128

2.10 Expected Waste Water Generation Details 129-130

2.11 Expected Effluent Water Characteristics 132

2.12 Hazardous & Solid Waste Generation Details 132

2.13 Power(Energy) requirement 133

2.14 Utilities 133-134

2.15 Proposed Boiler & DG set 134

2.16 Details of Proposed Solvents Input, Recovery & Loss 135-137

2.17 List Of The Raw Materials Product Wise 138-145

2.18 Environment Aspects, Impacts and Mitigation

measures of Proposed Industry. 147-150



2.19 Assessment of New & Untested Technology for Risk

of Technical Failure. 150

CHAPTER - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


3.0 Introduction 150

3.1 Study Area 150

3.1.1 Study Period 150

3.2 Geological & Hydro geological Environment 150-151

3.2.1 Geomorphology and soil types 152

3.2.2 Geology 152

3.2.3 Hydrogeology 152

3.2.4 Ground water Conditions 152

3.2.5 Drainage Pattern of Study Area 153-154

3.2.6 Drainage Map 154

3.3 Micrometeorology And Climate 156-157

3.4 Air Environment 160

3.4.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 163-164

3.4.2 Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ) 164-165

3.5 Water Environment 175

3.5.1 Methodology For Water Quality Monitoring 175

3.6 Noise Environment 183

3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations 183-184

3.6.2 Traffic Study 187-188

3.7 Soil Environment 190

3.8 Land Use Pattern 194

3.8.1 Data Used 195

3.8.2 Land use / Land Cover Map 195-196

3.8.2.1 Basic concepts of land use 196

3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping 197

3.9 Ecological Environment 203

3.9.1 Detailed Description of Flora and Fauna 203-204

3.9.2 Vegetation and Flora of the Buffer zone 206-207

3.9.3 Terrestrial fauna of the Core area and the Buffer zone 211-212

3.9.4 Aquatic flora and fauna 214

3.9.5 RET and Schedule I Fauna 216

3.10 Socio Economic study. 216

3.10.1 Methodology Adopted For The Study 216

3.10.2 Distribution Of Population In The Study Area 217

3.10.3 Literacy & Illiteracy Rate 219

3.10.4 Occupational Structure 220

3.10.5 Civic Amenities Available In The Study Area 221-222

3.10.6 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent 222



CHAPTER - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES



4.2 Investigated Environmental Impacts due to Proposed Project.

223

4.3 Construction Phase 224

4.3.1 Impact on Land Use 224

4.3.2 Impact on Soil Environment 224

4.3.3 Impact on Topography 224

4.3.4 Impact on Air Environment 225

4.3.5 Impact on Water Environment 225

4.3.6 Impact on Noise Levels 226

4.3.7 Impact on Ecology 226

4.3.8 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment 226

4.4 Mitigative measures of Impacts during the Construction Phase.

228

4.5 Prediction of Impacts during Operational Phase 230

4.6 Air Environment 231

4.6.1 Source of Air Pollution 231

4.6.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment 232-233

4.6.3 Mitigation Measures 239

4.7 Water Environment 241


4.8 Noise Environment 243


4.9 Land/Soil Environment 244


4.10 Impact of Solid waste 245


4.11 Impacts on Ecology 246


4.12 Impacts on Socio - Economy 247


4.13 Impacts on Hydrology & Geology. 248


CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)


5.0 Analysis Of Alternatives 249

5.1 Site Selection Criteria 249

5.2 Selection Of Process Technology 250



CHAPTER - VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM



6.2 Environmental Management System 251-252

6.3 Environmental Management Cell Responsibilities 252-253

6.4 Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure 254

6.4.1 Objectives of Monitoring 254

6.4.2 Monitoring Schedule for Construction and Operation Phases.

254-255

6.5 Location of Monitoring Stations 257-258

6.6 Monitoring and Data Analysis 258

6.6.1 Air Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis 258

6.6.2 Water and Waste Water Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis.

259

6.6.3 Noise Levels 260

6.6.4 Soil Quality 260

6.7 Reporting Schedule of the Monitoring Data 260

6.8 Environmental Laboratory 260

6.8.1 Air Quality and Meteorology 261

6.9 Occupational Safety and Health aspects 261

CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES, RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT


7.1. Additional Studies 262

7.1.1 Scope of this Study 262

7.1.2 Methodology 262

7.2 Introduction to Risk Assessment 263

7.2.1 Objectives of Risk Assessment 263

7.2.2 Identification of Hazards 264-265

7.3 Safe Practices (Handling, Storage, Transportation and Unloading of Chemicals)

283

7.3.1 Drums 283

7.3.2 Measures to avoid Evaporation 283

7.3.3 Safety Systems 283

7.3.4 Transportation /unloading 283

7.4 Safety Instructions for Transportation of Hazardous Materials.

284-285

7.5 Spill Control 285

7.6 Effect and Consequence Analysis 285

7.6.1 Operating Parameters 285

7.6.2 Inventory 286

7.6.3 Loss of Containment 286

7.7 Major Hazards 287

7.7.1 Jet Fire 287

7.7.2 Pool Fire 287



7.7.3 Vapor Cloud Explosion 287

7.8 Damage Criteria 288

7.9 Risk Evaluation 289

7.9.1 Source strength parameters 289

7.9.2 Consequential effects 290

7.9.3 Selection of Damage Criteria 290

7.10 Heat Radiation 291

7.11 Explosion 292

7.12 Incidents Impact 293

7.13 Maximum Credible Loss accident Scenarios 293

7.14 Consequence Analysis 294

7.14.1 Risk Modeling Scenarios 294

7.15 Occupational Health 308

7.16 Safe Operating Procedures 315

7.17 Fire Protection 316

7.18 Static Electricity 316

7.19 Communication System 316

7.20 Safety Inspections 316

7.21 Predictive and Preventive Maintenance 316

7.21.1 Electrical Safety 316

7.21.2 Color Coding System 317

7.22 Disaster Management Plan

7.22.1 Onsite Emergency Plan

7.22.2 Defining the Nature/level of Emergency 317

7.22.3 Structure of Emergency Management System 317

7.22.4 Emergency Management system-Roles & Responsibilities

318

7.22.4.1 Site Main Controller (SMC) 318

7.22.4.2 Incident Controller/Deputy Incident Controller 319

7.22.4.3 Key Personnel’s 320

7.22.4.4 Essential workers 320

7.23 Other Elements of DMP 321

7.23.1 Assembly Point 321

7.23.2 Emergency Control Center 322

7.23.3 Fire Services 322

7.23.4 Medical Services 323

7.23.5 Security Services 324

7.23.6 Mutual Aid 324

7.23.7 Emergency Response 325

7.23.8 Emergency Capabilities 325

7.23.9 Emergency Handling Procedures 325-327

7.23.10 Mitigation of Environmental Impact during Fire Emergency

327-328

7.23.11 Raising the Alarm 328

7.23.12 Declaring Major Emergency 329

7.23.13 Plant operations 329

7.23.14 Telephone Messages 329

7.23.15 Mock Drill 330



CHAPTER - VIII PROJECT BENEFITS


8.1 Employment Potential 334

8.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & socioeconomic development

334

8.3 Direct revenue earning to the National and State exchequer

336

8.4 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure 336

8.5 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure 336

8.6 Other Tangible Benefits 336

CHAPTER - IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS


9.1 Cost benefit analysis 337

CHAPTER - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN



10.2 Pre-Project Environmental Management Plan 340

10.2.1 Site Preparation 340

10.2.2 Sanitation 340

10.2.3 Noise 340

10.2.4 Construction Equipment And Waste 340

10.2.5 Site Security 340

10.3 Environmental Management During Operation 341

10.3.1 Air Quality 341

10.3.1.1 Air Pollution Control / Management 341

A Stack Design 341

B Fugitive Emission from Solvents 342

C Storage and Transportation of Raw Materials 342

10.3.2 Noise Pollution 342

10.3.3 Water Quality 343

10.3.3.1 Details of ZLD system 348

10.3.3.2 The technical details of the systems are as follows 349

10.3.3.3 MEE plant configuration 349

10.3.3.4 Process description (Part - A) 349

7.24 Offsite Emergency Plan 331

7.24.1 Role of the Factory Management 332

7.24.2 Role of Local Authority 332

7.24.3 Role of Fire Authority 332

7.24.4 Role of Police 332

7.24.5 Role of Health Authorities 333

7.24.6 Role of the Mutual aid agencies 333

7.24.7 Role of the Factory Inspectorate 333



10.3.3.5 Process description (Part - B) 350

10.3.3.6 Process description (Part - C) 351

10.4 Hazardous/ Solid Waste Management 353

10.5 EB [Ecology & Biodiversity 354

10.6 SE [Socio-Economic Aspects 354

10.7 HG [Hydrogeology, Ground Water & Water Conservation] 355

10.8 GEO [Geology] 356

10.9 SC [Soil Conservation] 356

10.10 RH [Risk & Hazards Management] 357

10.11 Greenbelt Development 358

10.11.1 Objective 358

10.11.2 Action Plan 358

10.12 Post Project Monitoring 360

10.12.1 Air Pollution Monitoring 361

10.12.2 Waste Water Monitoring 361

10.12.3 Ground Water Monitoring 361

10.12.4 Hazardous / Solid Waste Monitoring 361

10.13 Management of Public Interests 362

10.13.1 Objective 362

10.13.2 Preference To Local Population 363

10.13.3 Health Camps 363

10.13.4 Public Amenities 363

10.13.5 Public Relations 363

10.14 Water Requirement 363

10.15 Process Emission Control System 364

10.16 Fugitive Emissions 364

10.17 Solvent Management Plan 365

10.18 Emissions – Utilities 367

10.19 Wastewater Loads 368

10.20 Stage wise Effluent Characteristics 369

10.21 Hazardous & Solid Waste details 369

10.22 Proposed Roof Water Harvesting 371

10.23 Investment 373

10.23.1 Budget allocation 373

10.24 Mitigation Plan 374

10.25 Socio-Economic development activities 375

10.26 Waste Minimization / Resource Conservation 5 r concept (Recycle / Refuse / Reduce / Reuse / Reform)

375

10.27 Conclusion 376-377

CHAPTER - XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION (THIS WILL CONSTITUETE THE SUMMARY OF THE EIA REPORT)


11.1 Salient features of the project 378

11.2 Conclusions 379



LIST OF TABLES

CHAPTER - I INTRODUCTION

Table No Description Page No

1.1 Proposed Products and Quantities 3

1.2 Proposed By-Products and Quantities 3

1.3 Project location and Compliance of site 4

1.4 Applicability of legal policies to the project 6-7

CHAPTER - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2.1 Land use details 8

2.2 List of proposed products and Capacities 15

2.3 List of proposed By Products and Capacities 15

2.4 Consolidated Pollution Load Of All Products In Per Day Quantities

126

2.5 Process Emission details and Its Mitigation measures

127

2.6 Process Emission Details Product wise 127-128

2.7 Proposed water consumption details 128

2.8 Proposed water consumption in process product wise

129

2.9 Expected Effluent Generation details 129

2.10 Expected HTDS & LTDS effluent details 130

2.11 Expected Waste water generation in Kg per day Product wise

131

2.12 Expected Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation, Disposal Details

132

2.13 Solid waste generation per day Product wise 133

2.14 Details Of Utilities 133-134

2.15 Emission Characteristic Details Of Proposed Boiler

134

2.16 Stack Emission Details Of Proposed Dg Set 134

2.17 Details Of Proposed Solvent Input, Recovery & Loss [Product Wise]

135-137



3.1 Showing drainage density based criteria by smith and strahler

154

3.2 Showing drainage density based criteria proposed by Long Bein

154

3.3 Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria Proposed by Horton

154

3.4 Frequency distribution wind directions and wind speed 158

3.5 Ambient air quality sampling locations 161



3.6 National ambient air quality standards 163

3.7 The maximum ,minimum & 98th percentile values for all the sampling locations

166

3.8 Ambient air quality, station : Project Site A1 167

3.9 Ambient air quality station : Macharam (A2) 168

3.10 Ambient air quality station : Medigadda Tanda (A3) 169

3.11 Ambient air quality station : Nandaram (A4) 170

3.12 Ambient air quality station : Balanagar (A5) 171

3.13 Ambient air quality station : Nerallapalli (A6) 172

3.14 Ambient air quality station : Palugalagadda (A7) 173

3.15 Ambient air quality station : Uduthiala (A8) 174

3.16 Ground water and Surface sampling locations 176

3.17 Ground water quality in the study area 178-179

3.18 Surface water quality the study area 180-181

3.19 Noise monitoring locations 184

3.20 Ambient noise levels within study area 186

3.21 Traffic Study 188-189

3.22 Soil sampling locations 190

3.23 Soil sampling analysis results 192

3.24 Standard Soil Classification 193

3.25 Showing the Details of Sources & the Maps Prepared 195

3.26 Showing the Topographic Maps 195

3.27 Satellite Data of National Remote Sensing Center 195

3.28 Land Use / Land Cover Statistics of the Study Area 200

3.29 List of plants found in the project area 204-206

3.30 List of Trees, Shrubs And Perennial Climbers Found In The Buffer Zone

207-209

3.31 List of Trees, Grasses, Herbs and Herbaceous Species Found the Buffer Zone

210-211

3.32 List of Vertebrates Other Than Birds Found In And Around The Project Site.

212

3.33 List of Birds Either Spotted Or Reported From The Areas In And Around The Project Site

213-214

3.34 List Of Aquatic And Semi Aquatic Macrophytes Found In The Tanks And Ponds Of The Buffer Zone

215

3.35 List of Fishes Either Caught By The Fisherman Or Reported From The Village Tanks

215

3.36 Population Distribution 217-218

3.37 Distribution of Literacy Rate and Illiteracy Rate in the Study Area

219

3.38 Occupational Structure in Study Area 220





4.1 Summary – Identification Of Impacts During Construction Phase

227

4.2 Mitigation Measures During Construction Phase 228-230

4.3 Emission Details From Proposed Boiler Stack 231

4.4 Emission Details From DG Set Stack 232

4.5 Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Incremental Concentrations

234

4.6 Resultant Concentrations Due to Incremental GLC's 235

4.7 Process Emission details and mitigation measures 239

4.8 Hazardous & Solid Waste Disposal Details 246

CHAPTER - V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)


5.1 Site Description 158



6.1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule details

255

6.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase

256-257

6.3 Details of Post Project Monitoring Locations 258

CHAPTER -VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES, RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT REPORT


7.1 Area Wise Identified Hazards, Precautions Taken With Mitigation Measures.

266-277

7.2 Raw Materials Inventory & Nature Of Hazard 278-280

7.3 Solvents Inventory & Nature of Hazard 281

7.4 List of Finished Products 282

7.5 Severity Categories and Criteria 288

7.6 Risk Matrix 289

7.7 Risk Criteria and action Requirements 289

7.8 Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation 291

7.9 Effects Due To Incident Radiation Intensity 292

7.10 Damage Due To Humans, Structures and Equipment From Overpressure Events

292

7.11 Solvents/Chemicals storage details 311





10.1 Flow Chart for Effluent Treatment 348

10.2 List of Plants identified for Greenbelt 360

10.3 Year wise Budget allocation for Greenbelt Development 360

10.4 The details of the Monitoring Program 361

10.5 Proposed Water consumption details 363

10.6 Characteristics Details of proposed Boiler 368

10.7 Stack Emission Details of proposed DG set 368

10.8 Effluent generation details 368

10.9 HTDs & LTDs effluent details 369

10.10 Hazardous / Solid waste generation, disposal Details 369

10.11 Available rain water (annual)for Harvesting 372

10.12 Proposed Budget for Environmental Management plan 373

LIST OF FIGURES

CHAPTER - II PROJECT DISCRIPTION

Figure No Description Page No

2.1 Location map 9

2.2 Google Earth Map Surrounding Of Project Area 10

2.3 Google Earth Map Showing Project Site 11

2.4 Latest photographs of Proposed site 12

2.5 Topomap showing 10km radius 13

2.6 Site plan details 14



3.1 Showing Drainage Map Of The Project Study Area

155

3.2 Windrose Diagram Period: Oct 2017 – Dec 2017 159

3.3 Ambient Air Quality Sampling Locations Map 162

3.4 Ground & Surface Water Sampling Locations Map 177

3.5 Noise Sampling Locations Map 185

3.6 Soil Sampling Locations Map 191

3.7 Pie Diagram Showing Land Use The In Study Area

200

3.8 Satellite Image Of The Study Area 201

3.9 Land Use / Land Cover Map Of The Study Area 202

3.10 Diagram Showing Total Population Distribution in the Study Area

218

3.11 The Diagram Showing Literates and Illiterates in Study Area

219

3.12 The Diagram Showing Occupational Structure in Study Area

221




Figure No

Description Page No

4.1 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SPM 236

4.2 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of SO2 237

4.3 Short term 24 hourly incremental GLCs of NOx 238



6.1 Organisational Structure of Environment Health & Safety

162



10.1 Flow chart of EMP 339

10.2 Schematic diagram of Proposed waste water treatment – ZLD System

345

10.3 Flow chart for effluent treatment HTDS 346

10.4 Flow chart for effluent treatment LTDS 347

10.5 Schematic diagram of MEE system 352

10.6 Schematic diagram Emissions Control Scrubbing System

364

10.7 Roof water harvesting Structure 372

10.8 5 R concept 376

LIST OF ENCLOSURES

S. No Description Enclosure No

1 Ground Water Approval Enclosure – 1

2 NABET Accreditation Details Enclosure – 2

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF

EIA REPORT

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF

DRAFT EIA REPORT

OF

FELIX VENTURES LLP

For

Proposed Bulk Drugs & Intermediates

Manufacturing Unit AT

Sy No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94, GUNDED VILLAGE,

BALANAGAR MANDAL, MAHABUBNAGAR DISTRICT,

TELANGANA STATE.

PREPARED BY

Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd

Plot No: 203, H.No:5-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar,

IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad – 500072.

Ph: 040-65873137, 23070602, 23075699, 40126589.

Fax: 040-23070602. Mail: [email protected]

NABET Accreditation No. NABET/EIA/1518/SA 038


Executive Summary of Draft EIA Report Felix Ventures LLP

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Page - 1 -

1. INTRODUCTION

Felix Ventures LLP was incorporated on 26th August, 2016 and its registered office

at H.No:1-1-245/A/1, Bapinagar, Chikkadpally, Hyderabad, Telangana, which

proposes to establish a Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit along with all

required utilities at Sy. No’s: Parts of 79, 80 & 94, Gunded Village, Balanagar

Mandal, Mahabubnagar District, Telangana State.

The proposed project cost is about Rs. 15.0 Crores, which includes construction of

the buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.

The project proposal was appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) and

has issued Standard Terms of Reference vide vide F. No: J-11011/206/2017-IA II (I)

Dated on 10th July 2017, to carryout EIA Study. The Environmental monitoring and

analysis were carried out by Savant Envitech Pvt Ltd, (Having NABL Accreditation

and MoEF&CC Registration) during the period of Oct – 2017 to Dec – 2017 and

Draft EIA Report was prepared and submitted for Public Consultation.

1.1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The salient features of the unit are furnished below.

Table-1: Salient Features of the Project

Project location Details

Latitude & Longitude Latitude: 16°57'30.90" North Longitude: 78°08'45.40" East

Climatic Conditions Annual Max Temp is 45.3 0C Annual Min Temp is 9.1 0C Normal Annual Rainfall is 770.8 mm (Source: IMD Climatological Normals, Mahabubnagar, 1981-2010)

Land acquired for the plant 5.70 Acres (23067.1 Sq.m)

Land use Land with Scrub

Nearest Habitation Nerallapalli – 1.38 km (SSE)

Major urban Settlements Balanagar – 3.61 km (SE)

Nearest Highway Nearest Railway station Nearest Airport

National Highway No.44 – 4.16 km (E) Balanagar Railway Station – 4.7 km (ESE) Rajiv Gandhi International Airport 41 km (NE)

National Parks None within 10 km radius

Major Industries near the plant site

MYK Spinning Industries Ltd. Pitti Castings Pvt. Ltd Suryajyothi Spinning Mills South Glass Pvt. Ltd



2.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The manufacturing process of Bulk Drugs & Intermediates consists of chemical

synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different type of chemical

reactions. Total production capacity of proposal will be 100 TPM. (Given in Table -2).

The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of Raw

materials and cylinders with in factory premises.

Table- 2: Proposed Products and Quantities

S.No Name of the Product Quantity in MT/Month

1 Carvedilol 6

2 Ciprofloxacin Hydrochloride 10

3 Citalopram Hydrobromide 5

4 Emtricitabine 6

5 Fexofenadine Hydrochloride 6

6 Fluconazole 10

7 Lamivudine 10

8 Lansoprazole 6

9 Levocetirizine Di hydrochloride 3

10 Loratidine 10

11 Losartan potassium 10

12 Nevirapine 10

13 Omeprazole 10

14 Pantoprazole Sodium 10

15 Pregabalin 4

16 Sertraline Hydrochloride 5

17 Tramodol Hydrochloride 10

18 Zidovudine 10

Total (Worst combination of any 10 products at any given point of time)

100

3F Fuji Foods Pvt. Ltd. Srinatha Infra park Pvt. Ltd) Kravis Agritech LLP Raj Breeders and Hatcheries (P) Ltd

Wild life sanctuary None

Water Bodies within 10 km radius.

Suraram N – 1.42 km (NNE) Pedda Cheruvu - 3.62 km (NNE) Brahmam Cheruvu - 8.05 km (NW)

Reserve Forest within 10 km radius

None



Table 3: Proposed By - Products and Quantities

S. No Name of the Product Name of the By-Product Quantity In

Kgs/Day

1 Ciprofloxacin hydrochloride Piperazine Hydrochloride 106.53

2 Citalopram hydro bromide Magnesium chloride 78.75

3 Emtricitabine L-Menthol 156.46

Triethylamine hydrochloride 127.86

4 Lamivudine L-Menthol 230.00

5 Levo Cetrizine di Hydrochloride

Tartaric acid 36.00

6 Losartan Potassium

Succinimide 72.00

Trityl alcohol 189.00

7 Pantoprazole Sodium

Potassium Sulphate 30.40

Ammonium chloride 36.13

8 Pregabalin Mandelic acid 130.40

9 Zidovudine Triethyl Amine Hydrochloride 344.17


2.1 RESOURCE REQUIREMENT & INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

A) Land Use Details:

The proposed unit is in an area of 5.70 Acres (23067.1 SQM), the usage details are

given table 4.

Table- 4: Proposed Land Use Details

S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN SQM AREA IN

ACRES AREA IN %

1 Total Built up Area 5388.40 1.33 23.36

2 Green Belt Area 11075.80 2.73 48.02

3 Roads & Open Area 6652.90 1.64 28.62

TOTAL 23067.10 5.70 100.00

48.02 % of Land Allotted For Green Belt Development

B) Proposed Water Consumption Details

Table- 5: Proposed Water Consumption Details

S.No Purpose Water input in

KLD

1 Process 39.20

2 Washings 4.00

3 Boiler make up 29.00

4 Cooling towers make up 45.80

5 Scrubbing system 2.00

6 Domestic 3.00

7 Gardening 3.00

Total 126.00



The fresh water of 76 KLD will be met from Ground Water source.

Recovered water 50 KLD from ZLD system is reused.

The permission accorded for withdrawal of 80 KLD from Telangana State Ground

Water Department. The same has been enclosed.

C) Energy Requirement

Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Telangana

Southern Power Distribution Corporation Limited [TSSPDCL]. The power

requirement of project will be 750 KVA

D) Utilities:

For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install a 5 TPH coal fired boiler.

The coal requirement will be met from government allocation or from local authorized

sources.

The unit is proposing 2x250 KVA DG sets, for usage during the power failures.

The emission details are presented in table No.7 & 8.

Table- 6: Details of Utilities

Table- 7: Emission Characteristic Details of Proposed Boiler

Particulars Units 5.0 TPH Coal fired

Boiler

Type of Fuel -- Indian Coal with CV of 4000 kcal/kg to 5000

kcal/kg

Coal Consumption TPD 20.0

Ash Content % 35

Sulphur Content % 0.4

S. No Description Capacity

1 Coal fired boiler 5 TPH

2 D.G. Set 2×250 KVA

3 Cooling Towers 1x100 TR 2x200 TR 1x250 TR

4 Electricity supply from TSSPDCL.

750KVA

Fuel

5 Coal 20 TPD

6 Diesel 80 Liters/Day



No. of Stacks No 1.0

Height of stack M 32

Diameter of Stack M 0.5

Temperature of Flue Gas oC 200

Velocity of Flue Gas m/s 14

Particulate Matter gm/sec 1.85

Sulphur dioxide emission gm/sec 2.0

Oxides of Nitrogen emission gm/sec 4.2

Table- 8: Stack Emission Details of Proposed DG Set

Capacity In KVA

Emission of SPM in mg/Nm3

Emission Of SO2 in mg/Nm3

Emission of NOx in mg/Nm3

Stack dia. in m

Flue Gas Temp. in

OC

Stack Height in mts

Flue gas Velocity in m/sec.

2 X 250 KVA

50.0 100.0 130.0 0.30 150 10 14.0

E) Pollution Control Equipment:

i) Cyclone separator: The denser particles which are carried away by boiler flue

gases will get separated in the cyclone separator and collected in the bottom of the

cyclone separator at a definite interval.

ii) Bag Filter: The boiler flue gases from cyclone separator enter into pack of bag

filters, where particulate matter will be separated leaving as cake on bags surface.

They are cleared by shaking or vibrating by pulse jet causing the filter cake to be

loosened and to fall in the Hopper.

iii) Boiler Stack: The adequate stack height of 32 mtrs will be provided for pollutants

(SO2, NOx, PM & CO) dispersed in a very large area so that ground level

concentration is within CPCB permissible limits.

iv)Scrubbers: Two scrubbers of 2-Stage are proposed to scrub the SO2, NH3, HBr,

CH3Cl & HCl. The packing media in the scrubber is 25mm poly propylene rings.

3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 STUDY AREA INCLUDED IN ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING

Studies were carried out in about 10 km radius area from the site with respect to

meteorology, flora, fauna, land and socio-economies of the area. Further sampling

and analysis of air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality were carried out.

The air quality, water quality, noise level and soil quality in the study area is

evaluated based on this physical sampling and analysis.



The base line data were monitored during the study period of Oct 2017 – Dec 2017.

The study team conducted site surveys and field experiments for gathering the

information on air quality, water quality, noise quality and soil quality.

3.2 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA

A. Temperature:

During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as

17°C and 33.3°C respectively.

B. Relative Humidity:

During study period at project site, the relative humidity was recorded as 74%.

C. Wind Pattern during Study Period

Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant

impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released

pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of

a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind

speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and

also the rainfall in the area.

Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in

identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Wind roses on

sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind directions and wind speed frequency

observed during study period is given in Table 3.5 and wind rose diagrams are given

in Figure 3.7

The following observations can be made from the collected data;

Calm period is observed to be 15.3 % during the time of monitoring.

The predominant wind direction is W & SW.

Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in E direction.

Average wind speed 2.73 m/s

Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 5.7 – 8.8 m/sec,

0.5 - 2.1 m/Sec, 3.6 -5.7 m/Sec, with frequency of distribution percentages

ranges from 24.4, 21.6, & 20.6.



D. Rainfall

No rainfall during the study period at project site. Average Annual Rainfall is 770.8

mm. (Source: IMD Climatlogical Normals, Mahabubnagar 1981-2010)

3.3 SAMPLING LOCATION DETAILS

Total eight locations were selected for Base line status. Air, Water & Noise results

are presented in Table 10, 11 & 12 respectively.

3.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

The ambient air monitoring was carried out for 24 hours a day, twice a week for 12

week per location in the study area. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was

carried out at eight locations during period of Oct 2017 – Dec 2017.

1. Particulate Matter (PM10)

The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded in the study

area showed 98th percentile values in the range of 59.4 – 65.4 μg/ m3. The

maximum concentration 65.4 μg/ m3 were recorded at sampling locations at

Balanagar. The concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of

100 μg/ m3.

2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m3. The maximum and

minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5) monitored

in the study area were 23.3 – 25.8 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 25.8 μg/

m3 was at Palugalagadda. The concentration of PM2.5 is well below the

prescribed limit of 60 μg/ m3

3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data

was in the range of 11.6 – 17.9 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 17.9

μg/ m3 obtained at Nandaram. The concentration of SO2 is well below the




4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were

in the range with 98th percentile values between 18.7 – 25.4 μg/ m3. A maximum

value of 25.4 μg/ m3 was prevailing at the time of sampling at Nandaram. The

concentration of NOX is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon Monoxide

(CO) monitored in the study area were 0.37 – 0.62 mg/m3 respectively. Highest

value of 0.62 mg/ m3 was at the Balanagar. The concentration of CO is well below

the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3

6. Ammonia (NH3)

The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Ammonia (NH3)

monitored in the study area were 29.5 – 36.7 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of

36.7 μg/ m3 was at Balanagar. The concentration of NH3 is well below the prescribed

limit of 400 μg/ m3

7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)

Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be

Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.

The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the

study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.



Table- 8: The Maximum, Minimum & 98th Percentile Values For All The

Sampling Locations

Code Name of Sampling Location

PM 10(µg/M3) PM 2.5(µg/M

3) SO2(µg/M

3) NOX(µg/M

3) CO (mg/M

3) NH3 (µg/M

3)

Min Max 98th

Min Max 98th

Min Max 98th

Min Max 98th

Min Max 98th

Min Max 98th

A1 Project Site 59.3 63.6 63.1 19.4 24.3 24.1 11.3 14.7 14.7 15.1 18.9 18.7 0.31 0.56 0.56 25.0 31.0 30.5

A2 Macharam 50.3 59.6 59.4 20.2 23.6 23.5 10.1 11.6 11.6 18.0 19.6 19.6 0.22 0.38 0.37 26.0 36.0 35.5

A3 Medigadda Tanda

54.2 60.6 60.6 20.2 23.5 23.3 11.2 14.8 14.8 19.2 22.7 22.7 0.32 0.49 0.47 23.0 30.0 29.5

A4 Nandaram 59.5 63.2 62.9 20.3 25.4 25.4 13.9 17.9 17.9 21.6 25.6 25.4 0.42 0.61 0.61 28.0 36.0 36.0

A5 Balanagar 55.4 65.8 65.4 21.2 25.6 25.4 13.1 16.0 15.8 21.1 23.7 23.7 0.47 0.62 0.62 27.0 36.8 36.7

A6 Nerallapalli 58.6 62.6 62.6 20.3 24.2 23.8 11.3 16.7 16.2 17.3 22.5 22.4 0.38 0.51 0.51 28.0 34.0 33.5

A7 Palugalagadda 57.0 62.6 62.2 20.2 26.2 25.8 10.1 13.9 13.9 18.2 21.9 21.8 0.31 0.52 0.51 27.0 32.0 32.0

A8 Uduthiala 58.3 62.8 62.7 20.1 24.9 24.9 12.3 16.8 16.4 20.6 24.2 24.0 0.32 0.49 0.47 26.0 31.0 30.5

NAAQ Standards’ 100 60 80 80 2 400



3.5 WATER QUALITY

Water sampling and subsequent analysis was carried out to determine both the

groundwater and surface water quality of the study area.

Ground water samples and surface water samples were collected at 8 locations in

the study area. These samples were analyzed for physical and chemical parameters

to ascertain the Baseline status in the existing surface water and ground water

bodies.

Table-9: Water Analysis Results

S. No Parameters Ground water Surface water Min Max Min Max

1 pH 7.09 7.97 7.24 8.14

2 Total dissolved solids (mg/l) 1025 1515 645 1315

3 Total hardness (mg/l) 300 480 260 475 4 Chlorides (mg/l) 165 571.7 115.2 560.9

5 Fluoride (mg/l) < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5

6 Sulphates (mg/l) 56.2 105.1 13.71 85.0

Ground water samples collected was analyzed as per the Standard methods

and the water quality of the study area is found to be above the acceptable

limits of IS-10500, for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Total Alkalinity,

Calcium, Magnesium and Chloride.

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise level monitoring was carried out at eight locations during the period of Oct

2017 – Dec 2017.



Daytime Noise Levels (Lday)

Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 53.4 dB(A), which

is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A).

Commercial Zone: The daytime noise levels in the commercial location was 56.5

dB(A). The noise levels at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 65

dB(A).

Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were

observed to be in the range of 44.2 dB (A) – 49.6 dB(A). The noise levels at all the

locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A).

Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)

Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 42.1

dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A).

Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in the commercial location was 49.2


dB(A).

Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were

observed to be in the range of 34.4 dB(A) to 39.6 dB(A). The noise levels were

below the permissible limits of 45 dB(A) in nighttime at all the locations.

Table-10: Noise Levels of the Study Area

S. No

Name of the

Location

Category of Area/zone

Day Time in Leq dB (A)

CPCB Standard Day Time

Night Time in Leq dB (A)

CPCB Standard

Night time

1. Project Site Industrial 53.4 75dB (A) 42.1 70dB (A)

2. Macharam Residential 47.6 55dB (A) 38.4 45dB (A)

3. Gangadharpalli Residential 48.5 55dB (A) 37.8 45dB (A)

4. Nandaram Residential 48.7 55dB (A) 39.1 45dB (A)

5. Balanagar Commercial 56.5 65dB (A) 49.2 55dB (A)

6. Nerallapalli Residential 49.6 55dB (A) 39.6 45dB (A)

7. Vailakunta Tanda Residential 44.2 55dB (A) 35.5 45dB (A)

8. Uduthiala Residential 46.2 55dB (A) 34.4 45dB (A)



3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

On data obtained, the soil quality at around the site is appropriate and normal in

terms of soil contaminants.

3.8 LAND USE/ LAND COVER OF THE STUDY AREA

Land use / land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution

satellite data with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1:50,000 scale.

Two seasons’ data (Khariff year 2016) is used for the delineation of different units.

The units are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits.

Table-11: Land Use / Land Cover of The Study Area

S. No LANDUSE Area in SQ.KM

Area in Percentage (%)

1 Built Up Land 22.294 7.1

2 Water Bodies 16.328 5.2

3 Crop Land 222.312 70.8

4 Waste Lands 53.066 16.9

Total 314 100

3.9 DEMOGRAPHIC AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE

The total population of the study area is 64,768 in which male and female

population constitutes about 51.13% and 48.87% in the study area

respectively.

The literate male and female in the study area are 18218 and 11615 which

implies that the percentage of literacy rate is 70.37 % with male and 61.10 %

with female respectively.

In the study area the main and marginal workers are 27,839 (42.98 %) and

5,827 (9.00 %) respectively of the total population while the remaining 31,102

(48.02 %) constitutes non-workers

All the Villages, in the study area, are electrified – both for Domestic Purpose

and common facilities like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also

are provided with Domestic Water.



4.0 IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 EXPECTED AIR ENVIRONMENT

A. PROCESS EMISSIONS DETAILS

The Predicted Process emissions are CO2, SO2 O2, H2, NH3, HBr, CH3Cl & HCl which

are liberated from manufacturing process of proposed products.

Table-12: Process Emission Details

S. No. Name of the process

emission Quantity

in Kg/day Mitigation measure

1 Carbon dioxide 139 Dispersed into the atmosphere

2 Sulphur dioxide 215 Scrubbed by using Caustic Lye Solution

3 Hydrogen 15 Diffused by using Nitrogen through Flame arrestor

4 Hydrogen chloride 187 Scrubbed by using chilled water media

5 Ammonia 92 Scrubbed by using Chilled water media

6 Oxygen 96 Dispersed into the atmosphere

7 Hydrogen Bromide 90 Scrubbed by using C.S.Lye Solution

8 Chloro Methane 44 Scrubbed by using Caustic Lye Solution

4.2 PROPOSED PROCESS EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

Scrubbers with 300 mm (Diameter) X 3 meters (Height) & 300mm (Diameter) X 3

meters (Height) capacities will be installed for control of process emissions. The

Schematic diagram of emission control system is given below.

FIGURE-1: SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED EMISSION CONTROL

SYSTEM



B. Emissions from Boiler

The Particulate matter generated from 5 TPH Boiler will be controlled by using

cyclone separator followed by bag filters. The sulphur dioxide (SO2) and oxides of

nitrogen (NOX) from boiler will be dispersed in to atmosphere by providing adequate

stack of height 32 mtrs for effective dispersion and dilution.

The predicted ground level concentrations when added to Baseline scenario, the

overall scenario levels of PM, SO2 and NOX are well within the permissible limits as

specified by NAAQ Standards.

Table 13: Resultant Concentrations Due to Incremental GLC's

Pollutant

Maximum Baseline

Concentration (μg/m3)

Incremental Concentrations due to Proposed Project

(μg/m3)

Resultant Concentration

(μg/m3)

NAAQ Standards (μg/m3)

PM 65.4 0.87 66.27 100

SO2 17.9 2.52 20.42 80

NOx 25.4 4.44 29.84 80

4.3 Expected Effluent Water Details

The waste water generation will be 63.30 KLD which is from process, floor & reactor

washes, cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down, scrubber, DM plant and

domestic usage. The effluent generation and its HTDS & LTDS effluent details are

given below.

Table-14: Expected Effluent Generation Details

S. No Purpose Effluent details

KLD

1 Process 45.40

2 Washings 4.00

3 Boiler blow down 4.00

4 Cooling blow down 5.10


6 Domestic 2.80

7 Gardening 0.00

Total 63.30



Table-15: Expected HTDS & LTDS Effluent Generation Details

S. No Purpose HTDS in KLD

LTDS in KLD

Effluent in KLD

Treatment and disposal method

1 Process 31.55 13.85 45.40

HTDS Effluent sent to MEESystem.MEE Condensate sent to Biological treatment. LTDS Effluents along with Domestic sewage sent to ETP, treated effluent sent to RO followed by MEE & ATFD. RO Permeate and MEE Condensate water is for reuse MEE Salts collected and disposed to TSDF.

2 Washings 0.00 4.00 4.00

3 Boiler Blow Down 0.00 4.00 4.00

4 Cooling towers Blow Down

0.00 5.10 5.10

5 Scrubbing system 2.00 0.00 2.00

6 Domestic 0.00 2.80 2.80

Total 33.55 29.75 63.30

Effluent Treatment / Disposal: Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) concept consisting of

steam stripper, MEE system, ATFD, Biological Treatment and RO will be installed to

treat the effluents generated from plant and to reuse the treated water.

The MEE System with 60 KLD Capacity & RO system with 60 KLD Capacity will be

installed for treatment of effluents generated from plant operations.

4.4 Noise Environment

The main sources of noise pollution in the plant operations are Boiler, Reactors, DG

Sets, compressors and other Noise generating units. Vehicular movements during

operation phase for loading / unloading of raw materials and finished products and

transporting activity may also increases the noise levels.

All the noise generating equipments like motors, gear boxes and compressors will be

regularly maintained with lubricating material to avoid noise generation. DG set will

be provided with acoustic enclosures. A thick greenbelt will be developed along the

periphery of the plant boundaries to minimize the noise pollution from the source.

4.5 Land Environment

The plant activities are unlikely to alter the land-use pattern in the project site. The

unit will take adequate measures for storage, handling and disposal of hazardous

waste. Hence, there will be no significant adverse impact on land environment.



4.6 Ecological Environment

Detailed flora and fauna studies were carried in the study area. As per baseline

studies, there are no endangered, threatened & protected plants and animal species

were recorded in the study area. Hence, no significant adverse impact is envisaged

on ecology.

4.7 Expected Hazardous and Solid Waste Details

The Hazardous / Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project

are given below.

Table- 16: Expected Hazardous/Solid Waste Generation and Disposal Details

S.No Name of the Solid/

Hazardous Waste Quantity Disposal Method

1 Organic waste (Process Residue)

696 Kg/Day Sent to Cement Industries

2 Spent Carbon 226 Kg/Day Sent to Cement Industries

3 Solvent Distillation Residue 1552 Kg/Day Sent to Cement Industries

4 Inorganic Waste 575 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF

5 MEE Salts 2547 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF

6 ETP Sludge 200 Kg/Day Sent to TSDF

7 Used Oils 500

Ltrs/Annum SPCB Authorized Agencies for Reprocessing/Recycling

8 Containers liners & containers

500 No’s /

Month After Detoxification sent to outside agencies

9 Used Lead Acid Batteries 4 No’s/ Annum Send back to suppliers for buyback of New Batteries

10 Ash from boiler 7 TPD Sent to Brick Manufacturers

4.8. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

The Risk assessment studies have been conducted for identification of hazards, to

calculate damage distances and to spell out risk mitigation measures. The details

are discussed in detail in Chapter – 7 of EIA Report.

5.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

5.1 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Adequate and effective environment protection measures will be planned and

designed to minimize the impacts due to activities related to pre-construction

(preparatory phase) of the project, machinery installation and commissioning stages

and end with the induction of manpower and start up. The impacts identified during



the construction phase are mainly due to site preparation, foundation work, material

handling, and construction of buildings and installation of the machinery.

All possible care will be taken to reduce the noise levels due to construction activity.

Also, noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night

particularly during the period of 10 PM to 6 AM in order to have minimum

environmental impact.

5.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE

A) Air Pollution Management

The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating

out of process reactions by providing vent condensers.

Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.

Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the

reactors.

Adequate stack height of 32 Mtrs will be provided to the 5 TPH coal fired

boiler.

Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the

compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator, Bag

filters will be provided to the boiler.

In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around

its premises.

B) Water Pollution Management

Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in Proposed ZLD system.

The industry is proposing to install a MEE System with 60 KLD capacity,

Biological Treatment system of 60 KLD and RO system with 60 KLD

capacities for treatment of 63.30 KLD effluents generated from plant

operations.

Total Water requirement is 126 KLD out of which 50 KLD water recovered

from ZLD system is reused. The fresh water of 76 KLD will be met from

ground water source.

Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits

in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever

possible to balance the water table.



Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to

reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.

C) Noise Pollution Management

Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and / or protective

measures will be provided, if required.

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for

the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

Greenbelt Development.

D) Hazardous & Solid Waste Management

To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible

contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations,

following Mitigation measures are proposed:

There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage.

The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing

and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof.

The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be

maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for

minimization and reuse.

E) Green Belt

Greenbelt will be developed in an area of 2.73 Acres (11075.80 Sq.m). The industry

will spend 5 Lakhs for planting of samplings and their maintenance. Lists of plants

suitable for greenbelt as per the local agro climatic conditions are given in the EIA

Report.

F) Solvent Recovery

Solvents will be recovered upto 95% using distillation column and necessary cooling

condensers.



5.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

Felix Ventures LLP will have a dedicated Environmental Management Cell with

experienced staff to look after the proper environmental management of the plant

including operation & maintenance of all pollution control facilities.

5.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to

assess the status of environment during project operation. The regular monitoring

will be carried out with the MoEF&CC Registration / NABL Accredited Laboratory.

6. PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING

Roof top rainwater harvesting is one of the appropriate options for augmenting

ground water recharge/ storage in this industry.

The following table gives expected quantity of rain water harvesting using buildings

Area Roof Top.

Table- 17: Available Rainwater (Annual) For Harvesting

Description Area (m2) Rainfall

(m/Annum) Runoff

coefficient Total Rainwater

(m3/Annum)

Roof Area 5388.40 0.77 0.8 3319.25

Total available rainwater (in m3/annum) 3319

FIGURE-2: PROPOSED ROOF WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE



7. EMP BUDGET

The unit has proposed for 104 Lakhs as capital cost and 20 Lakhs as recurring cost

for environment pollution control measures.

Table- 18: Proposed Budget for Environmental Management Plan [EMP]

S. No Particulars Proposed

Capital Cost (Rs. Lakhs)

Recurring Cost

(Rs. Lakhs)

1 Pollution Control Equipment (Scrubbers, Cyclone separator, Bag filter, Sampling port arrangements etc.,)

10.0 4.0

2 ZLD System (MEE, RO, necessary ETP system)

75.0 10.0

3 Rain Water Harvesting (Roof top water collection pit and Roof top water towards the rain water harvesting pit)

3.0 0.5

4 Green Belt Development (Plantation and Maintenance)

3.0 2.0

5 Health & Safety (PPEs, Medical Surveillances Expenses etc.,)

3.0 1.0

6 Environmental Monitoring (Air, Water, Noise, VOCs, Boiler Stack flue gases, DG sets stack monitoring expenses etc.,)

10.0 2.5

Total 104.0 20.0

8.0 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

It is predicted that socio-economic impact due to this project will positively increase

the chance of more employment opportunities for local people. There are no

Resettlement and Rehabilitation issues involved in this project. The project

infrastructures will be of use to people of the area. The revenue of the village will be

definitely increased due to the proposed project.

9.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

Proposed project will result in considerable growth and upliftment of local community

in the nearby villages by providing the employment. The project will generate direct

and indirect employment to the nearby villages and the unavailable technical

persons will be recruited from outside.



10.0 CONCLUSION

Felix Ventures LLP has committed to implement all the pollution control measures

to protect the surrounding environment – adapting Zero-Liquid-Discharge System for

all its Effluents, by controlling process emissions and Safe-Disposal of all Solid

Wastes – generated either as process wastes or packing wastes.

The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy.

Industrial growth is an indication of all-round Socio-Economic Development – by

generating local Employment and Business Opportunities. The implementation of

this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the

surrounding area.

CHAPTER -I

INTRODUCTION

Draft EIA Report Felix Ventures LLP

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - I Page 1

CHAPTER- I

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

As per the EIA Notification S.O. 1533 dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments from

time to time, the project falls under 5(f) “A” category which requires Environmental

Clearance. The industry engaged the services of Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd,

Hyderabad to prepare and submit the necessary documents. The consulting firm has

submitted an application in prescribed FORM-I along with necessary enclosures for

obtaining Terms of Reference to IA – II Division, MoEF&CC GOI, New Delhi. The project

proposal was considered and appraised by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) in its

23rd Meeting held during 3rd - 5th May, 2017. The MoEF&CC has given Terms of Reference

vide F. No: J-11011/206/2017-IA II (I) Dated on 10th July 2017, to carryout EIA Study. The

Environmental monitoring and analysis were carried out by Savant Envitech Pvt Ltd,

(Having NABL Accreditation and MoEF&CC Registration) during the period of October –

2017 to December – 2017 and Draft EIA Report was prepared and submitted for Public

Consultation.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.1.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

Felix Ventures LLP was incorporated on 26th August, 2016 and its registered office is at

H.No:1-1-245/A/1, Bapinagar, Chikkadpally, Hyderabad, Telangana proposes to establish a

Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit with all required utilities at Sy No: Parts of

79, 80 & 94, Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar District Telangana State.

1.1.2 ABOUT THE PROMOTERS

Mr. N. Anirudh Reddy is a Designated Director of the company. Mr. J. Sharath Kumar is

one of the two Directors of Felix Ventures LLP.

1.3 OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The objective of the study is to carry out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the

proposed project to meet the Environmental compliances laid down by the Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) Government of India. Ministry

issued a circular making it mandatory to obtain Environment Clearance for 65 categories of

industries. Bulk Drugs & Intermediates is one of them, occupying 5th place.



The study would include the description of project setting, appraisal of project activities and

assessment of adverse impacts related to the location, design, construction and operation

of the project. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will be prepared that includes

mitigation measures, including evaluation of alternatives to reduce or mitigate/eliminate the

impacts that likely to cause most significant environmental burdens. As per the above

notification the industry seeks Environment Clearance from MoEF&CC, GOI, New Delhi,

and Consents from State Pollution Control Board is not attached since the same is to be

obtained, after obtaining the EC.

Preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report (EIA) based on one season

(Three Months) data, which would be used as management planning tool for better

Environmental Management by suggesting control measures to avoid pollution problems

arising out of the project. The report will include a detailed Environmental Management

Plan (EMP). The study will be carried out incorporating all the details and requirements of

State Pollution Control (SPCB) and Ministry of Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climatic

Change as per their requirements.

1.4 BRIEF DESRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

1.4.1 NATURE OF THE PROJECT

Felix Ventures LLP proposed to establish a Bulk Drug & Intermediates manufacturing unit.

The proposed project falls under 5(f) “A” category of Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry

of EIA Notification-2006 and its amendment thereof and requires Environmental Clearance.

1.4.2 SIZE OF THE PROJECT

The industry proposed to establish the unit in an area of 5.70 Acres (23067.1 SQM). The

proposed project cost is about Rs. 15.0 Crores, which includes construction of the

buildings, equipment, machinery and greenbelt development.

Felix Ventures LLP to produce below mention products with Manufacturing Capacity of

100 TPM. The list of products and by-Products are shown in Table 1.1 & Table 1.2

respectively.



Table 1.1: Proposed Products and Quantities

S.No Name of the Product Quantity in MT/Month

1 Carvedilol 6

2 Ciprofloxacin Hydrochloride 10

3 Citalopram Hydrobromide 5

4 Emtricitabine 6

5 Fexofenadine Hydrochloride 6

6 Fluconazole 10

7 Lamivudine 10

8 Lansoprazole 6

9 Levocetirizine Di hydrochloride 3

10 Loratidine 10

11 Losartan potassium 10

12 Nevirapine 10

13 Omeprazole 10

14 Pantoprazole Sodium 10

15 Pregabalin 4

16 Sertraline Hydrochloride 5

17 Tramodol Hydrochloride 10

18 Zidovudine 10


100

Table 1.2: Proposed By - Products and Quantities


Kgs/Day







Tartaric acid 36.00

6 Losartan Potassium

Succinimide 72.00



Potassium Sulphate 30.40







1.4.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

Felix Ventures LLP to establish the proposed unit at Sy No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94, Gunded

Village, Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar District Telangana State.

TABLE 1.3: PROJECT LOCATION AND COMPLIANCE OF SITE.

1.4.4 PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION

Felix Ventures LLP is a Greenfield project intended to start a manufacturing unit of Bulk

Drug & Intermediates.

Availability of the well-connected road and railway network for easy transportation of

the construction equipments and materials, Raw materials and finished products.



Climatic Conditions Annual Max Temp is 45.3 0C Annual Min Temp is 9.1 0C Normal Annual Rainfall is 770.8 mm (Source: IMD Climatological Normals, Mahabubnagar, 1981-2010)


Land use Land with Scrub






Major Industries near the plant site

MYK Spinning Industries Ltd. Pitti Castings Pvt. Ltd Suryajyothi Spinning Mills South Glass Pvt. Ltd 3F Fuji Foods Pvt. Ltd. Srinatha Infra park Pvt. Ltd) Kravis Agritech LLP Raj Breeders and Hatcheries (P) Ltd


Water Bodies within 10 km radius.

Suraram N – 1.42 km (NNE) Pedda Cheruvu - 3.62 km (NNE) Brahmam Cheruvu - 8.05 km (NW)

Reserve Forest within 10 km radius

None



Easy availability of skilled and unskilled labor for construction of Plant and its

operation.

India‟s pharmaceutical sector accounts for about 2.4 per cent of the global pharmaceutical

industry in terms of value and 10 per cent in terms of volume. India accounted for about 20

per cent of the global exports in generics. In FY16, India exported pharmaceutical products

worth USD$16.89 billion, with the number expected to reach USD$40 billion by 2020.

India‟s healthcare sector, one of the fastest growing sectors, is expected to advance at a

CAGR of 17 per cent to reach USD$250 billion by 20. The generics market stood at

USD$26.1 billion in 2016 from USD$21 billion in 2015. India‟s generics market has shown

an immense potential for future growth. Cumulative FDI inflows worth USD$13.85 billion

were made during April 2000 to March 2016.

Hyderabad, the Bulk Drug Capital of India, accounts for 40 per cent of the total Indian bulk

drug production and 50 per cent of the bulk drug exports and is considered as the „Bulk

Drug Capital of India‟., while Telangana State contributes to 1/3rd of the total pharma

production in the country. There are 2000 pharma companies in Telangana.

1.5 SCOPE OF STUDY

1.5.1 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

To assess the impact of the project on Land use, Ambient Air Quality, Water

Quality, Noise levels, Ecology & Biodiversity, Hydrology & Geology, and Socio-

economic status of area.

To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigating adverse

impacts due to proposed project.

Collection and testing of water sources and soil.

To prepare environmental monitoring plan for operational phase.

Green Belt development.

1.5.2 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT

This Study Report covers Population, Gender Ratio, Rural & Semi-Urban Demographic

Distribution, Literacy Rate and Social Amenities available in the study Area like, Transport,

Sanitation, Drinking Water, Medical & Health Facilities, Employment Rate and other

Developmental Indices of Villages falling within the 10 km radius of the Proposed Project

site.



1.5.3 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The MoEF&CC, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and administrative core of

the sector. Legislation for environmental protection in India for chemical industry is mainly

EIA Notification- 2006, Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act -1974, Air (Prevention

& Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act,

1977 Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.

1.5.4 REGULATORY SCOPING

Obtaining Consent for Establishment

Obtaining Consent for Operation from State Pollution control board.

1.6 LEGAL POLICY AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORKS

The principal environmental regulatory authority is the Ministry of Environment, Forest and

Climatic Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi which formulates environmental policies and

accords environmental clearances for different projects. Table 1.4 highlights the relevant

environmental legislations applicable to this project.

TABLE 1.4: APPLICABILITY OF LEGAL POLICIES TO THE PROJECT

S. No Legal frame work coordinating

authority Objectives of the policy

Applicability to the

project

Environmental Legality

1 Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act, 1974

CPCB

Prohibits the discharge of pollutants into water bodies beyond a given standard, and lays down penalties for non-compliance

Applicable

2

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977

SPCB Provides for a levy and collection of a cess on water consumed by industries and local authorities

Applicable

3 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

CPCB Provides means for the control and abatement of air pollution.

Applicable

4

The Air(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982

CPCB

Defined the procedures for conducting meetings of the boards, the powers of the presiding officers, decision-making etc

Applicable

5 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

Director of Factories

An act to provide for public liability insurance for the purpose

Applicable



of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling any hazardous substance and for matters connected herewith or incidental thereto

6

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (EPA) followed by amendment in May1994 (Schedule-I)

Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climatic Change (MoEF&CC)

Ensure that appropriate measures are taken to conserve and protect the Environment before commencement of operations.

Applicable

7

Environmental Impact Assessment Notification no. S.O. 1533

MoEF&CC

Under its ambit, 32 types of industries are liable to opt for Environmental clearance from MoEF&CC by providing adequate EIA report

Applicable

8 The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986

CPCB

Lay down the procedures for setting standards of emission or discharge of environmental pollutants

Applicable

9

The Hazardous Wastes management (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 and amended in 2000

SPCB

Procedure for inventory, control, handling and disposal of hazardous waste. Provide for setting up of disposal sites/landfill sites design, operation and closure

Applicable

10 Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016

SPCB Procedure for management and handling of solid wastes

Applicable

11

Batteries (Management and Handling) Amendment Rules, 2010

SPCB To ensure that the used batteries are collected back as per the schedule against new batteries

Applicable

12 E- Waste (Management Rules), 2016

SPCB

Procedure to recovery/and/or reuse of useful material from waste electrical and electronic equipment

Applicable

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER -II

Draft EIA Report Felix Ventures LLP.

Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - II Page 8

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT

Felix Ventures LLP is a Greenfield project which has proposed to establish a Bulk

Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

India’s healthcare sector, one of the fastest growing sectors, is expected to advance

at a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of 17 per cent to reach USD$250

billion by 2020. The generics market stood at USD$26.1 billion in 2016 from USD$21

billion in 2015. India’s generics market has shown an immense potential for future

growth. Hence, the proponent has decided to set up a Bulk drugs industry in this

location keeping in view of Low cost manpower, Semi–skilled and un-skilled labor

availability.

2.3 LOCATION

The proposed site is located at Sy No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94, Gunded Village,

Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar District Telangana State and offers good

connectivity and infrastructure availability. The site is connected to National Highway

No. 65, also through internal road network of Felix Ventures LLP. The proposed site

is located about 3.61 km from Balanagar. The Nearest Railway Station Balanagar is

at distance of 4.7 km. Airport is Rajiv Gandhi International Airport which is about 41

km from the site.

The industry proposes to establish unit in an area of 5.70 Acres (23067.1 SQM). The

co-ordinates of the Project site are Latitude: 16°57'30.90" North, Longitude:

78°08'45.40" East. The land usage details are given in Table 2.1.

TABLE 2.1: LAND USE DETAILS

S. No. DESCRIPTION AREA IN SQM AREA IN

ACRES AREA IN %

1 Total Built up Area 5388.40 1.33 23.36

2 Green Belt Area 11075.80 2.73 48.02

3 Roads & Open Area 6652.90 1.64 28.62

TOTAL 23067.10 5.70 100.00

48.02 % of Land Allotted For Green Belt Development



FIGURE 2.1: LOCATION MAP

FELIX VENTURES LLP



FIGURE 2.2: GOOGLE EARTH MAP SURROUNDING OF PROJECT AREA



FIGURE 2.3: GOOGLE EARTH MAP SHOWING PROJECT SITE



FIGURE 2.4: LATEST PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROJECT SITE



FIGURE 2.5: TOPO MAP SHOWING 10KM RADIUS



FIGURE 2.6: SITE PLAN



2.4 SIZE AND MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

Total production capacity of proposal is 100 TPM.

TABLE 2.2: LIST OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND CAPACITIES

S. No.

Name of the Product

CAS No. Therapeutic

Category Quantity in

TPM

1 Carvedilol 72956-09-3 Cardiovascular Agent.

6

2 Ciprofloxacin Hydrochloride

86483-48-9 antibiotic 10

3 Citalopram Hydrobromide

59729-32-7 antidepressant 5

4 Emtricitabine 143491-57-0 Antiretroviral Agent

6

5 Fexofenadine Hydrochloride

153439-40-8 Antihistamine 6

6 Fluconazole 86386-73-4 antifungal 10

7 Lamivudine 134678-17-4 Antiretroviral Agent

10

8 Lansoprazole 103577-45-3 Antiulcer drug 6

9 Levocetirizine Di hydrochloride

130018-87-0 Antihistamine 3

10 Loratidine 79794-75-5 Antihistamine 10

11 Losartan potassium 124750-99-8 Antihypertensive 10

12 Nevirapine 129618-40-2 antiviral 10

13 Omeprazole 73590-58-6 Antiulcer 10


138786-67-1 Antiulcer 10

15 Pregabalin 148553-50-8 Anticonvulsants 4

16 Sertraline Hydrochloride

79559-97-0 antidepressant 5

17 Tramodol Hydrochloride

36282-47-0 Analgesic 10

18 Zidovudine 30516-87-1 antiviral 10

Total 100

TABLE 2.3: PROPOSED BY - PRODUCTS AND QUANTITIES


Kgs/Day







Tartaric acid 36.00

http://www.medindia.net/drugs/therapeutic-classification/anticonvulsants.htm



6 Losartan Potassium Succinimide 72.00


7 Pantoprazole Sodium Potassium Sulphate 30.40





The required raw materials & solvents will be procured indigenously. In case any raw

material is un-available the same will be imported. The proponent is committed to

manufacture products as per current Good Manufacturing Practices.

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The industry intends to obtain approval within one year and to implement the

recommendations. The industry proposes to implement the recommendations of the

Authorities from construction stage. The MoEF&CC has given Terms of Reference

vide F. No: J-11011/206/2017-IA II (I) Dated on 10th July 2017, to carryout EIA

Study. The Environmental monitoring and analysis were carried out by Savant

Envitech Pvt Ltd, (Having NABL Accreditation and MoEF&CC Registration) during

the period of October – 2017 to December – 2017 and Draft EIA Report was

prepared and submitted for Public Consultation.

The Environmental Clearance is expected to get after public consultation in four to

five months.

The proponent after receiving the EC will approach SPCB to get CFE/CFO and other

statutory approvals from respective authorities for plant operations.

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

The manufacturing process of Bulk Drugs and Intermediates consists of chemical

synthesis extending to stages of processing involving different types of chemical

reactions. The unit will take adequate control measures for storage and handling of

Raw materials, solvents and gas cylinders within factory premises. The proponent is

having proven technology to manufacture the proposed products.



2.6.1 MANUFACTURING PROCESS OF THE PRODUCTS

CARVEDILOL

Process Description:

Stage-1

9H-carbazol -4-ol reacts with (chloromethyl) oxirane in presence of Tetrahydrofuran

to give Stage-1 product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 compound undergoes condensation with 2-(2-methoxyphenoxy) ethylamine

in presence of Ethyl acetate to give Carvedilol product.

Route of synthesis:

Stage-1

NH

OH

9H-Carbazol-4-ol

C12H9NO

183.21

+

(Chloromethyl)oxirane

OCl

C3H5ClO

92.52

THFNH

O O

4-Oxiranylmethoxy-9H-carbazole

C15H13NO2

239.27

HCl

36.46

+

Stage-2

NH

O O

4-Oxiranylmethoxy-9H-carbazole

C15H13NO2

239.27

+

2-(2-methoxyphenoxy)ethylamine

NH2

OO

C9H13NO2

167.21

Ethyl acetate

NH

O NH

OH

O

H3CO

Carvedilol

C24H26N2O4

406.47



Flow Chart:

4(Oxiranyl methoxy)-9H-Carbazole(2-methoxyphenoxy)ethylamineEthyl acetateMethanol

Stage-2Ethyl acetate RecMethanol Rec

CARVEDILOL

Stage-19H-Carbazol-4-ol(Chloromethyl) oxiraneTetrahydrofuran

Tetrahydrofuran Rec

Material Balance:

Material balance of Carvedilol Stage-1

Batch Size:500 Kg

Name of the input Quantity

in Kg

Name of the out put Quantity

In Kg 9H-Carbazol-4-ol 226.00 Stage-1 295.00 (Chloromethyl) oxirane 114.00 Tetrahydrofuran Recovery 855.00 Tetrahydrofuran 900.00 Tetrahydrofuran loss 18.00 Toluene 1000.00 Toluene Recovery 950.00 Sodium sulfate 250.00 Toluene Loss 20.00 Water 200.00 Inorganic waste 250.00 (Sodium sulfate) 0

Effluent water 217.00 (Water-200,THF-7,Toluene-10) 0 Process Emission 45.00

(Hydrogen chloride) 0 Organic residue 40.00

Process residue-0

Distillation residue-40 (THF-20,Toluene-20)

Total 2690.00 Total 2690.00



Material balance of Carvedilol Stage-2

Batch Size:500Kg


in Kg Name of the out put

Quantity In Kg

Stage-1 295.00 Carvedilol 500.00 (2-methoxyphenoxy)ethylamine 206.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 760.00

Ethyl acetate 800.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 16.00 Sodium chloride(washing) 50.00 Effluent water 562.00

Activated carbon 20.00 (Water-500,

Sodium chloride-50, Ethyl acetate-12)

0

Sodium sulfate 250.00 Spent Carbon 20.00 Water 500.00 Inorganic waste 0 (Sodium sulfate) 250.00

Organic residue 13.00

Process residue-1

Distillation Resdue-12 (ethyl aacetate-12)

Total 2121.00 Total 2121.00

CIPROFLOXACIN HYDROCHLORIDE

Process Description

Stage-1

7-Chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxo-1, 4-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid reacts

with Piperzine In the presence of N-Butanol to give Stage-1 product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 product undergoes purification in Acetic acid and Ammonium hydroxide in

presence of Activated carbon and water to give Stage-2 product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 product undergoes salt formation with Hydrochloric acid and water in

presence of Methanol to give Ciprofloxacin Hydrochloride.



Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

+

7-Chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxo-1,4-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid C13H9ClFNO3

281.67

NH

HN

2

piperazine

C4H10N2

N

O

HO

O

F

Cl

O

N

F

N

NH

O

HOn-Butanol

Ciprofloxacin

C17H18FN3O3

331.34

Piperazine Hydrochloride

NH

HN

HCl

+

C4H11ClN2

122.60

2X86.14=172.28

Stage-2

O

N

F

N

NH

O

HO

Ciprofloxacin

C17H18FN3O3

331.34

+ CH3COOH + NH4OH

Acetic acid

60.0

Ammonium Hydroxide

35.05

Water

Activated carbon

O

N

F

N

NH

O

HO

Ciprofloxacin

C17H18FN3O3

331.34

+ CH3COONH4

77.08

+ H2O

18.0



Stage-3

O

N

F

N

NH

O

HO

Ciprofloxacin

C17H18FN3O3

331.34

+ HCl

Hydrochloric acid

36.5

+ H2O

Water

18.0

Activated carbon

O

N

F

N

NH

O

HO

HCl

H2O

Ciprofloxacin Hydrochloride

C17H21ClFN3O4

385.84

Flow Chart:

7-Chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxo-1, 4-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acidPiperazineN-Butanol

Stage-1 n-ButanolRecoveryEffluent water

Stage-2 Toluene recovery

Stage -1Ammonium HydroxideAcetic acidActivated carbonToluene

Stage-3 Effluent water

Stage-2Hydrochloric acidActivated carbon

CIPROFLOXACIN HYDROCHLORIDE



Material Balance:

Material Balance Of Ciprofloxacin Hydrochloride Stage-1

Batch Size: 100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

7-Chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxo-1, 4-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid

367.00 Stage-1 431.00

Piperazine 224.50 N-Butanol Recovery 380.00

N-Butanol 400.00 N-Butanol Loss 8.00 Water 500.00 By-Product 159.80 (Piperazine Hydrochloride ) 0 Effluent water 506.00 (water -500,n-Butanol-6) Organic Residue 6.70

(Process residue-0.7, Distllation Residue-6 (N-Butanol-6)

Total 1491.50 Total 1491.50


Batch Size: 500Kg


in Kg


in Kg Stage-1 431.00 Stage-2 430.00 Ammonium Hydroxide 46.00 Toluene Recovery 475.00 Acetic acid 78.00 Toluene loss 10.00 Activated carbon 15.00 Effluent water 728.75

Toluene 500.00

(Water-600, Generated water-23.45, Ammonium acetate-100.3, Toluene-5)

Water 600.00 Spent carbon 15.00 Organic Residue 11.25

(Process Residue-1.25 Distillation Residue-10 (Toluene-10)

Total 1670.00 Total 1670.00




Batch Size: 500Kg


in Kg


in Kg Stage-2 430.00 Ciprofloxacin Hydrochloride 500.00 Hydrochloric acid 48.00 Effluent water 776.60

Activated carbon 20.00 (Water-776.6) Water 800.00 Spent carbon 20.00 Organic Residue 1.40 (Process residue-1.4) Total 1298.00 Total 1298.00

CITALOPRAM HYDROBROMIDE


Stage-1

5-Cyanophthalide reacts with 4-fluorophenylmagnesiumChloride and

(Dimethylamino) propyl magnesium chloride in presence of Toluene to give Stage-1

product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 product undergoes salt formation with Hydrogen bromide in presence of

Sulfuric acid, Acetone and Water to give Citalopram Hydro bromide.



Route of synthesis:

Stage-1

MgCl

F

4-Fluoro benzene Magensium chloride

C6H4MgClF

ClMg NCH3

CH3

Dimethyl amino propyl magnesium chloride

C5H12MgClN

145.91

+ +

O

NC

O

5-Cyano phthalide

C9H5NO2

159.14

+ 2 HCl

OH

OH

F

NCH3

NC

CH3

4-[4-Dimethylamino-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-hydroxy-butyl]-3-hydroxymethyl

-benzonitrileC20H23FN2O2

342.41

+

154.85

72.92

Toluene

2 MgCl2

190.42



Stage-2

OH

OH

F

NCH3

NC

CH3

4-[4-Dimethylamino-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-hydroxy-butyl]-3-hydroxymethyl-benzonitrile

C20H23FN2O2

342.41

H2SO4, H2O , Acetone

O

F

NC

NCH3

CH3

+ HBr

80.91

. HBr

Citalopram hydrobromide

C20H22BrFN2O

405.30

+ H2O

18.02

Flow chart:

Hydrogen bromideSulfuric acidAcetoneCarbon and Hyflow

Stage-2 Acetone Recovery

Citalopram hydro bromide

Stage-1

5-Cyanophthalide4-fluorophenylmagnesiumchloride(Dimethylamino)propyl magnesium chlorideHydrochloric acidToluene

Toluene Recovery



Material Balance

Material balance of Citalopram hydro bromide Stage-1

Batch Size:400Kg



Quantity In Kg

5-Cyanophthalide 158.00 Stage-1 338.00 4-fluorophenylmagnesium chloride

154.00

Toluene Recovery 237.00

(Dimethylamino)propyl magnesium chloride

145.00

Toluene Loss 5.00

Hydrochloric acid 72.40 By-Products 189.00 Toluene 250.00 (Magnesium chloride) 0 Water 500.00 Effluent water 504.00 (Water-500,Toluene-4) 0 Organic residue 6.40

Process residue-2.4

Distillation Residue-4.00 (toluene-4)

Total 1279.40 Total 1279.40

Material balance of Citalopram hydro bromide

Stage-2 Batch Size:400Kg



Quantity In Kg

Stage-1 338.00 Citalopram hydro bromide 400.00 Hydrogen bromide 80.00 Acetone Recovery 475.00 Sulfuric acid 10.00 Acetone Loss 10.00 Acetone 500.00 Effluent water 533.00

Activated Carbon & Hyflow 5.00 (Water-500,Generated water-18,

Sulfuric acid -10,Acetone-5) 0

Water 500.00 Spent Carbon & Hyflow 5.00


(Process residue- Distillation Residue-10 (Acetone-10)

Total 1433.00 Total 1433.00



EMTRICITABINE


Stage-1

5-(4-Amino-5-fluoro-2-oxo-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-[1,3]Oxa thiolane-2-carboxylic acid-2-

isopropyl-5-methyl cyclo hexyl ester undergoes reduction with Sodium borohydride

and then reacts with Isopropyl hydrochloride in the presence of Ethanol and

Isopropyl alcohol to give stage -1 product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 undergoes neutralization with tri ethylamine in the presence of Methanol and

MDC to give stage -2 product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 undergoes purification in Isopropyl alcohol and activated carbon to give

Emtricitabine.

Route of synthesis:

Stage-1:

O

O

S

O

N

NF

NH2

O

CH3

CH3H3C

5-(4-Amino-5-fluoro-2-oxo-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-[1,3]oxathiolane-2-carboxylic acid 2-isopropyl

-5-methyl-cyclohexyl esterC18H26FN3O4S

399.48

+ NaBH4 +

O

S

N

NF

NH2

O

HO

CH3

CH3H3C

OH

4X18=72.0

H3BO3

+

37.83

4 H2O

36.46

+ 2 H2

C10 H20O

156.26

Menthol4-Amino-5-fluoro-1-(2-hydroxy

methyl-[1,3]oxathiolan-5-yl)-1H-pyrimidin-2-one 4.00

+ +

C8H11ClFN3O3S

283.70

Ethanol

IPA

HCl

58.44

NaCl +

Boric acid

61.83

HCl



Stage-2:

O

S

N

NF

NH2

O

HO

4-Amino-5-fluoro-1-(2-hydroxymethyl-[1,3]oxathiolan-5-yl)-1H-

pyrimidin-2-one

C8H11ClFN3O3S

283.70

+

Triethyl amine

C6H15N

101.19

O

S

N

NF

NH2

O

HO(C2H5)3N

+ (C2H5)3N.HCl

4-Amino-5-fluoro-1-(2-hydroxymethyl-[1,3]oxathiolan-5-yl)-1H-pyrimidin-2-one

C8H10FN3O3S

247.25

137.65

Triethyl amine Hydrochloride

Methanol

MDC

H

Cl

Stage-3:

O

S

N

NF

NH2

O

HO

Emtricitabine(Crude)

C8H10FN3O3S

247.25

Purification

IPA

O

S

N

NF

NH2

O

HO

Emtricitabine(Pure)

C8H10FN3O3S

247.25



Flow chart:

5-(4-Amino-5-fluoro-2-oxo-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-[1,3]Oxa thiolane-2-carboxylic acid-2-isopropyl-5-methyl cyclohexyl ester

Stage-1MentholIPA Rec

Stage-1TriethylamineMethanol

TEA.HClMethanol Rec

Stage-2IPA

IPA Rec

Stage-2

Stage-3

EMTRICITABINE

Material Balance:

Material Balance Of Emtricitabine Stage-1

Batch Size:100.0 Kg



Quantity in Kg

5-(4-Amino-5-fluoro-2-oxo-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-[1,3]Oxa thiolane-2-carboxylic acid-2-isopropyl-5-methyl cyclo hexyl ester

200.00

Stage-1 130.00

IPA.HCl (25%) 73.20 IPA Recovery 810.90

Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate

25.00

IPA Loss 16.00

Sodium Hydroxide flakes 11.00 Toluene Recovery 1140.00

Ethanol 950.00 Toluene Loss 24.00

Sodium borohydride 19.00 Ethanol Recovery 903.00

Toluene 1200.00 Ethanol Loss 19.00

Activated carbon 8.50 Effluent Water 3125.78

Isopropyl alcohol 800.00

(Water-2982, Sodium borate-32.9, Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate-25,

0



Sodium chloride-32.02, Generated water-9.86, IPA-12,Toluene-18, Ethanol-14)

Hydrochloric Acid 20.00 Spent Carbon 8.50

Water 3000.00 L-Menthol Reuse 78.23

Process Emission 2.00

(Hydrogen) 0


Process residue-5.29 Distillation Resideu-44 (Toluene-18,Ethanol-14,IPA-12)

Total 6306.70 Total 6306.70


Batch Size: 100 Kg/Day



Quantity in Kg

Stage-1 130.00 Stage-2 105.00

Tri ethylamine 47.00 Methanol Recovery 1140.00

Activated carbon 10.00 Methanol Loss 24.00

Methanol 1200.00 MDC Recovery 1425.00

MDC 1500.00 MDC Loss 30.00

Hyflow 5.00 Spent Carbon & Hyflow 15.00

Triethyl Amine HCl Recovery

63.93

Organic Residue 88.07

(Organic Impurities-8.07, Distillation Residue-81 (MDC-36,Methanol-45)

Total 2892.00 Total 2891.00


Batch Size:100 Kg

Name of the input Quantity in Kg

Name of the out put Quantity in Kg

Stage-2 105.00 Emtricitabine 100.00

Isopropyl alcohol 900.00 IPA Recovery 855.00

Activated carbon 10.00 IPA Loss 18.00



Process Residue-5 Distillation Residue-27 (IPA-27)

Total 1020.00 Total 1020.5.00



FEXOFENADINE HYDROCHLORIDE


Stage-1

2-[4-(4-Chloro-butyryl)-cyclohexyl]-2-methyl-propionic acid methyl esteron undergoes

condensation with Azacyclonol in presence of Sodium bicarbonate and MIBK to

give.stage-1 product.

Stage-2

stage-1 product undergoes reduction with, Sodiumborohydride and water in

presence of methanol to give stage-2 product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 product undergoes salt formation with HCl in presence of IPA to give

Fexofenadine Hydrochloride.



Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

+ + NaHCO3

84.01

H3C

CH3

COOCH3

Cl

O

2-[4-(4-Chloro-butyryl)-phenyl]-2-methyl-propionic acid methyl ester

HN

OH

Azacyclonol

H3C

CH3

COOCH3

O

N

OH

MIBK

+ NaCl + CO2 + H2O

58.44 44.0 18.02

C15H19ClO3

282.10

C18H21NO

267.37

2-(4-{4-[4-(Hydroxy-diphenyl-methyl)-piperidin-1-yl]-butyryl}-phenyl)-2-methyl-

propionic acid methyl ester

C33H39NO4

513.67



Stage-2

H3C

CH3

COOCH3

O

N

OH

H3C

CH3

COOH

OH

N

OH

+ NaBH4

37.83

+ 4 H2O

72.06

Methanol

+ H3BO3

61.83

+ CH3ONa

54.02

+

2-(4-{4-[4-(Hydroxy-diphenyl-methyl)-piperidin-1-yl]-butyryl}-phenyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid methyl ester

C33H39NO4

513.67

Fexofenadine

C32H39NO4

501.66

3 H2

6.00

Stage-3

H3C

CH3

COOH

OHN

OH + HClIPA

H3C

CH3

COOH

OH

N

OH HCl

Fexofenadine hydrochloride

C32H40ClNO4

538.12

Fexofenadine

C32H39NO4

501.66

36.46



Flow Chart:

Dimethyl phenyl acetateSodium BicarbonateAzacyclonolMethyl isobutyl ketoneEthyl Acetate

Stage-1 Ethyl acetate Rec

Stage-2 Methanol Rec

Stage-1Sodium BorohydrideSodium HydroxideAcetic AcidMethanol

Stage-3 IPA RecStage-2Hydrochloric acidIsopropyl alcohol

FEXOFENADINE HYDROCHLORIDE

Material Balance:

Material Balance of Fexofenadine Hydrochloride Stage-1

Batch Size: 100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Dimethyl phenyl acetate 56.00 Stage-1 99.00

Sodium Bicarbonate 16.70 Ethyl Acetate recovery 665.00

Azacyclonol 53.10 Ethyl Acetate Loss 14.00

Methyl isobutyl ketone 50.00 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone Recovery 47.00

Ethyl Acetate 700.00 Methyl Isobutyl Ketone Loss 1.00

Water 600.00 Effluent water 620.20

(Water-600,Generated water-3.6, Sodium chloride-11.6, Ethyl acetate-5)


(Carbon dioxide)


(Process Residue-2.85, Distillation Residue-18, (Ethyl acetate-16,MIBK-2)

Total 1475.80 Total 1475.80



Material Balance of Fexofenadine Hydrochloride Stage-2

Batch Size: 100Kg


in Kg


in Kg Stage-1 99.00 Stage-2 95.00 Sodium Borohydride 7.30 Methanol recovery 760.00

Activated carbon 10.00 Methanol Loss 16.00 Methanol 800.00 Effluent Water 501.90

Water 500.00 (Water-486, Boric acid-11.9, Methanol-4)

Spent Carbon 10.00 Process Emissions 1.15 (Hydrogen) Organic Residue 32.25

(Process Residue-12.25(Sodium methoxide-10.4) Distillation Residue-20 (Methanol-20)

Total 1416.30 Total 1416.30

Material Balance of Fexofenadine Hydrochloride

Stage-3

Batch Size: 100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-2 95.00 Fexofenadine Hydrochloride 100.00

Hydrochloric acid 7.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Recovery 760.00

Isopropyl alcohol 800.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 16.00


(Process Residue-2

Distillation Residue-24

(IPA-24)

Total 902.00 Total 902.00



FLUCONAZOLE


Stage-1

1, 3 di fluoro benzene reacts with Chloro acetyl chloride, 4-Amino-1, 2, 4-triazole in

presence of Sodium nitrite, MDC and Isopropyl alcohol to give Stage-1 product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 product undergoes Methylation with TMSI and reacts triazole in presence of

Potassium hydroxide and MDC to give Stage-2 product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 compound undergoes purification in Iso propyl alcohol and carbon to give

Fluconazole.

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1:

F

F+

Chloro acetyl chloride

O

ClCl

1,3-Difluoro-benzene

C6H4F2

114.09

C2H2Cl2O

112.94

+N N

N

NH2

[1,2,4]Triazol-4-ylamine

C2H4N4

84.07

+ 2 NaNO2

137.98

Sodiumnitrite

F

F

O

N

N

N

1-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1,2,4]triazol-4-yl-ethanone

C10H7F2N3O

223.17

+ 2 NaCl + NH3

Sodium chloride

116.88

Ammonia

17.04

+ N2

28.01

+

64.00

2 O2

MDC, IPA



Stage-2:

F

F

ON

NN

1-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-2-[1,2,4]triazol-4-yl-ethanone

C10H7F2N3O

223.17

+

S+

O

H3C

CH3

CH3

I-

220.07

C3H9IOS

Trimethyl sulfoxonium iodide

+ KOH

Potassium hydroxide

56.10

F

F

N

NN

OH

4-[2-(2,4-Difluoro-phenyl)-oxiranylmethyl]-4H-[1,2,4]triazole

N N

HN

+

4H-[1,2,4]Triazole

C2H3N3

69.06

C13H12F2N6O

N

NN

306.27

+ (CH3)2SO

Dimethylsulfoxide

78.13

+ KI + H2O

Potassium iodide

166.00

18.00

MDC

Stage-3:

F

F

N

NN

OH

Fluconazole crude

C13H12F2N6O

N

NN

306.27

F

F

N

N

NOH

Fluconazole pure

C13H12F2N6O

N

NN

306.27

IPA



Flow Chart:

Stage-1

Stage-2

1,3-DifluorobenzeneChloro Acetyl Chloride4-Amino-1,2,4-TriazoleSodium NitriteIsopropyl AlcoholMDC

Isopropyl Alcohol RecoveryMDC Recovery

Stage-1TMSI1,2,4-TriazolePotassium hydroxideMDC

MDC RecoveryEffluent water

Fluconazole

Stage-3

Stage-2 CrudeActivated carbonHyflowIPA

Isopropyl Alcohol Recovery

Material Balance:

Material Balance of Fluconazole

Stage-1

Batch Size: 300Kg

Name of the input Quantity in

Kg


in Kg

1,3-Difluorobenzene 116.00 Stage-1 226.00

Chloro Acetyl Chloride 114.40 MDC Recovery 770.00

4-Amino-1,2,4-Triazole 85.20 MDC Loss 15.00

Sodium Nitrite 139.80 Isopropyl Alcohol Recovery 950.00

Isopropyl Alcohol 1000.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 10.00

MDC 800.00 Effluent Water 1138.80

Water 1000.00 (Water-1000,

Sodium Chloride-118.80,IPA-20)


(Ammonia-17.30,Nitrogen-28.3,

Oxygen-65)


(Distillation Residue-35

(MDC-15,IPA-20)

Total 3255.40 Total 3255.40




Stage-2

Batch Size: 300Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-1 226.00 Stage-2 310.00

TMSI 222.80 MDC Recovery 665.00

1,2,4-Triazole 69.90 MDC Loss 15.00

Potassium hydroxide 56.80 Effluent water 2186.30

MDC 700.00 (Water-2000,generated water-

18.20, Potassium Iodide-168.10)

Water 2000.00 DMSO Recovery 79.20


(Distillation Residue-20

(MDc-20))

Total 3275.50 Total 3275.50


Stage-3

Batch Size: 300Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-2 Crude 310.00 Fluconazole pharma 300.00

Activated carbon 10.00 IPA Recovery 950.00

Hyflow 8.00 IPA Loss 20.00

IPA 1000.00 Spent Carbon & Hyflow 18.00


(Process residue-10


(IPA-30)

Total 1328.00 Total 1328.00



LAMIVUDINE

Process Description

Stage – 1

Step-A

L (-) Menthol is reacts with glyoxylic acid in presence of sulphuric acid and

cyclohexane to give Step-A Product.

Step-B

Step-A Product reacts with Sodium bisulphite in presence of water to give Step-B

Product.

Step-C

Step-B Product reacts with Formaldehyde in presence of water and Toluene to

give Stage-1 Product.

Stage – 2

Stage-1 Product reacts with 1, 4, Dithiane-2, 5-diol in presence of Acetic acid and

Toluene to give Stage-2 Product.

Stage – 3

Step-A

Stage-2 Product reacts with Thionyl chloride in presence of MDC to give Step-A

Product.

Step-B

Cytosine reacts with Hexamethyl disilazane in presence of Methane sulfonic acid

to give Step-B Product.

Step-C

Step-A Product reacts with Step-B in presence of TEA to give Step-C Product.

Step-D

Step-C Product undergoes hydrolysis with water in presence of n-Hexane to give

Step-D Product.



Step-E

Step-D Product undergoes Purification in Ethyl acetate to give Cyclohexyl ester

Tech Product.

Stage-4

Step-A

Stage-3 Product reacts with Sodium borohydride in presence of Toluene and IPA

to give Step-A Product.

Step-B

Step-A Product undergoes purification in Methanol and IPA to give Lamivudine.

Route of synthesis:

Stage-1

Step-A

CH3

H3C CH3

OH

Glyoxalic acid

O

O

OH

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

CH

OH

OH

+H2SO4

L-Menthol

C10H20O

156.27

C2H2O3

74.04

L-Menthyl glyoxilate

C12H22O4

230.31

Step-B

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

CH

OH

OH


C12H22O4

230.31

+ NaHSO3

Sodium bisulphite

104.06

Water

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

CH

SO3Na

OH

Sodiumbisulphite aduct

C12H21NaO6S

316.35

+ H2O

18.0



Step-C

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

CH

SO3Na

OH

Sodiumbisulphite aduct

C12H21NaO6S

316.35

+ HCHO

Formaldehyde

30.03

+ H2O

18.0

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

CH

OH

OH


C12H22O4

230.3

+

Formaldehyde bisulphite

-OS O

HNa+

O

16.0

O2

CH3O3SNa

118.09

Stage-2

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

CH

OH

OH


C12H22O4

2X230.3=460.6

S

SHO

OH

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

S

OOH

2

+

1,4-Dithiane-2,5-diol

C4H8O2S2

152.24

Acetic acid

Toluene

2

5-Hydroxy-1,3-oxathiolane-2-arboxylic acid(1R,2S,5R)menthyl ester

C14H24O4S

2X288.4=576.8

+ 2H2O

36.0



Stage-3

(Step-A)

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

S

OOH

5-Hydroxy-1,3-oxathiolane-2-carboxylic acid(1R,2S,5R)menthyl ester

C14H24O4S

288.4

+ SOCl2

Thionyl cloride

118.97

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

S

OCl

5-Chloro-[1,3]oxathiolane-2-carboxylic acid-2-isopropyl-5-

methyl-cyclohexyl ester

C14H23ClO3S

306.85

+ HCl + SO2

36.5 64.06

Step-B

N

NH

NH2

O

Cytosine

C4H5N3O

111.10

+

Hexamethyl disilazane

Si

N HSi

H3C

CH3

CH3

H3CCH3

CH3

C6H19NSi2

161.39

CH3SO3H N

N

NH

O

Si(CH3)3

Si(CH3)3

Bis trimethylsilyl cytosine

C10H21N3OSi2

255.46

+ NH3

Ammonia

17.03



Step-C

N

N

NH

O

Si(CH3)3

Si(CH3)3

Bis trimethylsilyl cytosine

C10H21N3OSi2

255.46

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

S

OCl

5-Chloro-[1,3]oxathiolane-2-carboxylic acid2-isopropyl-5-methyl-cyclohexyl ester

C14H23ClO3S

306.85

+

CH3

H3C CH3

O CO

S

O

N

N

NH

O

Si(CH3)3

Silyl cyclohexyl ester

C21H35N3O4SSi

453.67

+(CH3)3SiCl

Trimethyl chlorosilane

108.64

Step-D

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

S

O

N

N

NH

O

Si(CH3)3

Silyl cyclohexyl ester

C21H35N3O4SSi

453.67

+ H2O

18.0

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

S

O

N

N

NH2

O

C18H27N3O4S

381.49

+(CH3)3SiOH

Trimethyl silanol

90.60

(2R-Cis)-5-(4-amino-1,2-dihydro-2-oxo-1-pyrimidinyl1,3-oxathiolane-2-carboxylic acid(2S,5R)-Methylester

(CYCLOHEXYL ESTER TECH)



Step-E

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

S

O

N

N

NH2

O

C18H27N3O4S

381.49



CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

S

O

N

N

NH2

O

C18H27N3O4S

381.49



Ethylacetate

Stage-4

CH3

H3C CH3

O C

O

S

O

N

N

NH2

O

C18H27N3O4S

381.49

CH3

H3C CH3

OH

S

O

N

N

NH2

O

HO

+

Lamivudine (Crude)

+

229.26

L-Menthol

C10H20O

156.27

K2HPO4

+ NaBH4

37.83

+

C8H11N3O3S

HCl

Hydrochloric acidSodium boro hydride(2R-Cis)-5-(4-amino-1,2-dihydro-2-oxo-1-pyrimidinyl-1,3-oxathiolane-2-

carboxylic acid(2S,5R)-Methylester

Toluene

36.5

NaCl

Sodium chloride

58.44

+ 3 H2O

+ H3BO3

Boric acid

61.83

3X18.02=54.06

+ 2 H2

4.03



Stage-5

S

O

N

N

NH2

O

HO

Lamivudine (Crude)

229.26

C8H11N3O3S

Methanol,IPA

S

O

N

N

NH2

O

HO

Lamivudine Pure)

229.26

C8H11N3O3S

Flow-chart:

L(-) MentholGlyoxylic Acid (50%)Sulphuric AcidSodium Carbonate Sodium BisulphiteFormaldehyde Cyclohexane

Stage - 1Acetic acid2,5-Dithiane-1,4-diolHyflow Triethylaminen-Hexane Toluene

Toluene + Acetic Acid Recoveryn-Hexane Recovery

Stage- 2Thionyl chlorideHexamethyldisilazane cytosineToluenen-HexaneEthyl AcetateMethylene dichloride

MDC Recoveryn-Hexane RecoveryEthyl acetate RecoveryToluene Recovery

Stage-1

Stage-2

Stage-3

Cyclohexane RecoveryEffluent water

Stage -3Dipotassium hydrogen ortho phosphateSodium BorohydrideActivated CarbonConc. HClTolueneMethanolIso propyl alcohol

Toluene RecoveryIsopropyl alcohol RecoveryMethanol Recovery

Stage-4

Lamivudine



Material Balance:

Material balance of Lamivudine Stage-1 Batch size : 400kg


In kg


In kg

L(-) Menthol 280.00 Stage-1 412.000

Glyoxylic Acid (50%) 266.00 Cyclohexane Recovery 598.00

Sulphuric Acid 3.00 Cyclohexane Loss 12.00

Sodium Carbonate 15.00 Effluent water 960.20

Sodium Bisulphite 186.00

(Water-767, Generated water-32.2, Sodium carbonate-15, Cyclo hexane-10, Sulfuric acid-3, Water from Glyoxylic acid-133)

Formaldehyde 55.00 Process emission 28.62

Cyclohexane 630.00 (Oxygen)

Water 800.00 Organic residue 224.18

Process Residue-214.18 (Formaldehyde bi sulphate-211.28) Distillation residue-10 (Cyclo hexane-10)

Total 2235.00 Total 2235.00


Name of the input Quantity In kg

Name of the out put Quantity In kg

Stage - 1 412.00 Stage- 2 515.00

Acetic acid 18.00 Toluene + Acetic Acid Recovery 683.00

2,5-Dithiane-1,4-diol 136.00

Toluene Loss 14.00

Hyflow 5.00 n-Hexane Recovery 218.00

Triethylamine 3.00 n-Hexane Loss 4.60

n-Hexane 230.00 Generated Water 32.20

Toluene 700.00 Spent Hyflow 5.00


Process residue-3.2 (Triethylamine-3) Distillation Residue-29 (n- Hexane-8, Toluene-21)

Total 1504.00 Total 1504.00





In kg


In kg

Stage- 2 515.00 Stage-3 674.00

Thionyl chloride 213.00 MDC Recovery 950.00

Methane Sulphonic Acid 2.00 MDC loss 30.00

Hexamethyldisilazane 289.00 Triethylamine Recovery 209.00

cytosine 199.00 Triethylamine Loss 4.00

Toluene 388.00 n-Hexane Recovery 190.00

Triethylamine 220.00 n-Hexane Loss 4.00

n-Hexane 200.00 Ethyl acetate Recovery 142.00

Ethyl Acetate 150.00 Ethyl acetate Loss 3.00

Methylene dichloride 1000.00 Toluene Recovery 368.00

Water 1000.00 Toluene Loss 7.00

Effluent water 983.00

(water -968 , Methane sulfonic acid-2, TEA-3, n-Hexane-3, Toluene-5,Ethyl acetate-2)

Process emission 210.07

(Hydrogen chloride-65.18,

Sulphur dioxide-114.39, Ammonia-30.5)


(Process Residue-363.93 (Trimethyl silanol-161.56, Trimethylchlorosilane-194) Distillation Residue-38 ( MDC-20, Ethyl acetate-3, n-Hexane-3, Toluene-8, Triethylamine-4)

Total 4176.00 Total 4176.00




Stage -3 674.00 Lamivudine 400.00

Dipotassium hydrogen ortho phosphate

30.00 Toluene Recovery 190.00

Sodium Borohydride 67.00 Toluene Loss 4.00

Activated Carbon 8.00 Isopropyl alcohol Recovery 570.00

Conc. HCl 65.00 Isopropyl alcohol Loss 12.00

Toluene 200.0 Methanol Recovery 760.00

Methanol 800.00 Methanol Loss 16.00

Iso propyl alcohol 600.00 By-product 276.00

Water 1500.0 (L-Menthol)

Spent Carbon 8.00


(Water-1404, Boric acid-109.25, Sodium chloride-103.25, Dipotassium hydrogen ortho phosphate-30,Toluene-3,IPA-9, Methanol-12)


(Hydrogen)


Process Residue-6.35,

Distillation Residue-24 (IPA-9, Toluene-3, Methanol-12)

Total 3944.00 Total 3944.00



LANSOPRAZOLE

Process Description

Stage-1

2, 3-Lutidine reacts with Hydrogen Peroxide and Nitric Acid in Presence of Acetic

acid to give stage-1 product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 Product reacts with 2, 2, 2- trifluoroehtanol and Acetic Anhydride in

presence of Potassium Carbonate to give stage-2 product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 product undergoes chlorination with Thionyl Chloride inpresence of Toluene

to give stage-3 product.

Stage-4

Stage-3 product undergoes condensation with 2-Mercapto benzimidazole in

presence of Sodium Hydroxide to give stage-4 product.

Stage-5

Stage-4 product undergoes oxidation with Hydrogen peroxide in presence of IPA to

give Lansoprazole.

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

N

CH3

CH3

2,3-Lutidine

107.15

+ H2O2

34.00

+ HNO3

63.00

N

NO2

CH3

CH3

O + 2

4-Nitro-2,3-Dimethyl pyridine-N-Oxide

168.15

H2O

C7H9N

C7H8N2O3

36.04



Stage-2

N

NO2

CH3

CH3

O

+

4-Nitro-2,3-Dimethyl pyridine-N-Oxide

168.00

CF3CH2OH + K2CO3 + (CH3CO)2O + NaoH + HCl

Trifluoro ethanol

Potassium carbonate

Acetic anhydride

Sodium hydroxide

Hydrogen chloride

100 138 102 40 36.5

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2OH

. HCl

2-Hydroxy methyl-3-methyl pyridine hydrochloride

257.5

+ KHCO3

Potassium bicarbonate

100

+ KNO2

Potassium nitrite

85

+ CH3COONa

Sodium acetate

82

+ CH3COOH

Acetic acid

60

C7H8N2O3

C9H11ClF3NO2

Stage-3

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2OH

. HCl

2-Hydroxy methyl-3-methyl pyridine hydrochloride

257.5

+ SOCl2

Thionyl chloride

119

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2Cl

. HCl

2-Chloromethyl-3-methyl pyridine hydrochloride

276

+ SO2

64

+ HCl

36.5

C9H11ClF3NO2C9H10Cl2F3NO



Stage-4

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2Cl

. HCl

2-Chloromethyl-3-methyl pyridine hydrochloride

276

+N

HN

HS + 2 NaoH

2-Mercapto benzimidazole

Sodium hydroxide

2x40=80.0

150

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2 S

N

HN

2[4-(2,2,2-Tri fluoro ethoxy)-3-methylpyridinyl]methyl thio]-1H-Benzimidazole

+ 2 NaCl

Sodium chloride

2x58.5=117.0

+ 2H2O

Water

36.0

C9H10Cl2F3NO C7H6N2S

C16H14F3N3OS

353.0



Stage-5

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2 S

N

HN

2[4-(2,2,2-Tri fluoro ethoxy)-3-methylpyridinyl]methyl thio]-1H-Benzimidazole

353

+ H2O2

Hydrogen peroxide

34

N

OCH2CF3

CH3

CH2 S

N

HN

O

Lansoprazole

369

+ H2O

Water

18

C16H14F3N3OS

C16H14F3N3O2S



Flow Chart

Stage - 1

Stage - 2

2,3-LutidineAcetic AcidHydrogen Peroxide Sulfuric AcidNitric Acid

Generated water

Stage-1Sodium HydroxidePotassium CarbonateTri Fluoro EthanolToluene

Potassium nitritePotassium bicarbonateSodium acetateToluene Recovery

Stage-2Methylene DichlorideTolueneThionyl Chloride

Sulphur dioxiodeHydrogen chlorideToluene Recovery

Stage - 3

Stage-3Sodium Hydroxide2-Mercapto Benzimidazole

Generated waterSodium chloride

Stage - 4

Stage - 5

Stage-4Isopropyl AlcoholHydrogen Peroxide ChloroformAcetoneAcetic Acid

Generated waterIsopropyl alcohol RecoveryAcetone Recovery

Lansoprazole



MATERIAL BALANCE

Material Balance of Lansoprazole

Stage-1

Batch Size:100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

2,3-Lutidine 30.00 Stage-1 47.00

Acetic Acid 46.00 Spent Sulfuric Acid 50.00

Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) 20.00 Acetic Acid 46.00

Sulfuric Acid 50.00 Effluent water 520.00

Nitric Acid 18.00 (Water-500, gen.water-10,water from

hydrogen peroxide-10)

Water 500.00 Organic Residue 1.00



Stage-2

Batch Size:100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-1 47.00 Stage-2 71.00

Sodium Hydroxide 11.20 MIBK Recovery 124.00

Potassium Carbonate 38.60 MIBK Loss 3.00

Tri Fluoro Ethanol 28.00 Toluene Recovery 214.00

MIBK 130.00 Toluene Loss 5.00

Acetic Anhydride 28.60 Effluent Water 1342.80

TEBAC 1.00 (Water-1300, Sodium Acetate-23,

Acetic Acid-16.8,Toluene-3) 0

Toluene 225.00 Inorganic solid waste 51.80

Hydrogen Chloride Gas 10.20 (Potassium Nitrite-23.8, Potassium

Bicarbonate-28) 0

Activated Carbon 3.00 Spent Carbon 3.00


(Process Residue-2

Distillation Residue-6 (MIBK-

3,Toluene-3)

Total 1822.60 Total 1822.60




Stage-3

Batch Size:100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-2 71.00 Stage-3 76.00

Methylene Dichloride 200.00 Toluene Recovery 238.00

Toluene 250.00 Toluene Loss 5.00

Thionyl Chloride 33.00 Methylene Dichloride Recovery 190.00

Methylene Dichloride Loss 4.00

Process Emissions 28.00

(Sulfur Dioxide-18,Hydrogen

Chloride-10)


(Distillation Residue-13 (Toluene-7,

MDC-6)



Stage-4

Batch Size:100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-3 76.00 Stage-4 96.00

Sodium Hydroxide 22.00 Effluent Water 582.30

2-Mercapto Benzimidazole 49.00 (Water-540, gen.Water-10,Sodium

Chloride-32.3)


(Process Residue-8.7)





Stage-5

Batch Size:100Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Stage-4 96.00 Lansoprazole Pharma 100.00

Isopropyl Alcohol 250.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Recovery 238.00

Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) 20.00 Isopropyl Alcohol Loss 5.00

Catalyst 1.00 Chloroform Recovery 428.00

Chloroform 450.00 Chloroform Loss 9.00

Acetone 150.00 Acetone Recovery 143.00

Water 400.00 Acetone Loss 3.00

Effluent Water 429.00

(Water-400, gen.Water-4,Water

from Hydrogen Peroxide-10,

Acetone-1,IPA-4)

0

Catalyst Reuse 1.000


(Distillation residue-19 (IPA-3,

Chloroform-13,Acetone-3)

Total 1367.00 Total 1367.00



LEVO CETIRIZINE DI HYDROCHLORIDE

Process Description

Stage-1

Step-A

P-Chlorobenzo phenone undergoes amination with Ammonium formate in presence

of Toluene to give Step-A product.

Step-B

Step-A product undergoes salt formation with HCl inpresence of Methanol to give

Stage-1 Product.

Stage-2

Stage-1product undergoes resolution with tartaric acid in presence of Sodium

hydroxide to give Step-A product.

Step-A product undergoes Hydrolysis with Sodium hydroxide in presence of

Methanol and HCl to give Stage-2 Product.

Stage-3

PTSC undergoes condensation with n,n-bis(2-chloroethyl)amine Hydrochloride in

presence of MDC and sodium htdroxide to give Stage-3 Product.

Stage-4

Stage-3 Product react with (L)-(4-chloro-phenyl)-c-phenyl-methylamine-1-methane

sulfonyl-4-methyl-benzene(2-ethyl-methyl-amine) in presence of methanol to give

Stage-4 Product.

Stage-5

Stage-4 product undergoes hydrolysis with HBr and Acetic Acid in presence of

Toluene to give Stage-5 product.

Stage-6

Stage-5 product reacts with Chloro ethanol in the presence of Triethyl amine and

Toluene to give stage-6 product.



Stage-7

Stage-6 product undergoes condensation with Sodium monochloro acetate in

presence of DMF, Acetone and HCl to give Levocetrizine dihydrochloride.

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

Step-A

O

Cl

p-chloro benzophenone

Ammonium formate

63.06

+ Toluene Cl

NH2

C-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl-

methylamine

+ CO2 + H2O

44.00 18.02

NH4HCO2

C13H9ClO

216.66C13H12ClN

217.69

Step-B

Cl

NH2

+

C-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl-methylamine

HCl

36.46

MethanolCl

NH2

C-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl-methylamine Hydrochloride

HCl

C13H12ClN

217.69C13H13Cl2N

254.19

.



Stage-2(Resolution)

Step-A

Cl

NH2

C-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl-methylamine Hydrochloride

HCl

C13H13Cl2N

254.19 X 2=508.38

.

+

Tartaric acid

OH

OHO

OH

O

OH

C4H6O6

150.09

+ 2 NaOH

80.00

Cl

NH2 OH

OHO

OH

O

OH.

C-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl-methylamin 2,3-dihydroxy-succinic acid

C17H18ClNO6

367.78

+

Isomer

Cl

NH2

C13H12ClN

217.69

+ 2 NaCl

116.88

+ 2 H2O

36.02

2



Step-B (Hydrolysis)

Cl

NH2 OH

OHO

OH

O

OH.

C-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl-methylamin 2,3-dihydroxy-succinic acid

C17H18ClNO6

367.78

+

Cl

NH2

C13H12ClN

217.69

NaOH

40.00

+ HCl

36.46

C-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl-methylamine

OH

OHO

OH

O

OH

+

Tartric acid

C4H6O6

150.09

+ NaCl

58.44

+ H2O

18.02

Stage-3

para toluene sulphonyl chloride

n,n-bis( 2-chloro ethyl) amine

Hydrochloride

80.001-Methanesulfonyl-4-methyl-

benzene,(2-chloro-ethyl)-chloromethyl-

amine

CH3

SO2Cl +HN

Cl

ClHCl

+ 2NaOHMDC

CH3

SO2N

Cl

Cl

C11H15Cl2NO2S

296.21

+ 2NaCl

116.89

+ 2H2O

36.0

C7H7ClO2S

190.65

C4H10Cl3N

178.5



Stage-4

1-Methanesulfonyl-4-methyl-benzene,

(2-chloro-ethyl)-chloromethyl-amine

CH3

SO2 N

Cl

Cl

C11H15Cl2NO2S

296.21

Cl

NH2

+

(L)_(4-Chloro-phenyl)-C-phenyl-methylamine-1-methane sulfonyl

-4-methyl-benzene(2-ethyl-methyl-amine

C13H12ClN

217.69

N

Cl

N S

O

O

CH3

1-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-4-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-piperazine

+

C24H25ClN2O2S

440.99

MeOH

2HCl

72.92



Stage-5

N

Cl

N S

O

O

CH3

1-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-4-(toluene-4-sulfonyl)-piperazine

C24H25ClN2O2S

440.99

+ HBr + CH3COOH

Hydrobromic acid

80.91

Acetic acid

60.05

N

HN

Cl

1-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-piperazine

+ CH3COOBr +

SO2H

CH3

C17H19ClN2

286.80

Bromo acetate

138.95

pTSA

156.20

C7H8O2S



Stage-6

N

HN

Cl

1-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-piperazine

C17H19ClN2

286.80

+

Chloro ethanol

C2H5ClO80.51

C19H23ClN2O

330.85

CH3

OH

Cl

1-{4-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-piperazin-1-yl}-ethanol

CH3

NN

Cl

OH

+ HCl

+

Triethylamine

N

C6H15N

101.19

N .

Triethylamine Hydrogen chloride

C6H16ClN

137.65



Stage-7

C19H23ClN2O

330.85

1-{4-[(4-Chloro-phenyl)-phenyl-methyl]-piperazin-1-yl}-ethanol

CH3

NN

Cl

OH

Sodium monochloro acetate

Na+

O

O-Cl + 2HCl

DMF

C2H2ClNaO2

116.48

Hydrochloric acid

2x36.46=72.92

NaCl

Levocetrizine dihydrochloride Sodium chloride

58.44C21H25ClN2O3.2HCl

461.81

+

CH3

O

OO

N

N

Cl2 HCl

+



Flow Chart:

Stage - 1

Stage - 2

Stage - 3

Stage - 4

Stage - 5

p-chloro benzo phenoneAmmonium formateHydrochloric acidToluene

Generated waterCarbon dioxideToluene Recovery

Stage-1Sodium hydroxideTartaric acidMDC

Sodium chlorideGenerated waterMDC Recovery

para toluene sulphonylchloriden,n-bis( 2-chloro ethyl)amine HClSodium HydroxideMDC

Sodium chlorideGenerated waterMDC Recovery

Stage-3Stage-2Ethyl di isopropyl amineMethanol

Hydrochloric acidMethanol Recovery

Stage-4Hydrobromic acidAcetic acidToluene

Bromo acetatePTSAToluene Recovery

Stage - 6

Stage-5Chloro ethanolTriethylamineToluene

TEA HydrochlorideToluene Recovery

Stage - 7

Stage-6Sodium mono chloro acetateHydrochloric acidDMFAcetone

Sodium chlorideAcetone Recovery

LevocetirizineDi Hydrochloride



Material Balance:

Material balance of Levo Cetrizine di Hydrochloride

Stage-1

Batch Size: 100Kg


in kg Name of the out put

Quantity

in Kg

p-chloro benzo phenone 110.00 Stage-1 125.00

Ammonium formate 32.00 Toluene Recovery 760.00

Hydrochloric acid 45.00 Toluene Loss 16.00

Toluene 800.00 Effluent Water 467.00

Activated carbon 10.00

(Water-400,generated water-

10,Hydrochloric acid-45,

Toluene-12)

Hydrochloric acid 18.00 Spent carbon 10.00

Water 400.00 Process Emission 22.35

(Carbon dioxide)


(Process residue-2.65


(Toluene-12)

Total 1415.00 Total 1415.00


Stage-2

Batch Size: 100Kg



Quantity

in Kg

Stage-1 125.00 Stage-2 52.00

Sodium hydroxide 40.00 MDC Recovery 665.00

Tartaric acid 37.00 MDC Loss 14.00


Hydrochloric acid 9.00

(Water-500, generated water-

13.25,Sodium Chloride-43.03,

Sodium hydroxide-13)

Water 500.00 Isomer Recycle 52.00

Tartaric acid Recovery 36.00


(Process Residue-1.72,


(MDC-21)

Total 1411.00 Total 1411.00




Stage-3

Batch Size: 100Kg



Quantity

in Kg

para toluene sulphonyl chloride 46.00 Stage-3 70.00

n,n-bis( 2-chloro ethyl)

amine HCl 43.00

MDC Recovery 665.00

Sodium Hydroxide 20.00 MDC Loss 14.00


Water 400.00 (Water-400,generated water-8.7,

Sodium chloride-28.23) 0




(MDC-21)

Total 1209.00 Total 1209.00


Stage-4

Batch Size: 100Kg



Quantity

in Kg

Stage-3 70.00 Stage-4 102.00

Stage-2 52.00 Methanol Recovery 380.00

Ethyl di isopropyl amine 28.00 Methanol Loss 8.00

Methanol 400.00 Ethyl di isopropyl amine Reuse 28.00


(Hydrogen chloride)




(Methanol-12)





Stage-5

Batch Size: 100Kg



Quantity

in Kg

Stage-4 102.00 Stage-5 65.00

Hydro bromic acid 20.00 Toluene Recovery 380.00

Acetic acid 14.00 Toluene Loss 8.00


Water 100.00 (Water-100,Bromoacetate-32.1,

PTSA-36.13,Toluene-6)




(Toluene-6)


Material balance of Levo Cetrizine di-Hydrochloride

Stage-6

Batch Size: 100Kg



Quantity

in Kg

Stage-5 65.00 Stage-6 72.00

Chloro ethanol 18.50 Toluene Recovery 380.00

Triethyl amine 23.00 Toluene Loss 8.00


Water 300.00 (Water-300,Toluene-6)

Triethyl amine hydrogen chloride

Recovery 31.20




(Toluene-6)




Material balance of Levo Cetrizine di-Hydrochloride

Stage-7

Batch Size: 100Kg



Quantity

in Kg

Stage-6 72.00 Levo Cetrizine di-Hydrochloride 100.00

Sodium mono chloro acetate 26.00 MDC Recovery 237.00

Hydrochloric acid 16.00 MDC Loss 5.00

Di methyl formamide 100.00 Acetone Recovery 95.00

MDC 250.00 Acetone Loss 2.00

Activated Carbon 10.00 DMF Recovery 95.00

Acetone 100.00 DMF Loss 2.00

Water 200.00 Effluent Water 219.00

(Water-200,Sodium chloride-13,

Acetone-3,DMF-3)

Spent Carbon 10.00


Process Residue-1,


(MDC-8)


LORATADINE


Stage-1:

{3-[2-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-methanone

hydrochloride undergoes dehydration in presence of Boric acid, Sodium hydroxide and

Toluene to give stage-1 product.

Stage-2:

Stage-1 product reacts with Ethyl chloro formate in presence of Toluene and IPE to

give Loratadine.



Route of synthesis

Stage-1

NO

N

HCl

Cl

H3C

C20H24Cl2N2OMol. Wt.: 379.32

{3-[2-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]-pyridin-2-yl}-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-

methanone hydrochloride

Toluene

N

N

Cl

H3C

+ H2O + HCl

8-Chloro-11-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-ylidene)-6,11-dihydro-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1,2-b]pyridine

C20H21ClN2

Mol. Wt.: 324.85

18.02 36..46

Boric acid ,Sulfuric acid

Stage-2

N

N

Cl

H3C

8-Chloro-11-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-ylidene)-6,11-dihydro-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1,2-b]pyridine

C20H21ClN2

Mol. Wt.: 324.85

Cl

O

OC2H5

Ethyl Chloro Formate

C3H5ClO2

Mol. Wt.: 108.52

Carbon, IPEToluene

N

N

Cl

OO

C22H23ClN2O2

Mol. Wt.: 382.88

Loratadine

+ CH3Cl

50.49

+



Flowchart:

Ethyl chloro formateIso propyl etherTolueneActivated carbon

Stage-2 IPE Recovery

LORATADINE

Stage-1

{3-[2-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]- pyridin-2-yl}-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)- methanone hydrochlorideSulphuric acidBoric acidToluene

Toluene recoveryEffluent watrer

Material Balance:

Material balance of Loratadine Stage-1

Batch Size:500Kg



Quantity In Kg

{3-[2-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]- pyridin-2-yl}-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)- methanone hydrochloride

497.00

Stage-1 425.00

Sulphuric acid 25.00 Toluene Recovery 950.00 Boric acid 20.00 Toluene Loss 20.00 Toluene 1000.00 Effluent water 593.60

Liq.Ammonia 15.00

(Water-500, Generated Water-23.6, Boric acid-20, Sulphuric acid-25, Liq.Ammonia-15, Toluene-10)

0

Process emission 47.80 (Hydrogen chloride) 0 Water 500.00 Organic residue 20.60

Process residue-0.6

Distillation residue-20 (Toluene-20)

0

Total 2057.00

Total 2057.00

. Material balance of Loratadine

Stage-2 Batch Size:500Kg

Name of the input Quantity Name of the out put Quantity



in Kg In Kg Stage-1 425.00 Loratadine 500.00 Ethyl chloro formate 142.00 Iso propyl ether Recovery 475.00

Iso propyl ether 500.00 Iso propyl ether loss 10.00 Toluene 1000.00 Toluene Recovery 950.00 Activated carbon 20.00 Toluene Loss 20.00 Water 500.00 Effluent water 510.00

(Water-500,

Toluene-10) 0

Spent carbon 20.00 Process emission 66.00

(Chloro methane-66) Organic residue 36.00

Process residue-1

Distillation residue-35 (IPE-15,Toluene-20)

0

Total 2587.00 Total 2587.00

LOSARTAN POTASSIUM

Process Description

Stage-1

OTBN and Sodium nitrate reacts with Sodium azide and sodium nitrite in presence of

Toluene and Hcl to give Stage-1 product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 product reacts with trityl chloride in presence of MDC to give Stage-2

product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 product undergoes bromination with N-Bromasuccinimiode in presence of

MDC and Ethyl acetate to give stage-3 product.

Stage-4

Stage-3 product undergoes condensation eith Butyl Chloroformyl imidazole in

presence of Sodium hydroxide and Methanol to give Stage-4 product..

Stage-5

Stage-4 product undergoes salt formation with POTASSIUM Hydroxide in presence

of Methanol to give Losartan potassium.



Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

Ortho tolylbenzonitrile

CN

CH3

+

Sodium Azide

NaN3 + NaNO2 + 2 HCl

CH3

NN

NHN

5-(4'-Methyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2H-tetrazole

Sodium nitrite Hydrochloric Acid

C14H11N

193.24

65.0 69.0 2X36.46=72.92 C14H12N4

236.27

+ 2 NaCl + H2O + N2

2X58.44=116.89 18.0 28.0 Stage-2

CH3

NN

NHN

5-(4'-Methyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2H-tetrazole

C14H12N4

236.27

+

trityl chloride

Cl + HCl

5-(4'-Methyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2-trityl-2H-tetrazole

36.46

CH3

NN

NN

C19H15Cl

278.78

C33H26N4

478.59



Stage-3

5-(4'-Methyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2-trityl-2H-tetrazole

CH3

NN

NN

C33H26N4

478.59

+

N-Bromosuccinimide

OON

Br

CH2Br

NN

NN

5-(4'-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2-trityl-2H-tetrazole

C4H4BrNO2177.98

C33H25BrN4 557.48

OO

HN

+

Succinimide

C4H5NO299.09

Stage-4

CH2Br

NN

NN

5-(4'-Bromomethyl-biphenyl-2-yl)-2-trityl-2H-tetrazole

C33H25BrN4 557.48

NH

N

ClCH3

HO+

HO

N

N

HN

N N

N

Cl

+ NaOH

Sodium hydroxide

+

trityl alcohol

OH

Losartan Base

+ NaBr

Sodium bromide

C22H23ClN6O 422.91

C19H16O260.33

102.89

40.0C8H13ClN2O

188.65

Butylchloroformyl imidazole



Stage-5

HO

N

N

HN

N N

N

Cl

Losartan Base

C22H23ClN6O 422.91

+ KOH

HO

N

N

KN

N N

N

Cl

C22H22ClKN6O 461.00

Losartan PotassiumPotassium hydroxide

56.11

+ H2O

18.0 Flow Chart:

Stage-1

Stage-2

Stage-3

2-Cyano-4-Methyl biphenyl Sodium AzideTEA HClSodium nitriteToluene

Toluene Rec

Stage-1Trityl chlorideTEAMDCMethanol

MDC RecMethanol Rec

Stage-2N-Bromosuccinimide Sodium meta bisulphateMethylenedichloride

MDC Rec

LOSARTAN POTASSIUM

Stage-4

Stage-3Butyl chloroformyl imidazoleTBABMethanol

Methanol Rec

Stage-5 Methanol Rec

Stage-4Potassium hydroxideMethanolActivated Carbon



Material Balance:

Material Balance Of Losartan Potassium Stage-1

Batch Size:500kg



Quantity in Kg

2-Cyano-4-Methyl biphenyl (OTBN)

236.00

Stage-1 290.00

Sodium Azide 73.00 Toluene Recovery 380.00

TEA HCl 25.00 Toluene Loss 8.00

Hydrochloric acid 83.00 Effluent water 1178.00

Sodium nitrite 78.00

(Water-1000, generated water-13, Sodium chloride-138, Toluene-2,TEA HCl-25)

0

Toluene 400.00 Process Emission 25.65

Water 1000.00 (Nitrogen) 0


(process residue-3.35

Distillation Residue-10 (Toluene-10)

Total 1895.00 Total 1895.00


Batch Size:500kg



Stage-1 290.00 Stage-2 522.00

Trityl chloride 276.00 MDC Recovery 475.00

TEA 30.00 MDC Loss 10.00

MDC 500.00 Methanol Recovery 475.00



(Water-500,TEA-30,

Methanol-5) 0


(Hydrogen chloride-46.3) 0


(Organic Impurities-0

Distillation Residue-25 (Methanol-10,MDC-15)

Total 2096.00 Total 2096.00




Batch Size:500kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-2 522.00 Stage-3 607.00

N-Bromosuccinimide (NBS) 195.00 MDC Recovery 380.00

Sodium meta bisulphate 10.00 MDC Loss 8.00

Methylenedichloride 400.00 Ethyl Acetate Recovery 190.00

Ethyl Acetate 200.00 Ethyl Acetate Loss 4.00


(Water-600,

Sodium meta bisulphate-10, Ethyl acetate-3)

0

By-Products 108.00

(succinimide-108) 0


Process residue-2

Distillation Residue-15 (ethyl acetate-3,MDC-12)

Total 1927.00 Total 1927.00


Batch Size:500kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-3 607.00 Stage-4 460.00

Butyl chloro formyl imidazole (BCFI)

206.00

Methanol Recovery 760.00

TBAB 5.00 Methanol Loss 16.00

Methanol 800.00 Effluent Water 829.00

Sodium hydroxide 44.00 (Water-700,

Sodium bromide-112, Methanol-12,TBAB-5)

0

Water 700.00 By-Product 283.50

(trityl alcohol) 0



Distillation Residue-12 (Methanol-12)

Total 2362.00 Total 2362.00



Material Balance Of Losartan Potassium Stage-5:Pharma Batch Size:500kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-4 460.00 Losartan Potassium 500.00

Potassium hydroxide 61.00 Methanol Recovery 380.00


Activated Carbon 15.00 Effluent Water 421.00

Water 400.00 (Water-400,

generated water-19, Methanol-2)

0

Spent Carbon 15.00


Process residue-2

Distillation residue-10 (Methanol-10)

Total 1336.00 Total 1336.00

NEVIRAPINE

Description:

Stage – 1

Nevirapine amide reacts with calcium oxide and cyclopropylamine in presence of o-

xylene to give stage-1 product.

Stage – 2

Stage-1 product undergoes reduction with Sodium hydride in presence of Diglyme,

Acetic Acid and O–xylene to give Nevirapine Crude.

Stage – 3

Nevirapine crude undergoes purification in methanol and Carbon to give Nevirapine.



Route of synthesis:

Stage -1:

N Cl HN

HN

N

OCH3

N Cl Cl

HN

N

OCH3

C12H9Cl2N3O

282.12

+

Cyclo propyl amine

H2N O-Xylene

Nevirapine Penultimate

C3H7N

57.09

C15H15ClN4O

302.75

+ HCl

36.5

CaO

2-Chloro-N-(2-chloro-4-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-

nicotinamide

Stage – 2:

N ClHN

HN

N

OCH3

Nevirapine Penultimate

C15H15ClN4O

302.75

+ NaH

Sodium hydride

24.00

N

HN

N

OCH3

N

Nevirapine (Crude)

C15H14N4O

266.30

O-Xylene

Acetic acid

+ NaCl + H2

58.44 2.00



Stage – 3:

N

HN

N

OCH3

N

Nevirapine (Crude)

C15H14N4O

266.29

Methanol

CarbonN

HN

N

OCH3

N

Nevirapine (Pure)

C15H14N4O

266.29

Flow chart:

Stage-1

Stage-2

Stage-3

2-Chloro-N-(2-Chloro-4-Methyl-3-Pyridinyl)-3-Pyridine CarboxamideCalcium oxideOrtho xyleneCyclopropylamine

Stage-1Ortho xyleneSodium hydroxideDiglymeCyclohexane

Ortho xylene Rec

Ortho xylene RecDiglyme Rec

Stage-2Methanol Methanol Rec

NEVIRAPINE



Material Balance:

Material Balance of Nevirapine Stage-1

Batch Size: 500Kg


in Kg


in Kg

2-Chloro-N-(2-Chloro-4-Methyl-3-Pyridinyl)-3-Pyridine Carboxamide

541.00 Stage-1 580.00

Calcium oxide 25.50 Ortho-Xylene Recovery 1140.00

Ortho-Xylene 1200.00 Ortho-Xylene Loss 24.00

Cyclo propyl amine 109.50 Effluent Water 1025.50

DM Water 1000.00 (Water-1000, Calcium oxide-25.5)

0


(Hydrogen chloride-69.95) 0


(Process Residue-0.55 Distillation Residue-36 (Xylene-36)

0

Total 2876.00 Total 2876.00


Batch Size: 500Kg


Kg


in Kg

Stage-1 580.00 Stage-2 510.00

Ortho-Xylene 800.00 Ortho-Xylene Recovery 760.00

Sodium Hydride 46.00 Ortho-Xylene Loss 16.00

Hyflow 5.00 Cyclohexane Recovery 380.00

Activated Carbon 15.00 Cyclohexane Loss 8.00

Cyclohexane 400.00 Effluent Water 1328.00

Acetic acid 10.00 (Water-1200,Acetic Acid-10, Sodium Chloride-112, Cyclohexane-6)

DM Water 1200.00 Spent Carbon & Hyflow 20.00


(Hydrogen)


(Process Residue-0.15, Distillation Residue-30 (Xylene-24,Cyclo hexane-6)

Total 3056.00 Total 3056.00




Batch Size: 500Kg


Kg


in Kg

Stage-2 510.00 Nevirapine 500.00

Methanol 900.00 Methanol Recovery 855.00

Activated Carbon 20.00 Methanol Loss 18.00



(Process Residue-10, Distillation Residue-27 (Methanol-27)

Total 1438.00 Total 1438.00

OMEPRAZOLE

Process Description

Stage-1

3, 5-Lutidine undergoes oxidation with Hydrogen peroxide and then Nitration with

Nitric acid in presence of Acetic acid to give stage-1 product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 product reacts with Sodium methoxide and Dimethyl sulphate in presence of

sodium hydroxide and Methanol to give satge-2 product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 product undergoes chlorination with Thionyl chloride in presence of Sodium

hydroxide and Toluene to give stage-3 product.

Stage-4

Stage-3 product undergoes condensation with 2-Mercapto-5-methoxy benzimidazole

in presence of sodium hydroxide and Toluene to give stage-5 product.

Stage-5

Stage-4 product undergoes reduction with hydrogen peroxide in presence of

Methanol to give Omeprazole.



Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

N

3,5-Lutidine

C7H9N

107.15

+ H2O2

Hydrogen peroxide

34.01

+ HNO3

Nitric acid

63.01

N

NO2

3,5-Dimethyl-4-nitro-pyridine N-Oxide

O

C7H8N2O3

168.15

Acetic acid+ 2H2O

2X18=36.0

Stage-2

N+

NO2

3,5-Dimethyl-4-nitro-pyridine N-Oxide

O-

C7H8N2O3

168.15

+ CH3ONa

Sodium methoxide

54.02

+ 2NaOH

Sodium hydroxide

2X40=80.0

+ (CH3)2SO4

Dimethyl sulfate

126.13

Methanol

N

O

+ NaNO2

69.0

+ Na2SO4

142.04

+ CH3OH

32.0

C9H13NO2

167.21

OH

(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylpyridin-2-yl)methanol

+ H2O

18.0



Stage-3

+ SOCl2

Thionyl chloride

118.97

+ NaOH

Sodium hydroxide

40.0

Toluene

C9H12ClNO

185.65

H2O + SO2

18.0 64.06

N

O

C9H13NO2

167.21

OH

(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylpyridin-2-

yl)methanol

N

O

Cl

2-(chloromethyl)-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylpyridine

+NaCl

58.4

Stage-4

2-Mercapto-5-methoxy benzimidazole

N

HN

O

HS+

C8H8N2OS

180.23

+ NaOH

Sodium Hydroxide

40.0

Toluene

N

NH

O

S

N

CH3

H3C OCH3

5-Methoxy-2-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-2-ylmethylsulfanyl)-1H-benzoimidazole

C17H19N3O2S

329.42

+ NaCl

58.5

+ H2O

18.0

C9H12ClNO

185.65

N

O

Cl

2-(chloromethyl)-4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylpyridine



Stage-5:

N

NH

O

S

N

CH3

H3C OCH3

5-Methoxy-2-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethyl-pyridin-2-ylmethylsulfanyl)-1H-benzoimidazole

C17H19N3O2S

329.42

+ H2O2

Hydrogen peroxide

34.01

Methanol

HN

N

S

O

N

O

O

Omeprazole

C17H19N3O3S

345.42

+ H2O

18.0



Flow Chart:

Stage-1

3,5-LutidineHydrogen peroxideNitric acidAcetic acid

Acetic acid Rec

Stage-2

Stage-1MethanolSodium hydroxideDimethyl sulfateToluene

Sodium NitriteToluene Rec

Stage-3Stage-3Thionyl chlorideToluene

Sulphur dioxideHydrogen chlorideToluene Rec

Stage-4

Stage-42-Mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazoleSodium hydroxideToluene

Toluene RecSodium chloride

Stage-5Stage-5Hydrogen peroxideMethanolAcetone

Methanol RecAcetone Rec

OMEPRAZOLE



Material Balance:

Material balance of Omeprazole Stage-1

Batch Size:500Kg



3,5-Lutidine 157.00 Stage-1 245.00

Hydrogen Peroxide 49.60 Effluent Water 302.75

Nitric acid 92.35 (Water-200, gen.water-52.75, Acetic acid-25, sulphuric acid-25)

0

Sulphuric acid 25.00 Organic Residue 1.20

Acetic acid 25.00

Water 200.00



Batch Size:500Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-1 245.00 Stage-2 243.00

Sodium methoxide 78.70 Methanol Recovery 475.00

Sodium hydroxide 116.60 Methanol Loss 10.00

Dimethyl sulphate 183.80 Effluent Water 922.80

Methanol 500.00

(Water-750, gen.water-26.25, Methanol-46, Sodium nitrate-100.55)

0

Water 750.00 Inorganic Solid Waste 206.95

(Sodium Sulphate-206.95) 0




Total 1874.10 Total 1874.10




Batch Size:500Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-2 243.00 Stage-3 269.00

Thionyl Chloride 172.90 Toluene Recovery 475.00

Sodium hydroxide 58.20 Toluene Loss 10.00

Toluene 500.00 Effluent water 616.10

Water 500.00

(Water-500, gen.water-26.2, Sodium chloride-84.9, Toluene-5)

0


(Sulphur dioxide) 0

Organic residue- 11.00

(Process residue-1


Total 1474.10 Total 1474.10


Batch Size:500 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-3 269.00 Stage-4 477.00

2-Mercapto-5-methoxy Benzimidazole

260.00


Sodium chloride 58.00 Toluene Loss 10.00


Water 400.00

(Water-400, Generated water-26 Sodium Chloride-84, Toluene-5)

0


Process residue-0 Distillation residue-10 (toluene-10)

Total 1487.00 Total 1487.00



Material balance of Omeprazole Stage-5:Pharma

Batch Size:500 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-4 477.00 Omeprazole 500.00

Hydrogen peroxide 49.00 Methanol Recovery 238.00


Acetone 250.00 Acetone Recovery 238.00

Acetone Loss 5.00

Generated Water 26.00


Process residue-0

Distillation residue-14 (methanol-7, Acetone-7)

Total 1026.00 Total 1026.00

PANTOPRAZOLE SODIUM

Process Description

Stage-1

Maltol undergoes Methylation with Dimethyl sulphate in presence of Potassium

carbonate and Acetone to give stage-1 product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 product reacts with Ammonium carbonate in presence of Toluene to give

stage-2 product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 product reacts with Phosphorous oxy chloride in presence of MDC to give

Stage-3 product.

Stage-4

Stage-3 product undergoes oxidation with Hydrogen peroxide in presence of

Methanol and Acetic acid to give Stage-4 product.

Stage-5

Stage-4 product reacts with Sodium Methoxide in presence of Methanol to give

stage-5 product.



Stage-6

Stage-5 product undergoes Acetylation with Acetic anhydride in presence of MDC to

give Stage-6 product.

Stage-7

Stage-6 product undergoes Hydrolysis with Sodium Hydroxide in presence of

Methanol to give stage-7 product.

Stage-8

Stage-7 product undergoes chlorination with Thionyl chloride in presence of MDC

and Methanol to give stage-8 product.

Stage-9

Stage-8 product undergoes condensation with 5-Difluoromethoxy-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-

pyridin-2-ylmethylsulfonyl)-1H-benzoimidazole in presence of Toluene and

Ammonium hydroxide to give stage-9 product.

Stage-10

Stage-9 product undergoes oxidation with sodium hydroxide in presence of MDC,

Sodium, Hydroxide and Acetone to give Pantoprazole Sodium.

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1:

O

O

OH

CH3

Maltol

C6H6O3

2X126.11=252.22

Dimethyl sulphate

(CH3)2SO4

126.13

K2CO3

138.21

Acetone

O

O

OCH3

CH3

C7H8O3

2x140.14=280.28

K2SO4

174.26

CO2

44.0

+ + +

+ + H2O

18.0

2 2

3-Methoxy-2-methyl-pyran-4-one



Stage-2:

O

O

OCH3

CH3

C7H8O3

140.14

(NH4)2CO3

Ammonium carbonate

96.0

NH

O

OCH3

CH3

C7H9NO2

139.15

+ + NH4OH + CO2 + H2O

35.0 44.0 18.03-Methoxy-2-methyl-pyran-4-one 3-Methoxy-2-methyl-

1H-pyridin-4-one

Stage-3:

NH

O

OCH3

CH3

C7H9NO2

3X139.15=417.45

+ POCl3

Phosphorous oxychloride

153.33

MDC

N

Cl

OCH3

CH3

C7H8ClNO

3X157.60=472.8

+ H3PO4

Phosphoric Acid

98.0

3 3

3-Methoxy-2-methyl-1H-pyridin-4-one

4-Chloro-3-methoxy-2-methyl-pyridine

Stage-4:

N

Cl

OCH3

CH3

C7H8ClNO

157.60

+H2O2

Hydrogen peroxide

34.01

MeOH

Acetic acid

N

Cl

OCH3

CH3

O

3-methoxy-2-methyl-4-chloro pyridine-N-oxide

C7H8ClNO

173.60

+ H2O

18.04-Chloro-3-methoxy-2-methyl-pyridine



Stage-5:

N

Cl

OCH3

CH3

O

C7H8ClNO

173.60

+ CH3ONaMeOH

54.02

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH3

O

C8H11NO3

169.18

+ NaCl

58.53,4-Dimethoxy-2-methyl

pyridine-N-oxide

3,4-Dimethoxy-2-methyl pyridine-N-oxide

Stage-6:

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH3

O

C8H11NO3

169.18

+ (CH3CO)2O

Acetic anhydride

102.09

MDC

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH2OCOCH3

C10H13NO4

211.21

+ CH3COOH

Acetic acid

60.0Acetic acid 3,4-dimethoxy-

pyridin-2-ylmethyl ester3,4-Dimethoxy-2-methyl pyridine-N-oxide

Stage-7

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH2OCOCH3

C10H13NO4

211.21

+ NaOHMDC

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH2OH

C8H11NO3

169.18

+ CH3COONa

Sodium acetate

82.0340.0Acetic acid 3,4-dimethoxy-

pyridin-2-ylmethyl ester

(3,4-Dimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl)-methanol



Stage-8:

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH2OH

C8H11NO3

169.18

+ SOCl2

Thionyl chloride

118.97

MDC,MeOH

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH2Cl

HCl

224.12

+ SO2

Sulphur dioxide

64.02-Chloromethyl-3,4-dimethoxy-

pyridine Hydrochloride

C8H11Cl2NO2

(3,4-Dimethoxy-pyridin-2-yl)-methanol

Stage-9:

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH2Cl

HCl

C8H10ClNO2.HCl

224.12

+

NHN

O

F

F

SH

5-Difluoromethoxy-2-mercaptobenzimidazole

C8H6F2N2OS

216.21

+ Toluene

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH2 SN

HN

O

F

F

C16H15F2N3O3S

367.37

+ 2 NH4Cl + 2 H2O

Ammonium chloride

106.98

2x18.0=365-Difluoromethoxy-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-pyridin-2-ylmethylsulfanyl)-

1H-benzoimidazole

2-Chloromethyl-3,4-dimethoxy-pyridine Hydrochloride

Ammonium hydroxide

2 NH4OH

2X35.04=70.08



Stage-10:

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH2 SN

HN

O

F

F

C16H15F2N3O3S

367.37

+ NaOCl + NaOHMDC

Acetone

N

OCH3

OCH3

CH2 SN

N

OF

F

O

+ NaCl +Na

H2O

Pantoprazole sodium

C16H14F2N3NaO4S

405.35

Sodium chloride

58.5

18.0

Sodium hypochlorite

74.44

Sodium hydroxide

40.0

5-Difluoromethoxy-2-(3,4-dimethoxy-pyridin-2-ylmethylsulfanyl)-

1H-benzoimidazole



Flow Chart:

Stage-1

Stage-2

Stage-3

Stage-4

Stage-5

Stage-6

MaltolDimethyl sulphatePotassium carbonate

Potassium sulfate

Stage-1Ammonium CarbonateToluene

Toluene Rec

Stage-2Phosphorous oxy chlorideMDC

MDC Rec

Stage-3Hydrogen peroxide Acetic acidMethanol

Methanol Rec

Stage-4MethanolSodium methoxide

Methanol Rec

Stage-5Acetic AnhydrideChloroform

Chloroform rec



Stage-7Thionyl chloridechloroform Stage-8 Chloroform Rec

Stage-85-diFluoromethoxy-2-mercapto-benzimidazole

Sodium chlorideStage-9

Stage-9Sodium hypochloriteSodium Hydroxide

Sodium chlorideStage-10

PANTOPRAZOLE SODIUM

Stage-6Sodium hydroxideMDC

Stage-7 MDC Rec

Material Balance:

Material Balance of Pantoprazole Sodium Stage-1

Batch Size: 200 Kg


in Kg Name of the output

Quantity in Kg

Maltol 66.00 Stage-1 73.00

Dimethyl sulphate 33.00 Acetone Recovery 380.00

Potassium carbonate 36.00 Acetone Loss 8.00

Acetone 400.00 Generated water 4.70


(Carbon dioxide) 00

By-Product 45.60

(Potassium Sulphate) 0



Distillation Residue-12 (Acetone-12)





Batch Size: 200Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-1 73.00 Stage-2 72.00

Ammonium Carbonate 50.00 Toluene Recovery 285.00



(Water-600, Ammonium hydroxide-18.2 , Generated water-9.37, Toluene-2)

0


(Carbon dioxide) 0




0

Total 1023.00 Total 1023.00


Batch Size: 200Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-2 72.00 Stage-3 79.00

Phosphorous oxy chloride 26.00 MDC Recovery 285.00

Ammonia 9.00 MDC Loss 6.00

Methylenedichloride 300.00 Effluent Water 626.30


Phosphoric acid-26.3) 0


Process Residue-1.7

Distillation Residue-9 (MDC-9)

Total 1007.00 Total 1007.00




Batch Size: 200Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-3 79.00 Stage-4 87.00

Hydrogen peroxide 17.00 MDC Recovery 665.00

Methanol 250.00 MDC Loss 14.00

MDC 700.00 Methanol Recovery 237.00

Water 400.00 Methanol Loss 5.00


(Water-400, Generated

water-17, Methanol-4) 0

Organic Solid Waste 26.00

(process residue-1

Distillation residue-25 (MDC-21,Methanol-4)

Total 1496.00 Total 1496.00


Batch Size: 200 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-4 87.00 Stage-5 85.00


Sodium methoxide 27.00 Methanol Loss 10.00

Acetic Acid 10.00 Effluent Water 644.00


Sodium Chloride-29, Methanol-5,Acetic acid-10)

0


Process residue-


Total 1224.00 Total 1224.00


Batch Size: 200Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-5 85.00 Stage-6 106.00

Acetic Anhydride 172.00 MDC Recovery 190.00

MDC 200.00 MDC Loss 4.00

Water 400.00 Acetic acid Recovery 101.00




(Water-400) 0


Process residue-50

Diestillation Residue-6 (MDC-6)



Batch Size: 200Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-6 106.00 Stage-7 85.00

MDC 200.00 MDC Recovery 190.00

Sodium hydroxide 20.00 MDC Loss 4.00


(Water-200,

Sodium acetate-41) 0

Organic residue- 6.00

Process residue-0

Distillation Residue-6 (MDC-6)



Batch Size: 200Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-7 85.00 Stage-8 (Chloro

compound) 112.00

Thionyl chloride 60.00 MDCRecovery 807.00

MDC 850.00 MDC Loss 17.00


Acetone 200.00 Methanol Loss 3.00

Acetone Recovery 190.00

Acetone Loss 4.00


(Sulphur Dioxide) 0


(Process residue-1, Distillation Residue-36 (Methanol-4,Acetone-6, MDC-26)

Total 1320.00 Total 1320.00




Batch Size: 200Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-8 112.00 Stage-9 183.00

5-diFluoromethoxy-2-mercaptobenzimidazole

108.00


Ammonium hydroxide 35.50 Toluene Loss 10.00



gen.Water-18, Toluene-5)

0

B-Product 54.20

(Ammonium chloride) 0


(Organic Impurities-0.30


Total 1355.50 Total 1355.50

Material Balance of Pantoprazole Sodium Stage-10:Pharma Batch Size: 200Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-8 183.00 Pantoprazole Sodium 200.00

Sodium hypochlorite 37.00 MDC Recovery 950.00

Sodium Hydroxide flakes 20.00 MDC Loss 20.00

Ammonium Chloride 25.00 Acetone Recovery 380.00

Methylene dichloride 1000.00 Acetone Loss 8.00

Activated Carbon 10.00 Effluent Water 465.00

Acetone 400.00

(Water-400,gen.water-9, Sodium chloride-29, Aluminum chloride-25, Acetone-2)

0

Water 400.00 Spent carbon 10.00


Process residue-2

Distillation Residue- (MDC-30, Acetone-10)

Total 2075.00 Total 2075.00



PREGABALIN


Stage-1

Isoveraldehyde reacts with diethyl malonate in presence of n-hexane to give stage–1

product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 reacts with sodium cyanide and acetic acid in presence of ethanol to give

stage–2 product.

Stage-3

Stage –2 product undergoes hydrogenation with Hydrogen in presence of Raney

Nickel and potassium hydroxide and Methanol to give stage-3 product.

Stage-4

Stage –3 product undergoes resolution with mandelic acid in presence of isopropyl

alcohol to give Stage –4 product.

Stage-5

Stage –4 product undergoes hydrolysis with water in presence of tetrahydrofuran to

give Pregabalin.

Route of Synthesis:

Stage –1

CH CH2

H3C

H3C

CHO +

Isoveraldehyde Diethyl malonate

CH CH2 CH C

C

C

C5H10O

86.13

C7H12O4

160.17

n-Hexane

228.28

C12H20O4

+ H2O

18.00

H3C

H3C

2-(3-Methyl-butylidene)-malonic acid diethyl ester

CH2

C

C

O

O

OC2H5

OC2H5

O

O

OC2H5

OC2H5



Stage – 2

CH CH2 CH C

C

C

228.28

C12H20O4

H3C

H3C

2-(3-Methyl-butylidene)-malonic acid diethyl ester

O

O

OC2H5

OC2H5

+ NaCN + CH3COOH

Sodium cyanide

49.00

Acetic acid

60.05

2-(1-Cyano-3-methyl-butyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester

C13H21NO4

255.31

Ethanol

CH3COONa

Sodium acetate

82.03

CH3C

CH3

N

O

OC2H5

C

O

OC2H5

+

Stage – 3



2-(1-Cyano-3-methyl-butyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester

C13H21NO4

255.31

CH3C

CH3

N

O

OC2H5

C

O

OC2H5

KOH + CH3COOH

CH3COOK CO22 C2H5OH

+

+++

Potassium hydroxide

56.11

Acetic aid

60.05

C8H17NO2

159.23

98.1444.00

3-Aminomethyl 5 -methylhexanoic acid

H2O

18.00

Raney Nickel

+ 2H2

Hydrogen

2X2=4.0

+

H3C

H3C

NH2

COOH

2 X46.07=92.14

Stage –4

C8H17NO2

159.23

3-Aminomethyl 5 -methylhexanoic acid

H3C

H3C

NH2

COOH

+ COOH

OH

Mandelic acid

C8H8O3

152.14

IPA

-OOC

HO

C16H25NO5

S(+)Pregabalin mandalate salt

H3C

H3C

NH3+

COOH

+ 1/2 (R)-Isomer

1/2X311.37=155.68

1/2

1/2X311.37=155.68

Stage –5



-OOC

HO

C16H25NO5

311.37

S(+)Pregabalin mandalate salt

H3C

H3C

NH3+

COOH

COOH

OH

Mandelic acid

C8H8O3

152.14

C8H17NO2

159.23

S(+)Pregabalin

THF

H3C

H3C

NH2

COOH

+

Flow Chart:

IsoveraldehydeDiethyl malonateAcetic acidDi isopropyl aminen-Hexane

Stage-1 n-Hexane Recoveryeffluent water

Stage-2 Toluene recovery

Stage -1Sodium cyanideEthanolTolueneAcetic acid

Stage-3IPA RecoveryMethanol recovery

Stage-2MethanolPotassium hydroxideAcetic acidRaney nickelIPA

PREGABALIN

Stage-4 IPA Recovery

Stage-3(S)-Mandelic acidIsopropyl alcohol

Stage-5IPA RecoveryTHF Recovery

Stage -4TetrahydrofuranIsopropyl alcohol



Material Balance:

Material Balance Of Pregabalin Stage-1

Batch Size: 100.0Kgs



Quantity in Kg

Isoveraldehyde 112.00 Stage –1 296.00

Diethyl malonate 209.00 n-Hexane Recovery 171.00

Acetic acid 13.00 n-Hexane Loss 3.00

Di isopropyl amine 10.00 Effluent Water 784.40

n-Hexane 180.00

(Water-735, generated water-23.4, Diisopropyl Amine-10, Acetic Acid-13, n-Hexane-3)

0


(process residue-1.6 Distillation Residue-3 (n-Hexane-3))

Total 1259.00 Total 1259.00


Batch Size: 100 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage –1 296.00 Stage-2 330.00

Sodium cyanide 64.00 Toluene Recovery 475.00

Ethanol 900.00 Toluene Loss 10.00

Toluene 500.00 Ethanol Recovery 855.00

Acetic acid 78.00 Ethanol Loss 18.00


(Water-1000, Sodium Acetate-106.36, Toluene-5,Ethanol-7)

0


(Organic Impurities-1.64 Distillation Residue-30 (Toluene-10,Ethanol-20)

Total 2838.00 Total 2838.00




Batch Size: 100 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-2 330.00 Stage-3 205.00

Methanol 220.00 Methanol + Ethanol

Recovery 328.00

Potassium hydroxide 73.00 Methanol loss 4.00

Acetic acid 78.00 IPA Recovery 333.00

Raney nickel 30.00 IPA Loss 7.00

IPA 350.00 Raney Nickel Reuse 30.00

Hydrogen gas 5.00 Effluent water 1906.75

Water 1800.00 (Water-1776,

Potassium Acetate-126.75, IPA-2,methanol-2)

0


(Carbon dioxide-56.9) 0


(Process Residue-2.35 Distillation Residue-13 (Methanol-5, IPA-8)

Total 2886.00 Total 2886.00


Batch Size: 100 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-3 205.00 Stage -4 200.00

(S)-Mandelic acid 100.00 IPA Recovery 912.00

Isopropyl alcohol 960.00 IPA Loss 19.00


(Water-300,IPA-2) 0

R-Isomer Recycle 102.50


(Organic Impurities-2.5, Distillation Residue-27 ( IPA-27)

Total 1565.00 Total 1565.00




Batch Size:100 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage -4 200.00 Pregabalin 100.00

Tetrahydrofuran 900.00 THF Recovery 855.00

Isopropyl alcohol 560.00 THF Loss 18.00

Water 660.00 IPA Recovery 532.00

IPA Loss 11.00

By -Procducts 97.80

(mandelic acid-97.80) 0


(Water-660, THF-7, Isopropyl alcohol-7)

0


Process residue-2.2 Distillation residue-30 (THF-20,IPA-10)

Total 2320.00 Total 2320.00

SERTRALINE HYDROCHLORIDE


Stage-1

Racemic Sertraline undergoes resolution with D (-) Mandelic acid in presence of

Methanol to give stage-1 product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 product undergoes salt formation with Hydrochloric acid in presence of MDC

to give Stage-2 product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 product undergoes purification in presence of Isopropyl alcohol and carbon

to give Sertraline Hydrochloride as product.



Route of synthesis:

Stage-1:

HCl

Cl

H NHCH3

HCl

Cl

H NHCH3

D(-) Mandelic acid

C17H17Cl2N

306.22

C17H17Cl2N

306.22

Racemic Cis & Trans Sertraline Racemic Cis Sertraline

Stage-2:

HCl

Cl

H NHCH3

C17H17Cl2N

306.22

Racemic Cis Sertraline

+ HCl

Hydrochloric acid

36.45

HCl

Cl

H NHCH3

HCl

C17H17Cl2N.HCl

342.69

Sertraline Hydrochloride(crude)

IPA

Stage-3:

HCl

Cl

H NHCH3

HCl

C17H17Cl2N.HCl

342.69

Sertraline Hydrochloride(crude)

IPAH

Cl

Cl

H NHCH3

HCl

C17H17Cl2N.HCl

342.69

Sertraline Hydrochloride(pure)



Flow Chart:

Racemic Cis and TransSertralineD(-) Mandelic acidMethylene chlorideMethanol

Methylene chloride RecMethanol Rec

Stage-1Hydrochloric acidActivated carbonMethylene chlorideIPA

Methylene chloride RecIPA Rec

Stage-1

Stage-2

SERTRALINE HYDROCHLORIDE

Stage-3Stage-2IPA

IPA Rec

Material Balance:

Material Balance of Sertraline Hydrochloride

Stage-1 Batch Size: 100 Kg


in Kg


in Kg

Racemic Cis and Trans Sertraline 100.00 Stage-1 99.00

Caustic Lye 75.00 Methylene chloride Recovery 1283.00

D(-) Mandelic acid 5.00 Methylene chloride Loss 27.00

Methylene chloride 1350.00 Methanol Recovery 760.00



(Water-1420, Caustic lye-75, Mandelic acid-5, Methanol-12)


(Process residuie-1, Distillation Residue-52 (MDC-40,methanol-12)

Total 3750.00 Total 3750.00






in Kg


in Kg

Stage-1 99.00 Sertraline Hydrochloride (Crude) 110.00

Hydrochloric acid 12.00 Methylene chloride Recovery 3040.00

Caustic lye 50.00 Methylene chloride Loss 64.00

Activated carbon 15.30 IPA Recovery 2375.00

Methylene chloride 3200.00 IPA Loss 50.00

IPA 2500.00 Effluent water 1075.00

Water 1000.00 (Water-1000, Caustic lye-50,IPA-25)

0

Spent carbon 15.30


(Process residuie-1, Distillation Residue-146 (MDC-96,IPA-50)

Total 6876.30 Total 6876.30




in Kg


in Kg

Sertraline Hydrochloride (Crude) 110.00 Sertraline Hydrochloride 100.00

IPA 2000.00 IPA Recovery 1900.00

Activated carbon 2.50 IPA Loss 40.00

Hyflow 2.00 Spent carbon &Hyflow 4.50


(Process residuie-10, Distillation Residue-60 (IPA-60)

Total 2114.50 Total 2114.50



TRAMADOL HYDROCHLORIDE


Stage-1

Dimethyl amine reacts with Hydrochloric acid to give Stage-1 compound in

Presence of Water

Stage-2

Stage-1 compound under goes condensed with Cyclohexanone and Formaldehyde

to give Stage-2 compound in presence of Sodium hydroxide, Acetic Acid and

Toluene

Stage-3

Stage-2 compound reacts with Meta bromo anisole, Magnesium and Sulfuric acid to

give Stage-3 compound in presence of THF and Toluene

Stage -4

Stage-3 compound reacts with Nitric Acid to give Stage-4 compound in presence of

Methanol.

Stage-5

Stage-4 compound reacts with Hydrochloric acid in the presence of Sodium

hydroxide, Toluene and IPA to give Tramadol hydrochloride compound

Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1

Di methyl amine

HN

CH3H3C

C2H7N

45.08

+ HCl

36.46 Di methyl amine hydrochloride

HN

CH3H3CHCl.

C2H8ClN

81.54



Stage-2

Dimethylamine Hydrochloride

Formaldehyde Cyclohexanone

+

C6H10O 98.14

Glacial Acetic acid+ NaOH

40.00

2H2O+NaCl

36.0458.44

O

N CH3H3C +

HN

CH3H3C .HCl

C2H8ClN

81.54

H C H

O

CH2O

30.03

O

+

2-Dimethylaminomethyl-cyclohexanone

C9H17NO

155.24 Stage-3

O

N CH3

CH3 +

2-Dimethylaminomethyl-cyclohexanone

C9H17NO

155.24

Bromoanisol 24.31

O

Br

+ Mg + H2SO4

98.08C7H7BrO

187.03

+ HBr

80.91Tramadol Base

OH

N

H3C

H3C

OCH3

+ Mg SO4

120.37

C16H25NO2

263.38

THF,Toluene



Stage-4

Tramadol Base(cis and Trans)

OH

N

H3C

H3C

OCH3

+ HNO3

63.01 Tramadol nitro salt

C16H26N2O5

326.39

OH

N

H3C

H3C

OCH3

C16H25NO2

263.38

HNO3Methanol

Stage-5

Tramadol nitro salt

C16H26N2O5

326.39

OH

N

H3C

H3C

OCH3

HNO3

+ NaOH

NaNO3 H2O

Tramadol Hydrochloride

C16H26ClNO2

+ HCl TolueneIPA

40.00 36.46

OH

N

H3C

H3C

OCH3

HCl

299.84

84.99

+ +

18.02



Flow Chart:

Stage-1

Stage-2

Stage-3

Stage-4

Stage-5

Di methyl amineHydrochloric acid Effluent water

Stage-1Cyclohexanonep-FormaldehydeSodium hydroxide Glacial Acetic acidToluene

Toluene Recovery

Stage-2Bromo AnisoleMagnesiumSulfuric AcidTetrahydrofuranToluene

THF RecoveryToluene Recovery

Stage-3Nitric acidMethanol

Methanol Recovery

Stage-4Sodium hydroxide Hydrochloric acidIsopropyl AlcoholToluene

IPA RecoveryToluene Recovery

TRAMADOL HYDROCHLORIDE

Material Balance:

Material balance for Tramadol Hydrochloride Stage-1

Batch size:200 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Di methyl amine 32.00 Stage-1 55.00

Hydrochloric acid 24.50 Effluent water 500.00

Water 500.00 (Water-500)


(Process Residue-1.5)





Batch size:200 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-1 55.00 Stage-2 104.00

Cyclohexanone 65.75 Toluene Recovery 285.00

p-Formaldehyde 20.11 Toluene Loss 6.00

Sodium hydroxide 26.80 Effluent Water 669.00

Glacial Acetic acid 2.00

(Water-600, generated water-24.00 Sodium chloride-39.00, Acetic Acid-2,Toluene-4)

Toluene 300.00 Organic Residue 5.66

Water 600.00 Process residue-0.66

Distillation residue- 5 (Toluene-5)

Total 1069.66 Total 1069.66


Batch size:200 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-2 104.00 Stage-3 176.00

Bromo Anisole 125.00 THF Recovery 380.00

Magnesium 16.25 THF Loss 8.00

Sulfuric Acid 66.00 Toluene Recovery 380.00

Tetrahydrofuran 400.00 Toluene Loss 8.00


Water 500.00 (Water-500,Toluene-6,

THF-6)

Inorganic Solid Waste 80.30

(Magnesium Sulphate-

80.30)


(Hydrogen bromide-54.20)


Process residue- 0.75

Distillation residue-12 (Toluene- 6, THF- 6)

Total 1611.25 Total 1611.25




Batch size:200 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-3 176.00 Stage-4 218.00

Nitric acid 43.00 Methanol Rec 380.00

Methanol 400.00 Methanol loss 8.00


(Water-500,Methanol-5) 0


(Process residue-1)

Distillation residue – 7 (Methanol-7)

Total 1119.00 Total 1119.00


Batch size:200 Kg



Quantity in Kg

Stage-4 218.00 Tramadol Hydrochloride 200.00

Sodium hydroxide 27.00 IPA Recovery 475.00

Hydrochloric acid 24.30 IPA Loss 10.00

Isopropyl Alcohol 500.00 Toluene Rec 380.00

Toluene 400.00 Toluene loss 8.00


(water-600, Generated water-12.03, Sodium nitrate-56.76, Toluene-5,IPA-5)


(Process residue-0.51)

Distillation residue - 15 (Toluene-7,IPA-10)

Total 1769.30 Total 1769.30



ZIDOVUDINE

Process Description

Stage-1

Step-A

Thymidine reacts with Trityl chloride in presence of TEA and 1, 4-Dioxane to give

Step-A Product.

Step-B

Step-A compound reacts with Methane sulfonyl chloride in presence of TEA and

Toluene to give Step-B Product.

Step-C

Step-B Product reacts with TEA in presence of Methanol to give stage-1 Product.

Stage-2

Stage-1 Product reacts with sodium azide in presence of DMSO and Ammonium

chloride to give Stage-2 Product.

Stage-3

Stage-2 Product reacts with p-Toluene sulphonic acid and Sodium hydroxide in

presence of Toluene to give Zidovudine.



Route of Synthesis:

Stage-1:

Step-A

OHO

HO

N

HN

O

O

CH3

+ (C6H5)3CCl

Triethyl amine

+ C6H15N1,4-Dioxane

C O O

HO

N

HN

O

O

CH3

+

Thymidine

C10H14N2O5

242.23

Trityl chloride

278.78 101.19

Trityl thymidine

C29H28N2O5

484.54

C6H15N.HCl

Triethyl amine hydrochloride

137.69



Step-B

C O O

HO

N

HN

O

O

CH3

Trityl thymidine

C29H28N2O5

484.54

+ CH3SO2Cl + C6H15N

114.55 101.19

Toluene

C O O

O

N

HN

O

O

CH3

+

SO2CH3

C6H15N.HCl

Methanesulfonic acid 5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-2-trityloxymethyl-

tetrahydro-furan-3-yl ester137.69

C30H30N2O7S

562.63



Step-C

C O O

O

N

HN

O

O

CH3

SO2CH3

Methanesulfonic acid 5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-2-

trityloxymethyl-tetrahydro-furan-3-yl esterC30H30N2O7S

562.63

C O ON

N

O

CH3

O

Methanol

5-O-Trityl-2,3-anhydro thymidin

C29H26N2O4

466.53

+ C6H15N

101.19

+

C7H16O3S

Triethyl methane sulfonate

SO O

O

180.27

+ NH3

17.0

Stage-2:

C O ON

N

O

CH3

O

5-O-Trityl-2,3-anhydro thymidin

C29H26N2O4

466.53

+ NaN3 + NH4Cl

C O ON

HN

O

CH3

+

O

N3

NaCl + NH3

5-O-Trityl-Zidovudine

C29H27N5O4

509.56

58.5

Sodium azide

65.01

53.49

17.0



Stage-3:

C O ON

HN

O

CH3

O

N3

5-O-Trityl-Zidovudine

C29H27N5O4

509.56

+H2O Toluene

HOO

N

HN

O

CH3

O

N3

+ C OH +

Zidovudine

C10H13N5O4

267.24

Trityl alcohol

CH3

S OO

OH

p-Toulenesulfonic Acid Mono hydrate

C7H10SO4

190.22

C19H16O

260.33

+ 2 NaOH

80.0

Na2SO4

142.04

+

CH3

Toluene

92.14

H2O+

18.0

Flow Chart:

?-Thymidine1,4-DioxaneTri ethyl amineTrityl chlorideTolueneMethane sulfonyl chlorideMethanol

Stage-1Sodium azideAmmonium chlorideDMSO

DMSO RecoveryEffluent water

Toluene RecoveryEthyl Acetate RecoveryMethanol Recovery

Stage-1

Stage-2

Stage-3

Stage-2TolueneMethanolPTSA MonohydrateEthyl acetateActivated CarbonHyflowSodium hydroxide

1,4-Dioxane Recovery + TEAToluene RecoveryMethanol Recovery+TEA

Zidovudine



Material Balance:

Material balance of Zidovudine Stage-1

Batch Size:400 Kg



Quantity In Kg

β-Thymidine 363.00 Stage-1 700.00

1,4-Dioxane 800.00 1,4-Dioxane + TEA Recovery 779.00

Tri ethyl amine 496.00 1,4-Dioxane + TEA Loss 17.00

Trityl chloride 418.00 Toluene Recovery 285.00


Methane sulfonyl chloride 172.00 Methanol +TEA Recovery 969.00

Methanol 1000.00 Methanol + TEA Loss 21.00


(Water-500, Triethylmethane

sulfonate-270,Toluene-5,Methanol-20)

By-Product 413.00

Triethyl Amine Hydrochloride


(Ammonia)


Process residue-0.5 Distillation residue-38 (Toluene-4,Methanol-10, 1,4-Dioxane-24)

Total 4049.00 Total 4049.00


Batch Size:400 Kg



Quantity In Kg

Stage-1 700.00 Stage-2 763.00

Sodium azide 97.40 DMSO Recovery 1140.00

Ammonium chloride 80.00 DMSO Loss 24.00

DMSO 1200.00 Effluent water 1507.70

Water 1400.00 (Water-1400,Sodium

Chloride-87.7,DMSO-20) 0


(Ammonia) 0


Process residue-1.2,

Distillation residue-16) ( DMSO-16)

Total 3477.40 Total 3477.40




Batch Size:400 Kg



Quantity In Kg

Stage-2 763.00 Zidovudine 400.00

Toluene 3000.00 Toluene Recovery 2850.00

Methanol 1600.00 Toluene Loss 60.00

PTSA Monohydrate 284.50 Ethyl Acetate Recovery 1235.00

Ethyl acetate 1300.00 Ethyl Acetate Loss 26.00

Activated Carbon 5.00 Methanol Recovery 1520.00

Hyflow 5.00 Methanol Loss 32.00

Sodium hydroxide 119.50 Effluent water 1454.70

Water 1000.00

(Water-1000,Generated water-27,Sodium sulphate-212.7,Toluene-188, Methanol-14,Ethyl acetate-13)

Spent Carbon & Hyflow 10.00

By-Product 399.00

(Trityl alcohol)


Process residue-14.3, Distillation residue- 76 (Toluene-40,Methanol-10, Ethyl acetate-26)

Total 8077.00 Total 8077.00

2.7 POLLUTION LOAD

Pollution load and generation of waste per day from all the proposed products is

given in below table 2.4



TABLE 2.4: CONSOLIDATED POLLUTION LOAD OF ALL PRODUCTS IN PER DAY QUANTITES

S.No.

Product Name

Production capacity kg/ Month

Water Input

Effluent Details Kg/Day Solid waste Details in Kg/Day

Distillation Residue

Emissions in Kg/Day

Water In Effluent

Inorganics in water

Organics in water

TDS COD HTDS LTDS Total Effluent

Organic Inorganic

Spent carbon

Total solid waste

Process

Fugitive

1 Carvedilol 6000 280.00 280.00 20.00 11.60 20.00 28.06 224.80 86.80 311.60 0.40 200.00 8.00 208.40 20.80 18.00 21.60

2 Ciprofloxacin Hcl 10000 1266.67 1266.70 0.00 74.20 0.00 76.29 0.00 1340.90 1340.90 2.23 0.00 23.33 25.57 10.67 0.00 12.00

3 Citalopram Hydrochloride

5000 416.67 424.17 4.17 3.75 4.17 9.82 222.08 210.00 432.08 1.00 0.00 2.08 3.08 5.83 0.00 6.25

4 Emtricitabine 6000 6000.00 5983.72 179.84 88.00 179.84 228.80 6251.56 0.00 6251.56 36.72 0.00 77.00 113.72 304.00 4.00 262.00


6000 2200.00 2179.20 47.00 18.00 47.00 30.20 2244.20 0.00 2244.20 34.20 0.00 20.00 54.20 124.00 19.80 94.00

6 Flucanazole 10000 3333.33 3353.56 318.78 22.22 318.78 53.33 3694.56 0.00 3694.56 11.11 0.00 11.11 22.22 94.44 122.89 66.67

7 Lamivudine 10000 2750.00 2780.33 218.75 39.17 218.75 101.43 2192.25 846.00 3038.25 489.72 0.00 10.83 500.55 84.17 181.02 67.17

8 Lansoprazole 6000 5480.00 5568.00 84.60 99.60 84.60 123.06 2026.60 3725.60 5752.20 23.40 103.60 6.00 133.00 76.00 56.00 60.00


3000 1900.00 1931.95 210.49 30.00 210.49 86.34 1866.44 306.00 2172.44 16.26 0.00 20.00 36.26 86.00 39.60 77.00

10 Loratidine 10000 666.67 682.40 40.00 13.33 40.00 41.73 395.73 340.00 735.73 1.07 0.00 13.33 14.40 36.67 75.87 33.33

11 Losartan potassium

10000 2133.33 2154.67 193.33 36.00 193.33 83.81 1746.67 637.33 2384.00 5.90 0.00 10.00 15.90 48.00 46.43 42.67

12 Nevirapine 10000 1466.67 1466.67 91.67 10.67 91.67 20.85 1569.00 0.00 1569.00 7.13 0.00 32.00 39.13 62.00 49.20 44.00

13 Omeprazole 10000 1233.33 1338.13 196.30 54.00 196.30 84.70 1571.10 17.33 1588.43 2.37 137.97 0.00 140.33 32.67 62.00 26.67

14 Pantoprozole Sodium

10000 2533.33 2572.05 85.00 46.00 85.00 55.01 1576.58 1126.47 2703.05 37.85 0.00 6.67 44.51 107.33 44.24 79.33

15 Pregabalin 4000 5993.33 5992.53 182.33 205.81 182.33 251.45 3588.20 2792.48 6380.68 13.72 0.00 0.00 13.72 137.33 75.87 120.00

16 Sertaline Hydrochloride

5000 4033.33 4033.33 216.67 61.67 133.33 130.00 4311.67 0.00 4311.67 20.00 0.00 7.50 27.50 430.00 0.00 328.33


10000 4500.00 4560.05 159.60 55.00 159.60 129.62 2246.32 2528.33 4774.65 7.37 133.83 0.00 141.20 65.00 90.33 80.00

18 Zidovudine 10000 2416.67 2439.17 492.00 200.00 492.00 565.80 3131.17 0.00 3131.17 13.33 0.00 8.33 21.67 108.33 42.50 155.00


100000 39240.00 39461.94 2368.09 923.45 2368.09 1785.02 31552.96 13853.11 45406.07 696.31 575.40 225.94 1555.37 1551.61 797.15 1305.50



Pollution loads have been calculated for each product based on chemical reactions,

material balance and subsequent process operations to get the required quantity.

2.8 Description of Process Emissions and its mitigation measures

The Predicted Process emissions are CO2, SO2 O2, H2, NH3, HBr, CH3Cl & HCl which

will liberate from manufacturing process of proposed products. The process

emissions are based on reactants quantity and chemical reactions between them in

relation with desired product output.

To meet the environmental standards, double stage scrubbers as a single unit is

proposed. The process emissions such as Sulphur dioxide, Hydrogen chloride,

Ammonia, Hydrogen bromide and chloromethane will be scrubbed with suitable

scrubbing solution as applicable. During plant operations samples will be collected to

check whether process emissions are within limits.

TABLE-2.5: Process Emission details and mitigation measures

S. No. Name of the process

emission Quantity

in Kg/day Mitigation measure









TABLE-: 2.6 PROCESS EMISSION DETAILS - PRODUCT WISE

S.No. Product Name Prod/ Month

Kg Per Day

CO2 SO2 O2 H2 NH3 CH3Cl

N2 HBr HCl

1 Carvedilol 6000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 18.00

2 Ciprofloxacin Hcl 10000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

3 CitalopramHydrobromide 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

4 Emtricitabine 6000 0.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

5 FexofenadineHydrochloride

6000 17.50 0.00 0.00 2.30 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

6 Fluconazole 10000 0.00 0.00 72.22 0.00 19.22 0.00 31.44 0.00 0.00

7 Lamivudine 10000 0.00 95.33 23.85 5.96 25.42 0.00 0.00 0.00 54.32

8 Lansoprazole 6000 0.00 36.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 20.00


3000 22.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.25

10 Loratidine 1000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.40 5.43 44.00 0.00 0.00 0.00



11 Losartan potassium 10000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 17.10 0.00 30.87

12 Nevirapine 10000 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.57 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 46.63

13 Omeprazole 10000 0.00 62.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

14 Pantoprozole Sodium 10000 22.91 21.33 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

15 Pregabalin 4000 75.87 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

16 Sertaline Hydrochloride 5000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

17 Tramodol Hydrochloride 10000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 90.33 0.00

18 Zidovudine 10000 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 42.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

Total worestcombination10products

100000 138.62 214.66 96.07 15.23 92.32 44.00 48.54 90.33 187.07

2.9 PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION DETAILS

The Total water consumption for the proposed project is 126.0 KLD. Water

consumption details are given in below Table. No. 2.7

TABLE-2.7: Proposed Water Consumption details

S.No Purpose Water input in

KLD

1 Process 39.20

2 Washings 4.00

3 Boiler make up 29.00

4 Cooling towers make up 45.80


6 Domestic 3.00

7 Gardening 3.00

Total 126.00

The fresh water of 76 KLD will be met from Ground Water source.

Recovered water 50 KLD from ZLD system is reused.

The permission accorded for withdrawal of 80 KLD from Telangana State Ground

Water Department. The same has been enclosed.



TABLE- 2.8: PROPOSED WATER CONSUMPTION IN PROCESS

– PRODUCT WISE

S.No. Product Name Production

capacity Kg/Month Water

Input in Kg/Day

1 Carvedilol 6000 280.00

2 Ciprofloxacin Hcl 10000 1266.67

3 Citalopram Hydrochloride 5000 416.67

4 Emtricitabine 6000 6000.00

5 Fexofenadine Hydrochloride 6000 2200.00

6 Flucanazole 10000 3333.33

7 Lamivudine 10000 2750.00

8 Lansoprazole 6000 5480.00

9 Levocetirizine Di hydrochloride 3000 1900.00

10 Loratidine 10000 666.67

11 Losartan potassium 10000 2133.33

12 Nevirapine 10000 1466.67

13 Omeprazole 10000 1233.33

14 Pantoprozole Sodium 10000 2533.33

15 Pregabalin 4000 5993.33

16 Sertaline Hydrochloride 5000 4033.33

17 Tramodol Hydrochloride 10000 4500.00

18 Zidovudine 10000 2416.67


100000 39240.00

2.10 EXPECTED WASTE WATER GENERATION DETAILS

TABLE-2.9: Expected Effluent generation details

S. No Purpose Effluent details

KLD

1 Process 45.40

2 Washings 4.00

3 Boiler blow down 4.00

4 Cooling blow down 5.10


6 Domestic 2.80

7 Gardening 0.00

Total 63.30



TABLE-2.10: EXPECTED HTDS & LTDS EFFLUENT GENERATION

DETAILS

S. No Purpose HTDS in KLD

LTDS in KLD

Effluent in KLD

Treatment and disposal method

1 Process 31.55 13.85 45.40

HTDS Effluent sent to MEESystem.MEE Condensate sent to Biological treatment. LTDS Effluents along with Domestic sewage sent to ETP, treated effluent sent to RO followed by MEE & ATFD. RO Permeate and MEE Condensate water is for reuse MEE Salts collected and disposed to TSDF.

2 Washings 0.00 4.00 4.00

3 Boiler Blow Down 0.00 4.00 4.00

4 Cooling towers Blow Down

0.00 5.10 5.10

5 Scrubbing system 2.00 0.00 2.00

6 Domestic 0.00 2.80 2.80

Total 33.55 29.75 63.30

The generations of process effluent water HTDS & LTDS and its characteristics are

based on reactants quantity and chemical reactions between them in relation with

desired product output.

The Boiler & Cooling towers blow down water will have TDS & COD less than 5000

mg/l and scrubbing solution will have TDS more than 5000 mg/l. Floor washings and

equipment washings will have TDS less than 5000 mg/l.



TABLE- 2.11 WASTEWATER GENERATION IN KGS PER DAY - PRODUCT WISE

S.No.

Product Name

Production capacity

kg/ Month

Effluent Details Kg/Day

Water In Effluent

Inorganics in water

Organics in water

TDS COD HTDS LTDS Total

Effluent

1 Carvedilol 6000 280.00 20.00 11.60 20.00 28.06 224.80 86.80 311.60

2 Ciprofloxacin Hcl

10000 1266.70 0.00 74.20 0.00 76.29 0.00 1340.90 1340.90


5000 424.17 4.17 3.75 4.17 9.82 222.08 210.00 432.08

4 Emtricitabine 6000 5983.72 179.84 88.00 179.84 228.80 6251.56 0.00 6251.56


6000 2179.20 47.00 18.00 47.00 30.20 2244.20 0.00 2244.20

6 Flucanazole 10000 3353.56 318.78 22.22 318.78 53.33 3694.56 0.00 3694.56

7 Lamivudine 10000 2780.33 218.75 39.17 218.75 101.43 2192.25 846.00 3038.25

8 Lansoprazole 6000 5568.00 84.60 99.60 84.60 123.06 2026.60 3725.60 5752.20


3000 1931.95 210.49 30.00 210.49 86.34 1866.44 306.00 2172.44

10 Loratidine 10000 682.40 40.00 13.33 40.00 41.73 395.73 340.00 735.73

11 Losartan potassium

10000 2154.67 193.33 36.00 193.33 83.81 1746.67 637.33 2384.00

12 Nevirapine 10000 1466.67 91.67 10.67 91.67 20.85 1569.00 0.00 1569.00

13 Omeprazole 10000 1338.13 196.30 54.00 196.30 84.70 1571.10 17.33 1588.43

14 Pantoprozole Sodium

10000 2572.05 85.00 46.00 85.00 55.01 1576.58 1126.47 2703.05

15 Pregabalin 4000 5992.53 182.33 205.81 182.33 251.45 3588.20 2792.48 6380.68


5000 4033.33 216.67 61.67 133.33 130.00 4311.67 0.00 4311.67


10000 4560.05 159.60 55.00 159.60 129.62 2246.32 2528.33 4774.65

18 Zidovudine 10000 2439.17 492.00 200.00 492.00 565.80 3131.17 0.00 3131.17


100000 39461.94 2368.09 923.45 2368.0

9 1785.0

2 31552.9

6 13853.1

1 45406.07



2.11 Expected Effluent water characteristics:

*We are going to achieve zero discharge.

The effluent water characteristics before treatment are based on calculations. The

effluent water after passing through Stripper, MEE, Biological treatment plant & RO

plant the expected results after treatment are given in the above table.

2.12 HAZARDOUS & SOLID WASTE GENERATION DETAILS

The Hazardous/Solid waste generated and disposal methods from proposed project

are given below.

TABLE- 2.12: EXPECTED HAZARDOUS/SOLID WASTE GENERATION,

DISPOSAL DETAILS

S.No Name of the Solid/ Hazardous Waste

Quantity Disposal Method








7 Used Oils 500



500 No’s / Month

After Detoxification sent to outside agencies



The expected quantities which are given in the above table based on calculations of

each product material balance. The ash from boiler is based on ash percentage in

the coal. The used oils and used lead acid batteries quantities are based on usage of

S. No Parameters Unit Results

Before treatment

After treatment*

1. pH - 8.5-9.0 7.0-7.5

2. HTDS mg/L 27900 <500

3. LTDS mg/L <5000 <500

4. COD mg/L 42000 <250

5. Oil & Grease mg/L 20-25 <10



respective equipment. The container liners & containers are based on various

packing of raw materials.

TABLE- 2.13: SOLID WASTE GENERATION – PRODUCT WISE PER DAY

S.No. Product Name Production capacity in kg/Month

Solid waste Details in Kg/Day

Organic Inorganic Spent carbon

Total solid waste

Distillation Residue

1 Carvedilol 6000 0.40 200.00 8.00 208.40 20.80

2 Ciprofloxacin Hcl 10000 2.23 0.00 23.33 25.57 10.67


5000 1.00 0.00 2.08 3.08 5.83

4 Emtricitabine 6000 36.72 0.00 77.00 113.72 304.00


6000 34.20 0.00 20.00 54.20 124.00

6 Flucanazole 10000 11.11 0.00 11.11 22.22 94.44

7 Lamivudine 10000 489.72 0.00 10.83 500.55 84.17

8 Lansoprazole 6000 23.40 103.60 6.00 133.00 76.00


3000 16.26 0.00 20.00 36.26 86.00

10 Loratidine 10000 1.07 0.00 13.33 14.40 36.67

11 Losartan potassium 10000 5.90 0.00 10.00 15.90 48.00

12 Nevirapine 10000 7.13 0.00 32.00 39.13 62.00

13 Omeprazole 10000 2.37 137.97 0.00 140.33 32.67

14 Pantoprozole Sodium 10000 37.85 0.00 6.67 44.51 107.33

15 Pregabalin 4000 13.72 0.00 0.00 13.72 137.33


5000 20.00 0.00 7.50 27.50 430.00


10000 7.37 133.83 0.00 141.20 65.00

18 Zidovudine 10000 13.33 0.00 8.33 21.67 108.33


100000 696.31 575.40 225.94 1555.37 1551.61

2.13 POWER (ENERGY) REQUIREMENT

Power requirement of proposed project will be made available through Telangana

State Southern Power Distribution Corporation Limited [TSSPDCL]. The power

requirement of project will be 750 KVA.



2.14 UTILITIES

TABLE - 2.14: Details of Utilities

2.15 PROPOSED BOILER & DG SET

For generation of Steam, the industry proposed to install 5 TPH coal fired boiler. The

coal requirement will be met from government allocation or from local authorized

sources.

The unit is proposing a 2x250 KVA DG set, for usage during the power failures.

TABLE- 2.15: Emission Characteristic details of proposed Boiler

Particulars Units 5.0 TPH Coal fired

Boiler


kcal/kg


Ash Content % 35










S. No Description Capacity

1 Coal fired boiler 5 TPH

2 D.G. Set 2×250 KVA

3 Cooling Towers 1x100 TR 2x200 TR 1x250 TR

4 Electricity supply from TSSPDCL.

750KVA

Fuel

5 Coal 20 TPD

6 Diesel 80 Liters/Day



TABLE- 2.16: Stack Emission details of proposed DG Set

Capacity In KVA




Stack dia. in m

Flue Gas Temp. in

OC

Stack Height in mts


2 X 250 KVA

50 100 130.0 0.30 150 10 14



2.16 DETAILS OF PROPOSED SOLVENTS INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS

A liquid substance capable of dissolving other substances; "the solvent does not change its state in forming a solution". Details of

solvents are given below in a table 2.12.

TABLE 2.17: DETAILS OF PROPOSED SOLVENT INPUT, RECOVERY & LOSS [PRODUCT WISE]

S.No Product Name

Production capacity

Kg/Month Solvent Name

Quantity in Kg/Day

Solvent Input

Solvent Recovery

Solvent Loss

Solvent in waste water

Solvent in Residue

1 Carvedilol 6000 Toluene 400.00 380.00 8.00 4.00 8.00

THF 360.00 342.00 7.20 2.80 8.00

Ethyl Acetate 320.00 304.00 6.40 4.80 4.80

Total 1080.00 1026.00 21.60 11.60 20.80

2 Ciprofloxacin Hcl 10000 n-Butanol 266.67 253.33 5.33 4.00 4.00

Toluene 333.33 316.67 6.67 3.33 6.67

Total 600.00 570.00 12.00 7.33 10.67

3 CitalopramHydrobromide 5000 Acetone 208.33 197.92 4.17 2.08 4.17

Toluene 104.17 98.75 2.08 1.67 1.67

Total 312.50 296.67 6.25 3.75 5.83

4 Emtricitabine 6000 Methanol 2400.00 2280.00 48.00 0.00 72.00

MDC 3000.00 2850.00 60.00 0.00 90.00

Ethanol 1900.00 1806.00 38.00 28.00 28.00

Toluene 2400.00 2280.00 48.00 36.00 36.00

IPA 3400.00 3230.00 68.00 24.00 78.00

Total 13100.00 12446.00 262.00 88.00 304.00

5 FexofenadineHydrochloride 6000 MIBK 100.00 94.00 2.00 0.00 4.00

IPA 1600.00 1520.00 32.00 0.00 48.00

Ethyl Acetate 1400.00 1330.00 28.00 10.00 32.00

Methanol 1600.00 1520.00 32.00 8.00 40.00

Total 4700.00 4464.00 94.00 18.00 124.00

6 Fluconazole 10000 MDC 1666.67 1594.44 33.33 0.00 38.89

IPA 2222.00 2110.90 33.33 22.22 55.55

Total 3888.67 3705.34 66.66 22.22 94.44



7 Lamivudine 10000 Cyclo hexane 525.00 498.33 10.00 8.33 8.33

IPA 500.00 475.00 10.00 7.50 7.50

Methanol 666.67 633.33 13.33 10.00 10.00

MDC 833.33 791.67 25.00 0.00 16.67

Toluene 490.00 465.00 9.17 6.67 6.67

Triethylamine 183.33 174.17 3.33 2.50 3.33

n- Hexane 358.33 340.00 6.67 2.50 9.17

Toluene 583.33 554.17 11.67 0.00 17.50

Ethyl acetate 125.00 118.33 2.50 1.67 4.17

Total 4265.00 4050.00 91.67 39.17 84.17

8 Lansoprazole 6000 IPA 500.00 476.00 10.00 8.00 6.00

MIBK 260.00 248.00 6.00 0.00 6.00

Toluene 950.00 904.00 20.00 6.00 20.00

IPA 500.00 476.00 10.00 8.00 6.00

MDC 400.00 380.00 8.00 0.00 12.00

Chloro form 900.00 856.00 18.00 0.00 20.00

Acetone 300.00 286.00 6.00 2.00 6.00

Total 3810.00 3626.00 78.00 24.00 76.00

9 Levocetirizine Di hydrochloride 3000 DMF 100.00 95.00 2.00 3.00 0.00

Methanol 400.00 380.00 8.00 0.00 12.00

Toluene 1600.00 1520.00 31.00 24.00 24.00

Acetone 100.00 95.00 2.00 3.00 0.00

MDC 1650.00 1567.00 33.00 0.00 50.00

Total 3850.00 3657.00 76.00 30.00 86.00

10 Loratidine 10000 Iso propyl ether 333.33 316.67 6.67 0.00 10.00

Toluene 1333.33 1266.67 26.67 13.33 26.67

Total 333.33 316.67 6.67 0.00 10.00

11 Losartan potassium 10000 Ethyl Acetate 133.33 126.67 2.67 2.00 2.00

MDC 600.00 570.00 12.00 0.00 18.00

Toluene 266.67 253.33 5.33 1.33 6.67

Methanol 1133.33 1076.67 22.67 12.67 21.33

Total 2133.33 2026.67 42.67 16.00 48.00

12 Nevirapine 10000 Cyclo hexane 266.67 253.33 5.33 4.00 4.00

Methanol 600.00 590.00 12.00 0.00 18.00

Ortho xylene 1333.33 1266.67 26.67 0.00 40.00

Total 2200.00 2110.00 44.00 4.00 62.00



13 Omeprazole 10000 Methanol 500.00 475.33 10.00 3.33 11.33

Toluene 666.67 633.33 13.33 6.67 13.33

Acetone 166.67 158.67 3.33 0.00 4.67

Total 1333.33 1267.33 26.67 10.00 29.33

14 Pantoprozole Sodium 10000 Toluene 533.33 506.67 10.67 4.67 11.33

MDC 2166.67 2058.00 43.33 0.00 65.33

Methanol 583.33 553.33 12.00 6.00 12.00

Acetone 666.67 633.33 13.33 0.00 18.67

Total 3950.00 3751.33 79.33 10.67 107.33

15 Pregabalin 4000 THF 1200.00 1140.00 24.00 9.33 26.67

n- Hexane 240.00 228.00 4.00 4.00 4.00

Toluene 666.67 633.33 13.33 6.67 13.33

ETHANOL 1200.00 1140.00 24.00 9.33 26.67

Methanol 293.33 278.67 5.33 2.67 6.67

IPA 2493.33 2369.33 49.33 14.67 60.00

Total 6093.33 5789.33 120.00 46.67 137.33

16 Sertaline Hydrochloride 5000 MDC 7583.33 7205.00 151.67 0.00 226.67

Methanol 1333.33 1266.67 26.67 20.00 20.00

IPA 7500.00 7125.00 150.00 41.67 183.33

Total 16416.67 15596.67 328.33 61.67 430.00

17 Tramodol Hydrochloride 10000 Toluene 1833.33 1741.67 36.67 25.00 30.00

THF 666.67 633.33 13.33 10.00 10.00

Methanol 666.67 633.33 13.33 8.33 11.67

IPA 833.33 791.67 16.67 8.33 16.67

Total 4000.00 3800.00 80.00 51.67 68.33

18 Zidovudine 10000 Toluene 2750.00 2612.50 55.00 45.83 36.67

1,4 Dioxane 666.67 633.33 13.33 0.00 20.00

Methanol 2166.67 2058.33 43.33 28.33 16.67

DMSO 1000.00 950.00 20.00 16.67 13.33

Ethyl acetate 1083.33 1025.00 16.67 10.83 21.67

Total 7666.67 7279.17 148.33 101.67 108.33


100000 67790.33 64413.51 1357.67 483.05 1551.61



2.17 LIST OF THE RAW MATERIALS PRODUCT WISE

1. CARVEDILOL

S.No. Raw Material Consumption/

Day in Kgs source

1. 9H-Carbazol-4-ol 90.40 indigenous

2. (2-methoxyphenoxy)ethylamine 82.40 indigenous

3. (Chloromethyl) oxirane 45.60 indigenous

4. Activated carbon 8.00 indigenous

5. Ethyl acetate 320.00 indigenous

6. Sodium chloride(washing) 20.00 indigenous

7. Sodium sulfate 200.00 indigenous

8. Tetrahydrofuran 360.00 indigenous

9. Toluene 400.00 indigenous

2. CIPROFLOXACIN HYDROCHLORIDE


Day in Kgs source

1. 7-Chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxo-1, 4-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid

244.67 indigenous

2. Acetic acid 52.00 indigenous


4. Ammonium Hydroxide 30.67 indigenous

5. Hydrochloric acid 32.00 indigenous

6. N-Butanol 266.67 indigenous

7. Piperazine 149.67 indigenous


3. CITALOPRAM HYDROBROMIDE


Day in Kgs source

1. 5-Cyanophthalide 65.83 indigenous

2. (Dimethylamino)propyl magnesium chloride 60.42 indigenous

3. 4-fluorophenylmagnesium chloride

64.17 indigenous

4. Acetone 208.33 indigenous

5. Activated Carbon & Hyflow 2.08 indigenous


7. Hydrogen bromide 33.33 indigenous

8. Sulfuric acid 4.17 indigenous




4. EMTRICITABINE


Day in Kgs source

1. 5-(4-Amino-5-fluoro-2-oxo-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-[1,3]Oxa thiolane-2-carboxylic acid-2-isopropyl-5-methyl cyclo hexyl ester

400.00 indigenous


3. Dipotassium hydrogen phosphate 50.00 indigenous

4. Ethanol 1900.00 indigenous

5. Hydrochloric Acid 40.00 indigenous

6. Hyflow 20.00 indigenous

7. IPA.HCl (25%) 146.40 indigenous

8. Isopropyl alcohol 3400.00 indigenous

9. MDC 3000.00 indigenous

10. Methanol 2400.00 indigenous

11. Sodium borohydride 38.00 indigenous

12. Sodium Hydroxide flakes 22.00 indigenous


14. Tri ethylamine 94.00 indigenous

5. FEXOFENADINE HYDROCHLORIDE


Day in Kgs source

1. Dimethyl phenyl acetate 112.00 indigenous


3. Azacyclonol 106.20 indigenous

4. Ethyl Acetate 1400.00 indigenous


6. Isopropyl alcohol 1600.00 indigenous


8. Methyl isobutyl ketone 100.00 indigenous

9. Sodium Bicarbonate 33.40 indigenous

10. Sodium Borohydride 14.60 indigenous



6. FLUCONAZOLE


Day in Kgs source

1. 1,3-Difluorobenzene 128.88 indigenous

2. 1,2,4-Triazole 77.66 indigenous

3. 4-Amino-1,2,4-Triazole 94.66 indigenous


5. Chloro Acetyl Chloride 127.10 indigenous


7. IPA 2222.00 indigenous


9. Potassium hydroxide 63.10 indigenous

10. Sodium Nitrite 155.32 indigenous

11. TMSI 247.53 indigenous

7. LAMIVUDINE


Day in Kgs source

1. L(-) Menthol 113.33 indigenous

2. 2,5-Dithiane-1,4-diol 15.00 indigenous


4. Activated Carbon 54.17 indigenous

5. Conc. HCl 525.00 indigenous

6. Cyclohexane 165.83 indigenous

7. cytosine 25.00 indigenous

8. Dipotassium hydrogen ortho phosphate

125.00 indigenous


10. Formaldehyde 221.67 indigenous

11. Glyoxylic Acid (50%) 240.83 indigenous

12. Hexamethyldisilazane 4.17 indigenous


14. Iso propyl alcohol 1.67 indigenous

15. Methane Sulphonic Acid 666.67 indigenous


17. Methylene dichloride 191.67 indigenous

18. n-Hexane 166.67 indigenous


20. Sodium Bisulphite 55.83 indigenous

21. Sodium Borohydride 12.50 indigenous

22. Sodium Carbonate 2.50 indigenous

23. Sulphuric Acid 177.50 indigenous

24. Thionyl chloride 1073.33 indigenous


26. Triethylamine 113.33 indigenous



8. LANSOPRAZOLE


Day in Kgs source

1. 2,3-Lutidine 60.00 indigenous

2. 2-Mercapto Benzimidazole

98.00 indigenous

3. Acetic Acid 92.00 indigenous

4. Acetic Anhydride 57.20 indigenous



7. Catalyst 2.00 indigenous

8. Chloroform 900.00 indigenous

9. Hydrogen Chloride Gas 20.40 indigenous

10. Hydrogen Peroxide (50%) 80.00 indigenous

11. Isopropyl Alcohol 500.00 indigenous

12. Methylene Dichloride 400.00 indigenous

13. MIBK 260.00 indigenous

14. Nitric Acid 36.00 indigenous

15. Potassium Carbonate 77.20 indigenous

16. Sodium Hydroxide 66.40 indigenous

17. Sulfuric Acid 100.00 indigenous

18. TEBAC 2.00 indigenous

19. Thionyl Chloride 66.00 indigenous


21. Tri Fluoro Ethanol 56.00 indigenous

9. LEVO CETIRIZINE DI HYDROCHLORIDE


Day in Kgs source

1. p-chloro benzo phenone 110.00 indigenous




5. Ammonium formate 32.00 indigenous

6. Chloro ethanol 18.50 indigenous

7. Di methyl formamide 100.00 indigenous

8. Ethyl di isopropyl amine 28.00 indigenous

9. Hydro bromic acid 20.00 indigenous




13. n,n-bis( 2-chloro ethyl) amine HCl

43.00 indigenous

14. para toluene sulphonyl chloride

46.00 indigenous

15. Sodium hydroxide 60.00 indigenous



16. Sodium mono chloro acetate

26.00 indigenous

17. Tartaric acid 37.00 indigenous


19. Triethyl amine 23.00 indigenous

10. LORATADINE


Day in Kgs source

1. {3-[2-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]- pyridin-2-yl}-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)- methanone hydrochloride

331.33 indigenous

2. Sulphuric acid 16.67 indigenous

3. Boric acid 13.33 indigenous


5. Liq.Ammonia 10.00 indigenous

6. Ethyl chloro formate 94.67 indigenous

7. Iso propyl ether 333.33 indigenous



11. LOSARTAN POTASSIUM


Day in Kgs source

1. 2-Cyano-4-Methyl biphenyl (OTBN) 157.33 indigenous


3. Butyl chloro formyl imidazole (BCFI) 137.33 indigenous





8. Methylenedichloride 266.67 indigenous

9. N-Bromosuccinimide (NBS) 130.00 indigenous


11. Sodium Azide 48.67 indigenous


13. Sodium meta bisulphate 6.67 indigenous

14. Sodium nitrite 52.00 indigenous

15. TBAB 3.33 indigenous

16. TEA 20.00 indigenous

17. TEA HCl 16.67 indigenous


19. Trityl chloride 184.00 indigenous



12. NEVIRAPINE


Day in Kgs source

1. 2-Chloro-N-(2-Chloro-4-Methyl-3-Pyridinyl)-3-Pyridine Carboxamide

360.67 indigenous



4. Calcium oxide 17.00 indigenous

5. Cyclo propyl amine 73.00 indigenous

6. Cyclohexane 266.67 indigenous



9. Ortho-Xylene 1333.33 indigenous

10. Sodium Hydride 30.67 indigenous

13. OMEPRAZOLE


Day in Kgs source

1. 3,5-Lutidine 104.67 indigenous

2. 2-Mercapto-5-methoxy Benzimidazole 173.33 indigenous



5. Dimethyl sulphate 122.53 indigenous

6. Hydrogen Peroxide 65.73 indigenous


8. Nitric acid 61.57 indigenous

9. Sodium chloride 38.67 indigenous


11. Sodium methoxide 52.47 indigenous

12. Sulphuric acid 16.67 indigenous

13. Thionyl Chloride 115.27 indigenous


14. PANTOPRAZOLE SODIUM


Day in Kgs source

1. Maltol 44.00 indigenous

2. 5-diFluoromethoxy-2-mercaptobenzimidazole

72.00 indigenous

3. Acetic Acid 6.67 indigenous

4. Acetic Anhydride 114.67 indigenous



7. Ammonia 6.00 indigenous

8. Ammonium Carbonate 33.33 indigenous



9. Ammonium Chloride 16.67 indigenous

10. Ammonium hydroxide 23.67 indigenous

11. Dimethyl sulphate 22.00 indigenous

12. Hydrogen peroxide 11.33 indigenous



15. Methylene dichloride 866.67 indigenous

16. Phosphorous oxy chloride 17.33 indigenous

17. Potassium carbonate 24.00 indigenous


19. Sodium hypochlorite 24.67 indigenous

20. Sodium methoxide 18.00 indigenous

21. Thionyl chloride 40.00 indigenous


15. PREGABALIN


Day in Kgs source

1. Isoveraldehyde 149.33 indigenous

2. (S)-Mandelic acid 133.33 indigenous


4. Di isopropyl amine 13.33 indigenous

5. Diethyl malonate 278.67 indigenous

6. Ethanol 1200.00 indigenous

7. Hydrogen gas 6.67 indigenous





12. Raney nickel 40.00 indigenous

13. Sodium cyanide 85.33 indigenous





16. SERTRALINE HYDROCHLORIDE


Day in Kgs source

1. Racemic Cis and Trans Sertraline

166.67 indigenous


3. Caustic Lye 208.33 indigenous

4. D(-) Mandelic acid 8.33 indigenous





9. Methylene chloride 7583.33 indigenous

17. TRAMADOL HYDROCHLORIDE


Day in Kgs source

1. Di methyl amine 53.33 indigenous

2. Bromo Anisole 208.33 indigenous

3. Cyclohexanone 109.58 indigenous

4. Glacial Acetic acid 3.33 indigenous


6. Isopropyl Alcohol 833.33 indigenous

7. Magnesium 27.08 indigenous


9. Nitric acid 71.67 indigenous

10. p-Formaldehyde 33.52 indigenous


12. Sulfuric Acid 110.00 indigenous



18. ZIDOVUDINE


Day in Kgs source

1. β-Thymidine 302.50 indigenous

2. 1,4-Dioxane 666.67 indigenous


4. Ammonium chloride 66.67 indigenous

5. DMSO 1000.00 indigenous

6. Ethyl acetate 1083.33 indigenous


8. Methane sulfonyl chloride

143.33 indigenous




10. PTSA Monohydrate 237.08 indigenous

11. Sodium azide 81.17 indigenous



14. Tri ethyl amine 413.33 indigenous

15. Trityl chloride 348.33 indigenous

2.18 Environmental Aspects, Impacts and mitigation measures of proposed

Industry

1. Aspect: Process gases such as Ammonia, SO2, Hcl, HBr, Chloromethane

Emissions, DG Set emissions & Boiler emissions into atmosphere.

Impact: Air pollution & Acid precipitation.

Mitigation measures: During production process the released gases will be

passed through double stage scrubber to scrub the gases with miscible liquid.

The scrubber will have polypropylene rings as packing media to increase the

contact surface area between gas and scrubbing solution to increase the

absorption. Gas and scrubbing solution will pass through the scrubber counter

currently.

Ammonia gas will be scrubbed with chilled water to convert in to ammonium

hydroxide. In this process entire ammonia will get scrubbed.

So2 gas will be scrubbed with caustic lye solution to convert into sodium sulphate.

In this process the entire SO2 will get scrubbed.

HBr gas will be scrubbed with caustic lye solution to convert into salt of sodium

bromide.

Chloromethane gas will be gas scrubbed with caustic lye solution to convert into

salt of sodium chloride and methanol.

DG set emissions will be monitored regularly to maintain the emission limits

within the CPCB limits. As per norms the stack height will be provided around 9

mts to have proper dispersion. In case the limits are crossing the combustion

engine will be taken for service.

Boiler flue gases emissions will be monitored regularly to maintain the flue gases

emission limit of particulate matter. The stack height will be provided around 32

meters height to have proper dispersion of flue gases.



2. Aspect: Organic& inorganic impurities from process & inorganic impurities High

TDS water & High COD water from utilities, floor washings entering into water

stream.

Impact; water pollution (contamination of natural resources)

Mitigation measures: The generated High& Low TDS water, floor washings will

be collected in separate streams at generation point and collected in to

respective dedicated tanks. The high TDS water sent through the MEE System to

remove COD and TDS and later passed with Low TDS water through the

Biological treatment plant to remove BOD and finally through the RO plant to get

reusable water quality. This water will be used for Cooling towers and floor

washings etc. This will minimize the fresh water requirement by 50 KLD.

3. Aspect: Noise from DG Set, Boiler & Electric motors more than 75 dB.

Impact: Noise pollution.

Mitigation measure: DG set will have acoustic enclosure and drives will have

proper maintenance to minimize vibrations and internal parts servicing to

minimize the sound pollution.

4. Aspect: Spillages of chemicals during loading /unloading, Effluent water at ETP

Plant, Solvents spillages at storage tanks, spillage of Oils from DG Set & Air

compressor/Refrigeration compressor on to the ground.

Impact: Soil pollution.

Mitigation measure: To avoid any spillage of chemicals the working area of

loading & unloading area is barricaded and the floor will be made with acid proof

tiling with a slope towards a small pit so as to collect the spilled chemicals in the

dedicated pit. This results in avoiding the spillage of chemicals on to the ground.

Effluent water will be transferred through the dedicated pipe lines from plant to

ETP plant .This will eliminate soil contamination with effluent water.

Each solvent storage tank area will have dyke wall and the floor will have cement

concrete with slope towards a pit. Hence spillage of solvent will be avoided on to

ground.

The DG set /Air compressor/refrigeration compressor area will be placed in

Utilities building with cement concrete floor. The filling and draining of Oils from

respective equipment will be done by trained technical person to avoid any

spillage of oil on to the floor/ground.



5. Aspect : Release of Ammonia gas, solvent vapor in to atmosphere

Impact: Odor pollution.

Mitigation measure: The ammonia gas from process will be scrubbed in a

scrubber using water sufficiently to avoid any un- scrubbed gas release in to

atmosphere. This operation will minimize /eliminate odor pollution.

The solvent vapors from respective process equipment/storage tank will pass

through the condenser having cooled water circulation with sufficient flow rate to

condense the solvent vapors and recover back .This will avoid minimize/eliminate

odor pollution.

6. Aspect: Improper Storage of hazardous waste (organic waste, inorganic waste,

spent carbon) results in leakage/Spillage on to the ground

Impact; Soil pollution

Mitigation measure: The hazardous waste in containers will be stored in

dedicated area as per its category with proper flooring having slope towards a pit

to collect any spilled material. The entire area will be barricaded with a dyke wall

and only authorized personnel will be allowed to do operations in storage area.

This avoids soil pollution.

7. Aspect: Establishment of industry may release gases emissions, effluent water

leakage to surrounding areas.

Impact: 1. Flora & Fauna, Water Bodies, Agriculture & Human habitation.

2. The positive impact is generation of employment to skilled & unskilled

people of nearby villages and economic development.

Mitigation measure: The industry will have dedicated effluent treatment (MEE,

Biological treatment plant, RO system) to achieve Zero Liquid discharge system.

This will eliminate effluent leakage to surrounding area of the plant.

8. Aspect; Improper Storage of Flammable chemicals Methanol, toluene, Acetone

causing leakage of flammable chemical

Impact: presence of ignition source caches fire, risk to plant personnel due to

thermal radiation, release of CO, CO2, toxic gases in to atmosphere and global

warming.

Mitigation measure: Each solvent storage tank will have dyke to contain entire

contents. This will avoid leakage of solvent to the outside of dyke wall. The tanks

will be monitored regularly for any corrosion at valve joints, valve gland leakages.



The storage tanks will have fire alarm system. In case if it is catches fire, it will be

extinguished with DCP fire extinguishers and fire hydrant water. This will

minimize the thermal radiation and release of CO, CO2 and toxic gases to the

atmosphere.

9. Aspect: ground water extraction for industry

Impact: Depletion of water resources

Mitigation measure: The industry will conserve rain water by adopting rain water

harvesting system in the plant around 3872 m3/annum.

2.19 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR RISK OF

TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

No new or untested technology will be used in the proposed project but the

manufacturing process may be altered for better yields after successful lab tests and

R&D.

DESCRIPTION OF THE

ENVIRONMENT

CHAPTER -III


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – III Page 150

CHAPTER-III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.0 INTRODUCTION

Baseline data generation is a part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, which

helps to evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental attributes in the study

area by using scientifically developed and widely accepted environmental impact

assessment methodologies. This further helps in preparing an Environment Management

Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope for

future improvements for environmentally sustainable development. The baseline

environmental study also helps to identify the critical environmental attributes, which are

required to be monitored after implementation of the project.

This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study

area with reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The existing environmental

setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are described with respect

to climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality,

vegetation pattern, ecology, socio-economic profile, landuse, places of archaeological

importance etc.

3.1 STUDY AREA

Felix Ventures LLP proposed manufacturing unit is located at Sy No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94,

Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar District, Telangana State.

3.1.2 Study Period

The baseline data was collected for the study area during the period of Oct 2017 – Dec

2017.

3.2 Geological & Hydrogeological Environment

Scope and Methodology

In any given environment the occurrence and movement of ground water and its quality

and quantity is chiefly controlled and governed by many factors such as geographical set-

up, climate and rainfall conditions, hydrological features, topography, soil characteristics,

the nature and thickness of underlying rock formations and other related aspects that

prevail in an area. Therefore the study envisages indentifying the existing ground water

conditions comprising both quality and potential within the project site and its



neighborhood, relating the projected utilization for the production, identifying the likely

impacts on surface and ground water resources and indicating mitigation measures. In

order to accomplish the proposed objective of the study, the scope and methodology

adopted is as follows:

Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from the

reports and maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) Geological Survey of

India (GSI), other Institutions and Departments.

Collection of the relevant data contained in the EIA and EMP Reports, from the

reports and maps of Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) Geological Survey of

India (GSI), other Institutions and Departments.

Identify Inter- related and Inter – dependent key factors that play vital role in the

occurrence of ground water its quality and potential.

Identify surface water resources in the project site and its catchment area.

Assess the ground water resource potential in the catchment area of the project

site.

Bring out various events and processes that comprise the project activity.

Identify the site specific environmental issues and mitigation measures and

Compile a consolidated, comprehensive and meaningful report of the Project site

and its catchment area.

The field investigations were carried out to study surface rock outcrops, geological cross

sections in the road cuttings. Inventory of wells representing the entire watershed area was

carried out. Hydrogeological data of about 10 wells was collected. Water levels were

measured in the Dug wells and bore wells.

Information already available and the data collected during the survey is collated and

analyzed to comprehend the overall ground water situation in the area. An attempt is made

to predict the likely changes that could occur on account of the proposed bulk drugs

manufacturing and certain mitigation measures have been indicated to avoid adverse

effect on the ground water environment.



3.2.1 Geomorphology and Soil Types:

The major part of the district is categorized under pediment/pediplain inselberg complex of

granitic gneisses and migmatites with residual hills/valleys in between. Quartzite and shale

in the southern part of the district constitute the Srisailam plateau. In the north western part

of the district, the Deccan Traps shows their unique step like plateau feature because of

their horizontal disposition. The district is mainly covered by three types of soils Viz. red

sandy soil (Dubbasand Chalkas) Red earth (with loamy sub-soils and Chalkas) and black

cotton soils. Red sandy soils and red earth are permeable and well drained.

3.2.2 Geology

Major portion of the District is underlain by the Oldest Geological formation i.e. Archeans.

Narrow belt of sedimentary formation along Krishna river which is on the Southern portion

of the district. These Sediments also occur as patches in Kodangal and Shadnagar areas.

3.2.3 Hydrogeology

The proposed manufacturing unit is located on the ridge portion of the catchment and is

over the run off zone. No major streams are passing through the site. The catchment area

of the proposed site is moderate and recharge conditions are good. However, the buffer

zone of 10 km radius has good catchment and recharge potential with streams and tanks

of considerable storage potential.

All the stream courses are ephemeral in character and carry large volumes of storm flows

during rainy season and remain dry during non - monsoon season. The width of the

streams is narrow and follows the weak planes within the hard rock formations.

A drainage map of the area around the project is shown in Figure 3.1.

3.2.4 Groundwater Conditions:

Ground water occurs in all the geological formations in the district. The major rock types in

the district are peninsular gneissic crystallines, limestones, conglomerates, sandstones,

shales, basalts and alluvium. The occurrence and behaviour of ground water is an

outcome of combined interplay of hydrological, geological, structural, climatological factors,

which together form dynamic integrated system. All these factors are inter-dependent and

inter-related, each adding its contribution in functioning of the dynamic system. The yield of

wells depend on recharge conditions, draft etc. In drought condition, the yield of wells will

drastically dwindle in phreatic aquifers. The depth to water levels was found to be 10-15m.



The yield ranges of bore wells was found to be 3 -5 lps. The quality of water is found to be

potable.

As the extent of the proposed site is very small only roof top rainwater harvesting is

suggested for improving the recharge to the groundwater.

The proposed area is categorized as safe by the Groundwater department and scope for

development & stage of groundwater is good. The site is feasible for groundwater

extraction for the proposed Bulk drugs & intermediates manufacturing unit.

3.2.5 Drainage Pattern of Study Area

Dendritic drainage indicates homogenous rocks, the trellis, rectangular and parallel

drainage patterns indicate structural and lithological controls. The coarse drainage texture

indicates highly porous and permeable rock formations; whereas fine drainage texture is

more common in less pervious formations. Weathering profile controls of ground water and

above all discharge of surface water along the major streams and rivers. Fractured pattern

and other structural features control drainage pattern in hard rocks. Slope / gradient of

area coupled with drainage density decide the weathering profile. These two factors

synthesized with rainfall (of a given area) provide information on the ground water potential

(weathering profile, structural factors) and discharge of surface water along streams.

Weathering profile increases groundwater potential, slope/gradient together with runoff

controls the thickness of weathered zone. Major faults, lineaments sometimes connects

two are more watersheds (Drainage Basins) and act as conduits (Interconnecting channel

ways). Flow of groundwater along these week zones is an established fact. A proper

understanding of the major faults, their influence of groundwater flow has to be understood

from drainage system and its controls. The study of the drainage for the present purpose is

to understand that, to what extent the ground water would be affected by the water

pollutants. Survey of India Topomaps, satellite data of summer season are the main input

data for preparation of drainage map. The drainage map is prepared using Toposheets of

Survey of India on 1:50,000 scale and updated using latest satellite data wherever

deviations and new developments are observed.

Step I: All the rivers its tributaries and drainage network shown on the Toposheets are

captured. The boundaries of all rivers/water bodies with names appearing are captured

from Toposheets. The drainage is drawn from whole to part, i.e., from the rivers to

tributaries to first drains to second order drains to third order drains.



Step II: Based on the post monsoon satellite image extent of water spread and dry parts

are updated. The water bodies which did not exist at the time of survey of Toposheets, if

any are also captured based on satellite imagery. The study area forms part of Mahanadi

river basin the southern of the area from western part, towards East. All these rivers and

rivulets get dry for major part of the year and carry heavy floods during rainy season. The

drainage map of study area has showing in figure 3.2

Table 3.1

Showing drainage density based criteria by smith and strahler.

Drainage Density

Texture Runoff Infiltration Relief Stratum

< 5.0 Coarse (High) High Low High High Impermeable

5.0 - 13.7 Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Permeable

13.7 - 155.3 Ultra fine (Low) Low High Low Good Permeable

Table 3.2

Showing drainage density based criteria proposed by Long Bein

Drainage Density Areas Runoff

0.55 - 2.09 Steep Impervious Areas High

1.03 Humid Regions High

Table 3.3

Showing Drainage Density Based Criteria Proposed by Horton

Drainage Density Stratum Runoff

0.9 - 1.29 Steep Impervious Areas High

< 0.9 Permeable High Infiltration Areas Low

3.2.6 Drainage Map

This Draingae map consists of all water bodies, rivers, tributaries, perennial & ephemeral

streams, reservoirs, tanks, ponds and the entire drainage network from first order

originating in the area to the last order joining the rivers, tributaries and tanks based on

topography. Understanding the importance of drainage depends on the purpose and the

objective of the project. For the present study purpose the following factors have to be

understood and extracted from the study of the drainage pattern. Drainage network helps

in delineation of watersheds. Drainage density and type of drainage gives information

related to runoff, infiltration relief and permeability.



FIGURE 3.1 SHOWING DRAINAGE MAP OF THE PROJECT STUDY AREA



3.3 Micrometeorology and Climate

The meteorological data recorded during the study period is very useful for proper

interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to prediction models for

air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an

important role in identifying general meteorological regime of the region.

Automatic weather station was installed in the project site at about 10 m above the

ground level. On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables

in order to record the site-specific data. Data was recorded every hour continuously

from Oct 2017 – Dec 2017.

The critical weather elements that influence air pollution are wind speed, wind

direction, temperature, which together determines atmosphere stability. The details

of the temperature, relative humidity and rainfall observed during study period (Oct

2017 – Dec 2017) are given below.

A. Temperature:

During the study period the minimum and maximum temperatures were recorded as

17°C and 33.3°C respectively.

B. Relative Humidity:

During study period at project site during study period, the relative humidity was

recorded as 74%

C. Rainfall

No rainfall during the study period at project site. Average Annual Rainfall is 770.8

mm.

(Source: IMD Climatlogical Normals, Mahabubnagar 1981-2010)

D. Wind pattern

Dispersion of different air pollutants released into the atmosphere has significant

impacts on neighborhood air environment. The dispersion/dilution of the released

pollutant over a large area will result in considerable reduction of the concentration of

a pollutant. The dispersion in turn depends on the weather conditions like the wind

speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, mixing height, cloud cover and

also the rainfall in the area.



Wind speed and direction data recorded during the study period is useful in

identifying the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Wind roses on

sixteen sector basis have been drawn. Wind directions and wind speed frequency

observed during study period is given in Table 3.4 and wind rose diagrams are

given in Figure 3.3

The following observations can be made from the collected data;

Calm period is observed to be 15.3 % during the time of monitoring.

The predominant wind direction is W & SW.

Other than predominant wind directions wind was blowing in E direction.

Average wind speed 2.73 m/s

Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 5.7 – 8.8 m/sec,

0.5 - 2.1 m/Sec, 3.6 -5.7 m/Sec, with frequency of distribution percentages

ranges from 24.4, 21.6, & 20.6.



TABLE 3.4: FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION WIND DIRECTIONS AND WIND SPEED

S. No Wind Directions Wind Classes (m/s)

0.5 - 2.1 2.1 - 3.6 3.6 - 5.7 5.7 - 8.8 8.8 - 11.1 >= 11.1 Total (%)

1 N 348.75 - 11.25 2.2 1.1 1.3 2 0.5 0 7.1

2 NNE 11.25 - 33.75 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.1 0 1.3

3 NE 33.75 - 56.25 0 0 0 0.1 0.2 0 0.3

4 ENE 56.25 - 78.75 1.1 0.5 1 0.9 0.1 0 3.6

5 E 78.75 - 101.25 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.2 0 0 1

6 ESE 101.25 - 123.75 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.8

7 SE 123.75 - 146.25 2 1.5 2.3 2.8 0.3 0 8.9

8 SSE 146.25 - 168.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

9 S 168.75 - 191.25 1 0.5 1 1 0.2 0 3.7

10 SSW 191.25 - 213.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

11 SW 213.75 - 236.25 5.3 3.8 4.9 6.3 1 0 21.3

12 WSW 236.25 - 258.75 0.1 0 0 0 0.1 0 0.2

13 W 258.75 - 281.25 7.6 5.7 8.8 9.2 1 0 32.3

14 WNW 281.25 - 303.75 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 NW 303.75 - 326.25 1 0.6 0.5 1.1 0.2 0 3.4

16 NNW 326.25 - 348.75 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.8

Sub-Total 21.6 14.3 20.6 24.4 3.8 0 84.7

Calms

15.3

Missing/Incomplete

0

Total

100



FIGURE 3.2: WINDROSE DIAGRAM PERIOD: OCT 2017 – DEC 2017

Source: WRPLOT VIEW - Lakes Environmental Software



3.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The ambient air quality with respect to the study area of 10 km radius around the

plant site forms the baseline information. The various sources of air pollution in the

region are industrial, traffic and rural activities. This will also be useful for assessing

the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during the plant operation. The

study area represents mostly rural environment.

The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through a

scientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of

monitoring network in the air quality surveillance programme has been based on the

following considerations:

Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale

Topography of the study area.

Representation of plant site.

Influence of the existing sources (if any) are to be kept at minimum

Inclusion of major distinct villages to collect the baseline status.

Representation of down wind direction.

Representation of upwind direction.

Representation of cross sectional distribution in the down wind direction.

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with National

Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

(AAQM) was carried out at eight locations for 2 days per week for 12 weeks during

study period and the locations are shown in Figure 3.4. The locations of the different

stations with respect to its distance and direction from project site are shown in

Table 3.5.



TABLE 3.5: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS

S. No. Code Name of Sampling

Location Distance (km) w.r.t Project

Direction w.r.t Project

1 A1 Project Site - -

2 A2 Macharam 1.55 NNW

3 A3 Medigadda Tanda 2.17 NNE

4 A4 Nandaram 2.60 ENE

5 A5 Balanagar 3.90 ESE

6 A6 Nerallapalli 1.39 SSE

7 A7 Palugalagadda 1.72 SW

8 A8 Uduthiala 3.40 WNW

The monitoring was carried out for a three month period (Oct 2017 – Dec 2017) at a

frequency of twice a week at each station adopting a continuous 24- hour schedule.

The following parameters were monitored in the study area :

Particulate Matter (PM10)

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Ammonia (NH3)

Volitail Organic Compounds (VOC)



FIGURE 3.3: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



3.4.1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009 for the notified Industrial, Residential,

Rural and Other Areas as well as Sensitive Areas are presented in table below. The

state has not promulgated separate Ambient Air Quality Standards.

TABLE 3.6: NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

S. No

Pollutant Time

Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Methods of measurement

Industrial Area

Residential, Rural &

other Areas

Ecologically sensitive area

(Notified by Central Govt)

1 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) µg/m3

Annual * 50 20 -Improved West and Gaeke method -Ultraviolet fluorescence

24 hours** 80 80

2 Oxides of Nitrogen as NO2 µg/m3

Annual * 40 30 -Modified Jocob and Hochheise(NaArsenite ) -Chemiluminescence

24 hours** 80 80

3 Particulate matter (size Less than 10µm) µg/m3

Annual * 60 60 -Gravimetric -TOEM -Beta attenuation

24 hours** 100 100

4 Particulate matter (size less than 2.5 µm) µg/m3

Annual * 40 40 -Gravimetric -TOEM -Beta attenuation

24 hours** 60 60

5 Ozone µg/m3

8 hours** 100 100 - UV Photometric -Chemiluminescence -Chemical method

1 hour** 180 180

6 Lead (Pb)

µg/m3

Annual * 0.50 0.50 -AAS/ICP method for sampling on EPM 2000 or Equivalent Filter paper -ED -XRF using Teflon filter paper

24 hours** 1.0 1.0

7 Carbon

Monooxide mg/m3

8 hours**

02 02 -Non Dispersive Infra Red (NDIR) spectroscopy 1 hour ** 04 04

8 Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Annual * 100 100 -Chemiluminescence -Indo-Phenol Blue method

24 hours** 400 400

9 Benzene µg/m3 Annual * 05 05

-GC based continuous analyzer - Adsorption & desorption followed by GC analysis

10 Benzo(a) pyrene (BaP)- Particulate Phase only ng/m3

Annual * 01 01 -Solvent extraction followed by GC/HPLC extraction

11 Arsenic ng/m3 Annual * 06 06

AAS/ICP method for sampling on EPM2000 OR Equivalent Filter paper

12 Nickel ng/m3 Annual *

20 20 -AAS/ICP method for sampling on EPM2000



S. No

Pollutant Time

Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Methods of measurement

Industrial Area

Residential, Rural &

other Areas

Ecologically sensitive area

(Notified by Central Govt)

OR Equivalent Filter paper

G.S.No.826 (E) dated 16th November, 2009. Vide letter no. F. No. Q-15017/43/2007-CPW.

*Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken for a week

24 hourly at uniform interval.

**24 hourly/8 hourly values should meet 98 percent of the time in a year.

3.4.2. Ambient Air Quality Data (AAQ)

The Maximum, Minimum & 98th percentile values for all the sampling are shown in

Table 3.7. The location wise monitored Ambient Air Quality details are presented in

Table 3.8 to Table 3.15.

1. Particulate Matter (PM10)

The maximum and minimum concentrations for PM10 were recorded in the study

area showed 98th percentile values in the range of 59.4 – 65.4 μg/ m3. The

maximum concentration 65.4 μg/ m3 were recorded at sampling locations at

Balanagar. The concentrations of PM10 are well below the CPCB standard of

100 μg/ m3.

2. Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

The CPCB Standard for concentration of PM2.5 is 60 μg/ m3. The maximum and

minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Particulate Matter (PM2.5) monitored

in the study area were 23.3 – 25.8 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of 25.8 μg/

m3 was at Palugalagadda. The concentration of PM2.5 is well below the


3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

98th percentile value of Sulphur dioxide in the study area from the monitored data

was in the range of 11.6 – 17.9 μg/ m3. Maximum value of Sulpur dioxide of 17.9

μg/ m3 obtained at Nandaram. The concentration of SO2 is well below the




4. Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Ambient air quality status monitored for oxides of nitrogen in the study area were

in the range with 98th percentile values between 18.7 – 25.4 μg/ m3. A maximum

value of 25.4 μg/ m3 was prevailing at the time of sampling at Nandaram. The

concentration of NOX is well below the prescribed limit of 80 μg/ m3

5. Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Carbon Monoxide

(CO) monitored in the study area were 0.37 – 0.62 mg/m3 respectively. Highest

value of 0.62 mg/ m3 was at the Balanagar. The concentration of CO is well below

the prescribed limit of 2 mg/ m3

6. Ammonia (NH3)

The maximum and minimum 98th percentile concentrations for Ammonia (NH3)

monitored in the study area were 29.5 – 36.7 μg/m3 respectively. Highest value of

36.7 μg/ m3 was at Balanagar. The concentration of NH3 is well below the prescribed

limit of 400 μg/ m3

7. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)

Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) concentration in study area was found to be

Below Detectable Limit of 1 ppm.

The ambient air quality monitoring results indicates that the overall air quality in the

study area is within permissible standards prescribed by NAAQ Standards.



TABLE 3.7: THE MAXIMUM, MINIMUM & 98th PERCENTILE VALUES FOR ALL THE

SAMPLING LOCATIONS

Code Name of

Sampling Location

PM 10(µg/M3) PM 2.5(µg/M

3) SO2(µg/M

3) NOX(µg/M

3) CO (mg/M

3) NH3 (µg/M

3)

Min Max 98th

Min Max 98th

Min Max 98th

Min Max 98th

Min Max 98th

Min Max 98th

A1 Project Site 59.3 63.6 63.1 19.4 24.3 24.1 11.3 14.7 14.7 15.1 18.9 18.7 0.31 0.56 0.56 25.0 31.0 30.5

A2 Macharam 50.3 59.6 59.4 20.2 23.6 23.5 10.1 11.6 11.6 18.0 19.6 19.6 0.22 0.38 0.37 26.0 36.0 35.5

A3 Medigadda Tanda

54.2 60.6 60.6 20.2 23.5 23.3 11.2 14.8 14.8 19.2 22.7 22.7 0.32 0.49 0.47 23.0 30.0 29.5

A4 Nandaram 59.5 63.2 62.9 20.3 25.4 25.4 13.9 17.9 17.9 21.6 25.6 25.4 0.42 0.61 0.61 28.0 36.0 36.0

A5 Balanagar 55.4 65.8 65.4 21.2 25.6 25.4 13.1 16.0 15.8 21.1 23.7 23.7 0.47 0.62 0.62 27.0 36.8 36.7

A6 Nerallapalli 58.6 62.6 62.6 20.3 24.2 23.8 11.3 16.7 16.2 17.3 22.5 22.4 0.38 0.51 0.51 28.0 34.0 33.5

A7 Palugalagadda 57.0 62.6 62.2 20.2 26.2 25.8 10.1 13.9 13.9 18.2 21.9 21.8 0.31 0.52 0.51 27.0 32.0 32.0

A8 Uduthiala 58.3 62.8 62.7 20.1 24.9 24.9 12.3 16.8 16.4 20.6 24.2 24.0 0.32 0.49 0.47 26.0 31.0 30.5

NAAQ Standards’ 100 60 80 80 2 400



TABLE 3.8: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: PROJECT SITE (A1)

Date Week PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC NH3

03.10.2017 1 60.2 19.6 11.7 15.8 0.31 BDL 28.0

04.10.2017 1 62.6 21.5 12.3 16.4 0.31 BDL 29.0

09.10.2017 2 61.9 22.1 13.4 17.8 0.49 BDL 30.0

10.10.2017 2 59.8 21.9 13.5 17.5 0.52 BDL 28.0

16.10.2017 3 62.6 23.9 14.7 18.9 0.46 BDL 27.0

17.10.2017 3 60.2 24.3 14.6 18.1 0.48 BDL 26.0

24.10.2017 4 61.1 19.5 13.5 17.6 0.56 BDL 25.0

25.10.2017 4 60.5 21.9 12.6 16.7 0.36 BDL 28.0

01.11.2017 5 60.2 22.5 12.3 16.4 0.41 BDL 27.0

02.11.2017 5 61.4 20.0 12.0 15.4 0.44 BDL 26.0

10.11.2017 6 59.3 21.0 12.9 16.9 0.51 BDL 30.0

11.11.2017 6 60.2 22.0 13.5 17.6 0.54 BDL 29.0

17.11.2017 7 59.9 22.2 12.7 16.9 0.56 BDL 27.0

18.11.2017 7 60.3 23.2 13.6 17.2 0.54 BDL 28.0

24.11.2017 8 59.4 19.4 12.8 16.9 0.49 BDL 30.0

25.11.2017 8 60.2 20.6 13.4 17.5 0.36 BDL 28.0

02.12.2017 9 59.3 19.9 12.3 16.2 0.45 BDL 29.0

03.12.2017 9 60.5 21.3 11.7 15.8 0.44 BDL 30.0

09.12.2017 10 59.9 19.6 12.9 16.5 0.48 BDL 27.0

10.12.2017 10 60.3 19.6 11.3 15.1 0.52 BDL 28.0

16.12.2017 11 59.8 20.5 12.4 16.9 0.54 BDL 29.0

17.12.2017 11 60.4 21.6 13.5 17.6 0.32 BDL 30.0

23.12.2017 12 61.5 19.4 14.2 18.6 0.36 BDL 31.0

24.12.2017 12 63.6 20.9 14.0 17.4 0.38 BDL 29.0

Minimum 59.3 19.4 11.3 15.1 0.31 0.00 25.0

Maximum 63.6 24.3 14.7 18.9 0.56 0.00 31.0

Average 60.6 21.2 13.0 17.0 0.45 0.00 28.3

98th Percentile 63.1 24.1 14.7 18.7 0.56 0.00 30.5



TABLE 3.9: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: MACHARAM (A2)


06.10.2017 1 55.4 22.5 10.5 18.0 0.31 BDL 29.0

07.10.2017 1 56.7 22.2 10.4 18.4 0.29 BDL 28.0

12.10.2017 2 53.1 22.4 10.5 18.6 0.38 BDL 30.0

13.10.2017 2 52.1 20.5 11.6 19.0 0.34 BDL 31.0

19.10.2017 3 53.5 20.9 11.3 19.5 0.29 BDL 35.0

20.10.2017 3 50.3 21.5 10.7 18.0 0.31 BDL 34.0

27.10.2017 4 52.5 21.6 10.9 18.6 0.35 BDL 36.0

28.10.2017 4 55.5 20.7 10.7 18.2 0.25 BDL 32.0

07.11.2017 5 55.9 21.6 11.3 19.1 0.3 BDL 29.0

08.11.2017 5 56.2 23.5 11.6 19.6 0.33 BDL 28.0

14.11.2017 6 57.6 20.2 10.4 18.7 0.26 BDL 26.0

15.11.2017 6 56.5 20.2 10.5 18.5 0.29 BDL 30.0

21.11.2017 7 56.3 20.6 10.1 18.6 0.24 BDL 31.0

22.11.2017 7 59.6 23.6 11.3 19.1 0.23 BDL 32.0

28.11.2017 8 56.8 20.2 10.6 18.5 0.22 BDL 29.0

29.11.2017 8 58.7 20.4 10.8 18.6 0.25 BDL 28.0

06.12.2017 9 58.8 21.5 10.4 18.2 0.24 BDL 31.0

07.12.2017 9 54.8 22.5 11.4 19.5 0.28 BDL 30.0

13.12.2017 10 55.7 20.7 10.3 18.3 0.29 BDL 32.0

14.12.2017 10 57.3 21.7 10.6 18.3 0.24 BDL 29.0

20.12.2017 11 58.4 21.0 11.3 19.6 0.26 BDL 30.0

21.12.2017 11 59.2 21.8 10.7 18.5 0.31 BDL 32.0

27.12.2017 12 58.3 21.7 10.5 18.6 0.27 BDL 29.0

28.12.2017 12 59.2 20.8 10.7 18.5 0.31 BDL 28.0

Minimum 50.3 20.2 10.1 18.0 0.22 0.00 26.0

Maximum 59.6 23.6 11.6 19.6 0.38 0.00 36.0

Average 56.2 21.4 10.8 18.7 0.29 0.00 30.4

98th Percentile 59.4 23.5 11.6 19.6 0.37 0.00 35.5



TABLE 3.10: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: MEDIGADDA TANDA (A3)


03.10.2017 1 54.2 23.5 11.9 19.4 0.36 BDL 25

04.10.2017 1 56.0 22.6 12.4 20.5 0.32 BDL 24

09.10.2017 2 56.3 20.2 13.5 21.4 0.41 BDL 26

10.10.2017 2 58.3 21.5 14.8 22.7 0.49 BDL 27

16.10.2017 3 58.7 20.2 11.7 19.5 0.43 BDL 25

17.10.2017 3 56.2 22.7 11.3 19.6 0.41 BDL 26

24.10.2017 4 59.8 21.4 12.5 20.2 0.39 BDL 28.0

25.10.2017 4 59.0 20.6 12.4 20.4 0.37 BDL 26.0

01.11.2017 5 60.3 22.9 14.8 22.6 0.41 BDL 24.0

02.11.2017 5 60.0 21.9 12.7 21.0 0.44 BDL 23.0

10.11.2017 6 58.5 20.5 13.7 21.4 0.42 BDL 28.0

11.11.2017 6 59.6 21.9 13.2 21.1 0.38 BDL 29.0

17.11.2017 7 57.7 23.1 14.2 22.6 0.39 BDL 27.0

18.11.2017 7 60.0 22.1 13.6 21.4 0.37 BDL 26.0

24.11.2017 8 58.3 20.5 12.4 20.9 0.36 BDL 28.0

25.11.2017 8 59.6 20.7 11.5 19.5 0.4 BDL 25.0

02.12.2017 9 60.6 20.9 13.9 21.7 0.36 BDL 29.0

03.12.2017 9 59.2 22.6 12.3 20.2 0.42 BDL 27.0

09.12.2017 10 57.7 20.5 11.2 19.5 0.41 BDL 25.0

10.12.2017 10 59.7 20.9 11.9 19.4 0.38 BDL 30.0

16.12.2017 11 58.3 20.4 11.2 19.2 0.39 BDL 29.0

17.12.2017 11 60.6 22.1 14.0 21.8 0.32 BDL 28.0

23.12.2017 12 58.4 20.2 14.4 22.6 0.42 BDL 27.0

24.12.2017 12 59.2 21.7 11.7 19.5 0.39 BDL 26.0

Minimum 54.2 20.2 11.2 19.2 0.32 0.00 23.0

Maximum 60.6 23.5 14.8 22.7 0.49 0.00 30.0

Average 58.6 21.5 12.8 20.7 0.39 0.00 26.6

98th Percentile 60.6 23.3 14.8 22.7 0.47 0.00 29.5



TABLE 3.11: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: NANDARAM (A4)


06.10.2017 1 60.2 23.5 14.3 22.9 0.42 BDL 32.0

07.10.2017 1 59.5 22.5 14.2 22.7 0.45 BDL 31.0

12.10.2017 2 60.3 21.6 14.0 21.8 0.54 BDL 33.0

13.10.2017 2 62.1 22.2 14.9 22.5 0.59 BDL 34.0

19.10.2017 3 61.5 20.3 15.2 23.6 0.56 BDL 35.0

20.10.2017 3 60.3 23.7 17.9 25.1 0.49 BDL 31.0

27.10.2017 4 63.2 24.4 16.9 24.0 0.6 BDL 32.0

28.10.2017 4 60.5 25.4 15.5 23.2 0.59 BDL 36.0

07.11.2017 5 59.8 21.6 14.8 22.2 0.54 BDL 29.0

08.11.2017 5 61.3 21.3 17.8 25.1 0.61 BDL 28.0

14.11.2017 6 60.1 25.3 15.9 23.7 0.59 BDL 30.0

15.11.2017 6 60.9 23.4 17.9 25.1 0.57 BDL 31.0

21.11.2017 7 60.2 21.6 14.9 22.6 0.49 BDL 34.0

22.11.2017 7 60.1 23.2 16.0 23.7 0.48 BDL 36.0

28.11.2017 8 59.8 23.5 15.0 22.8 0.51 BDL 31.0

29.11.2017 8 60.3 24.9 13.9 21.8 0.56 BDL 30.0

06.12.2017 9 59.8 24.1 13.9 21.6 0.57 BDL 29.0

07.12.2017 9 60.0 24.8 14.3 22.5 0.59 BDL 28.0

13.12.2017 10 62.5 21.3 15.8 23.5 0.56 BDL 31.0

14.12.2017 10 60.3 24.5 16.2 24.4 0.45 BDL 30.0

20.12.2017 11 61.1 22.8 17.0 24.2 0.54 BDL 34.0

21.12.2017 11 60.4 21.9 17.2 25.6 0.56 BDL 29.0

27.12.2017 12 61.6 22.4 14.7 22.7 0.61 BDL 31.0

28.12.2017 12 62.6 22.9 15.8 23.6 0.57 BDL 32.0

Minimum 59.5 20.3 13.9 21.6 0.42 0.00 28.0

Maximum 63.2 25.4 17.9 25.6 0.61 0.00 36.0

Average 60.8 23.0 15.6 23.4 0.54 0.00 31.5

98th Percentile 62.9 25.4 17.9 25.4 0.61 0.00 36.0



TABLE 3.12: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: BALANAGAR (A5)


06.10.2017 1 59.6 23.5 15.3 23.7 0.52 BDL 33.0

07.10.2017 1 60.2 22.6 14.2 22.5 0.54 BDL 34.0

12.10.2017 2 57.9 23.7 13.7 21.4 0.51 BDL 32.0

13.10.2017 2 59.7 24.2 13.2 21.8 0.49 BDL 36.5

19.10.2017 3 62.7 23.6 14.6 22.9 0.53 BDL 35.0

20.10.2017 3 61.2 23.6 16.0 22.6 0.56 BDL 31.0

27.10.2017 4 64.6 22.7 14.6 22.2 0.56 BDL 32.5

28.10.2017 4 63.8 24.2 15.7 23.7 0.54 BDL 29.0

07.11.2017 5 65.8 22.7 14.3 22.7 0.61 BDL 30.0

08.11.2017 5 59.0 24.2 13.8 21.4 0.62 BDL 32.0

14.11.2017 6 58.8 23.7 15.6 23.1 0.60 BDL 29.0

15.11.2017 6 60.3 25.1 13.1 21.1 0.59 BDL 34.0

21.11.2017 7 64.0 24.2 13.6 21.6 0.57 BDL 31.0

22.11.2017 7 64.9 23.6 14.9 22.4 0.53 BDL 36.8

28.11.2017 8 59.9 22.6 13.9 21.1 0.61 BDL 29.0

29.11.2017 8 58.8 24.8 14.9 22.4 0.52 BDL 27.0

06.12.2017 9 55.7 25.3 15.4 23.6 0.49 BDL 30.0

07.12.2017 9 57.0 22.5 14.8 22.6 0.47 BDL 32.0

13.12.2017 10 60.1 25.1 15.3 23.2 0.51 BDL 36.0

14.12.2017 10 56.4 21.2 14.6 22.0 0.62 BDL 31.0

20.12.2017 11 59.3 23.5 13.2 21.6 0.58 BDL 29.0

21.12.2017 11 58.2 24.2 14.6 22.6 0.53 BDL 30.0

27.12.2017 12 57.9 25.6 13.5 21.1 0.51 BDL 34.0

28.12.2017 12 55.4 23.2 13.9 21.5 0.58 BDL 32.0

Minimum 55.4 21.2 13.1 21.1 0.47 0.00 27.0

Maximum 65.8 25.6 16.0 23.7 0.62 0.00 36.8

Average 60.0 23.7 14.4 22.3 0.55 0.00 31.9

98th Percentile 65.4 25.4 15.8 23.7 0.62 0.00 36.7



TABLE 3.13: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: NERALLAPALLI (A6)


06.10.2017 1 60.2 23.5 12.4 18.5 0.39 BDL 31.0

07.10.2017 1 60.3 23.2 12.6 18.7 0.41 BDL 32.0

12.10.2017 2 62.6 22.2 11.3 19.6 0.42 BDL 34.0

13.10.2017 2 59.5 21.2 12.7 20.2 0.45 BDL 33.0

19.10.2017 3 60.2 22.7 11.6 21.3 0.41 BDL 31.0

20.10.2017 3 59.0 21.6 13.2 22.3 0.39 BDL 29.0

27.10.2017 4 59.7 20.3 12.6 18.4 0.45 BDL 30.0

28.10.2017 4 60.4 21.6 14.6 19.6 0.41 BDL 32.0

07.11.2017 5 60.5 22.4 13.2 22.4 0.38 BDL 28.0

08.11.2017 5 59.8 21.6 13.2 21.5 0.43 BDL 30.0

14.11.2017 6 60.4 22.5 12.6 21.4 0.46 BDL 31.0

15.11.2017 6 59.2 21.2 12.9 20.6 0.39 BDL 29.0

21.11.2017 7 58.6 22.6 14.9 19.8 0.47 BDL 30.0

22.11.2017 7 60.4 24.2 15.7 18.3 0.41 BDL 29.0

28.11.2017 8 62.6 22.6 16.7 17.3 0.5 BDL 31.0

29.11.2017 8 62.6 21.3 15.3 18.5 0.49 BDL 29.0

06.12.2017 9 62.2 21.7 13.5 21.5 0.42 BDL 28.0

07.12.2017 9 60.5 22.9 12.6 20.5 0.39 BDL 29.0

13.12.2017 10 60.4 22.0 12.6 20.4 0.38 BDL 30.0

14.12.2017 10 59.3 21.4 13.0 20.6 0.41 BDL 31.0

20.12.2017 11 60.2 20.9 11.5 19.7 0.46 BDL 32.0

21.12.2017 11 60.3 20.8 11.7 19.9 0.47 BDL 30.0

27.12.2017 12 59.4 21.7 14.2 22.5 0.51 BDL 31.0

28.12.2017 12 60.4 22.2 11.7 19.6 0.39 BDL 29.0

Minimum 58.6 20.3 11.3 17.3 0.38 0.00 28.0

Maximum 62.6 24.2 16.7 22.5 0.51 0.00 34.0

Average 60.3 22.0 13.2 20.1 0.43 0.00 30.4

98th Percentile 62.6 23.8 16.2 22.4 0.51 0.00 33.5



TABLE 3.14: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: PALUGALAGADDA (A7)


03.10.2017 1 58.1 25.4 10.3 18.5 0.31 BDL 30.0

04.10.2017 1 59.2 24.2 11.4 19.4 0.38 BDL 32.0

09.10.2017 2 62.6 23.6 12.9 20.4 0.45 BDL 29.0

10.10.2017 2 60.5 25.2 10.1 18.6 0.42 BDL 31.0

16.10.2017 3 57.5 21.7 12.4 20.4 0.32 BDL 30.0

17.10.2017 3 59.4 22.4 11.4 19.2 0.45 BDL 32.0

24.10.2017 4 57.6 20.2 10.7 18.7 0.52 BDL 29.0

25.10.2017 4 58.2 20.3 12.4 20.9 0.46 BDL 30.0

01.11.2017 5 57.4 21.7 10.5 18.5 0.38 BDL 28.0

02.11.2017 5 58.7 23.7 10.4 18.6 0.44 BDL 29.0

10.11.2017 6 57.0 20.3 13.8 21.9 0.36 BDL 30.0

11.11.2017 6 60.2 24.7 13.7 21.4 0.34 BDL 31.0

17.11.2017 7 59.4 21.5 12.9 20.8 0.45 BDL 32.0

18.11.2017 7 61.8 26.2 11.1 19.3 0.49 BDL 30.0

24.11.2017 8 60.1 21.5 10.6 18.2 0.46 BDL 29.0

25.11.2017 8 58.9 22.5 12.6 20.7 0.35 BDL 30.0

02.12.2017 9 60.3 24.1 13.9 21.6 0.41 BDL 28.0

03.12.2017 9 59.9 23.6 12.1 20.4 0.36 BDL 29.0

09.12.2017 10 60.8 22.6 13.7 21.7 0.37 BDL 30.0

10.12.2017 10 59.9 23.4 13.0 20.0 0.42 BDL 27.0

16.12.2017 11 60.4 22.9 10.3 18.6 0.46 BDL 29.0

17.12.2017 11 58.3 24.2 10.4 18.3 0.47 BDL 30.0

23.12.2017 12 60.5 23.7 11.5 19.2 0.39 BDL 31.0

24.12.2017 12 60.8 24.2 11.2 19.4 0.38 BDL 29.0

Minimum 57.0 20.2 10.1 18.2 0.31 0.00 27.0

Maximum 62.6 26.2 13.9 21.9 0.52 0.00 32.0

Average 59.5 23.1 11.8 19.8 0.41 0.00 29.8

98th Percentile 62.2 25.8 13.9 21.8 0.51 0.00 32.0



TABLE 3.15: AMBIENT AIR QUALITY, STATION: UDUTHIALA (A8)


03.10.2017 1 58.3 22.6 13.3 21.4 0.40 BDL 26.0

04.10.2017 1 59.5 21.6 14.7 22.8 0.41 BDL 29.0

09.10.2017 2 60.3 20.7 15.4 23.7 0.43 BDL 30.0

10.10.2017 2 60.7 22.6 16.8 24.2 0.39 BDL 28.0

16.10.2017 3 61.5 20.7 15.2 23.7 0.38 BDL 31.0

17.10.2017 3 62.6 23.5 13.6 21.5 0.42 BDL 30.0

24.10.2017 4 60.3 24.4 14.5 22.2 0.44 BDL 29.0

25.10.2017 4 58.7 20.4 13.2 21.6 0.41 BDL 30.0

01.11.2017 5 60.0 21.2 14.6 22.9 0.39 BDL 28.0

02.11.2017 5 59.3 20.1 13.2 21.4 0.38 BDL 26.0

10.11.2017 6 60.2 22.5 12.3 20.7 0.32 BDL 29.0

11.11.2017 6 59.7 20.3 14.4 22.2 0.40 BDL 27.0

17.11.2017 7 58.6 23.9 13.4 21.8 0.49 BDL 29.0

18.11.2017 7 60.4 24.6 12.6 20.6 0.38 BDL 30.0

24.11.2017 8 58.9 23.5 14.9 22.9 0.37 BDL 28.0

25.11.2017 8 60.1 22.5 15.9 23.2 0.35 BDL 29.0

02.12.2017 9 59.9 21.3 14.4 22.6 0.41 BDL 30.0

03.12.2017 9 59.4 24.9 15.9 23.2 0.39 BDL 27.0

09.12.2017 10 59.6 21.2 12.3 20.6 0.37 BDL 28.0

10.12.2017 10 60.2 22.1 15.6 23.4 0.42 BDL 30.0

16.12.2017 11 60.6 23.4 14.2 22.7 0.43 BDL 30.0

17.12.2017 11 62.8 24.9 13.5 21.5 0.39 BDL 29.0

23.12.2017 12 60.2 23.5 15.5 23.6 0.41 BDL 28.0

24.12.2017 12 59.9 22.5 14.9 22.8 0.35 BDL 29.0

Minimum 58.3 20.1 12.3 20.6 0.32 0.00 26.0

Maximum 62.8 24.9 16.8 24.2 0.49 0.00 31.0

Average 60.1 22.4 14.3 22.4 0.40 0.00 28.8

98th Percentile 62.7 24.9 16.4 24.0 0.47 0.00 30.5



3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water sampling and subsequent analysis were carried out to determine both the

groundwater and surface water quality of the study area.

Selected water quality parameters of ground water resources and surface water

resources within 10-km radius of the study area has been studied for assessing the

quality of water.

3.5.1 Methodology for Water Quality Monitoring

Ground water sources and surface water sources covering 10-km radial distance

were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metals and bacteriological parameters

in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on ground water and

surface water. The samples were analyzed as per the procedures specified in

'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater' published by

American Public Health Association (APHA).

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples for

bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected

physicochemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting

the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like pH and

temperature were analyzed at the time of sample collection.

The details of surface and ground water sampling locations are given in Table 3.16

and sampling locations of ground water quality and surface quality monitoring are

shown in Figure 3.4. The physico - chemical characteristics of the ground water

samples and surface water samples are presented in the Tables 3.17 & Tables 3.18.



TABLE 3.16: GROUND AND SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS

S No. Code Name of Sampling



Ground Water Sampling Locations

1 GW1 Near Project Site - -

2 GW2 Balanagar 3.95 ESE

3 GW3 Yekwapalli 3.15 SE

4 GW4 Nerallapalli 1.31 SSE

5 GW5 Burugul 8.00 NE

6 GW6 Uduthiala 3.35 NW

7 GW7 Suraram 3.23 NW

8 GW8 Macharam 1.56 NNW

Surface Water Sampling Locations

1 SW1 Suraram Nala 1.55 E

2 SW2 Waterbody near Rannapalli 5.82 WNW

3 SW3 Brahmam Cheruvu 8.10 NW

4 SW4 Pedda Cheruvu 3.65 NE

5 SW5 Waterbody near Chaudur 8.60 WNW

6 SW6 Waterbody near Chaulpalli 8.95 NNW

7 SW7 Waterbody near Balanagar 4.35 ESE

8 SW8 Waterbody near Rangareddygudem

7.46 SE



FIGURE 3.5: GROUND & SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



3.17 GROUNDWATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No Parameter Method Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 IS 10,500 Limits

Acceptable Permissible

1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.25 7.84 7.60 7.97 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 15

3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 1150.0 1515.0 1480.0 1290.0 500 2000

4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 440.0 310.0 450.0 320.0 200 600

5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 470.0 480.0 375.0 310.0 200 600

6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 110.52 90.02 90.45 80.32 75 200

7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 45.04 42.01 35.04 25.22 30 100

8 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 93.73 94.10 71.57 56.2 200 400

9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 255.9 571.7 479.9 455.9 250 1000

10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation

11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation

12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation

13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5

14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15

15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation

16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 1 1.5

17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2

18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1

19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3

20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation

21 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 4.5 9.2 6.3 4.8 45 No Relaxation

22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 160.2 310.1 310.5 295.0 -- --

23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 < 5.0 11.5 10.6 -- --

24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- --

25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1785.0 2500.0 2320.0 1880.0 -- --

26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.15 0.20 0.34 0.22 -- --



3.17 GROUND WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No Parameter Method Unit GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 IS 10,500 Limits

Acceptable Permissible

1 pH APHA 22nd Edition 4500 H+ B -- 7.09 7.95 7.40 7.64 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

2 Color APHA 22nd Edition 2120 B CU <1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 15

3 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition 2540 C mg/l 1025.0 1300.0 1390.0 1210.0 500 2000

4 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition 2320 B mg/l 470.0 365.0 400.0 355.0 200 600

5 Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

APHA 22nd Edition 2340 C mg/l 440.0 390.0 460.0 300.0 200 600

6 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 125.06 85.22 80.04 86.02 75 200

7 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 30.08 42.03 62.8 20.22 30 100

8 Sulphate (as SO4)

APHA 22nd Edition 4500 SO4 E

mg/l 71.4 62.8 105.1 65.4 200 400

9 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 165.0 435.8 429.9 401.9 250 1000

10 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.01 No Relaxation

11 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.003 No Relaxation

12 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.05 No Relaxation

13 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.05 1.5

14 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 5 15

15 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 0.02 No Relaxation

16 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 1 1.5

17 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Al B mg/l <0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 0.03 0.2

18 Boron as B APHA 22nd Edition 4500 B B mg/l <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 0.5 1

19 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd Edition 3111B mg/l <0.02 <0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 0.1 0.3

20 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 0.3 No Relaxation

21 Nitrate Nitrogen

APHA 22nd Edition 4500 NO3 B

mg/l 5.72 4.6 7.3 5.2 45 No Relaxation

22 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 105.5 280.0 275.2 260.0 -- --

23 Potassium as K APHA 22nd Edition 3500 K B mg/l < 5.0 8.2 9.8 21.8 -- --

24 Odour APHA 22nd Edition 2150 B -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -- --

25 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1650.0 2000.0 2155.0 1800.0 -- --

26 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.20 0.24 0.34 0.31 -- --



3.18 SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No Parameter Method Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

1 pH APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 H+

B -- 7.92 8.14 7.25 7.40

2 Color APHA 22nd

Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0

3 Turbidity APHA 22nd

Edition 2130 B NTU 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

4 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd

Edition 2540 C mg/l 990.5 645.0 1315.0 1070.0

5 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd

Edition 2320 B mg/l 425.0 320.0 210.0 300.0

6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd

Edition 2340 C mg/l 400.0 300.0 260.0 280.0

7 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd

Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 86.17 65.04 78.02 28.06

8 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd

Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 43.74 32.05 14.94 49.82

9 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 35.0 13.71 45.0 40.0

10 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 224.61 115.2 560.9 375.9

11 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

12 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

13 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 <0.05

14 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

15 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5

16 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02

17 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5

18 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd

Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03

19 Boron as B APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 B B mg/l < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2

20 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 <0.02 <0.02

21 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd

Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05

22 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 2.31 1.62 10.9 4.22

23

Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd

Edition 5220 B mg/l 75.0 42.0 60.0 52.0

24 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 18.5 10.3 14.8 13.1

25 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd

Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 147.0 75.5 365.0 243.7

26 Potassium as K APHA 22nd

Edition 3500 K B mg/l 11.7 8.4 12.5 9.2

27 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd

Edition 2540 D mg/l 10.3 10.5 10.7 10.5

28 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 O C mg/l 5.1 4.9 5.0 4.8

29 Oil and grease APHA 22nd

Edition 5520 B mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

30 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd

Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1510.0 975.0 2120.0 1660.0

31 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.14 0.15 0.20 0.18

32 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 52 48 50 58

33 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 7 6 6 8



3.18 SURFACE WATER QUALITY IN THE STUDY AREA

S. No Parameter Method Unit SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

1 pH APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 H+

B -- 7.68 7.55 7.36 7.24

2 Color APHA 22nd

Edition 2120 B CU < 1.0 < 1.0 <1.0 <1.0

3 Turbidity APHA 22nd

Edition 2130 B NTU 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

4 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd

Edition 2540 C mg/l 1120.0 1265.0 1030.0 1225.0

5 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd

Edition 2320 B mg/l 325.0 350.0 445.0 240.0

6 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd

Edition 2340 C mg/l 295.0 430.0 475.0 310.0

7 Calcium (as Ca ) APHA 22nd

Edition 3500 Ca B mg/l 36.07 126.04 150.03 95.04

8 Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd

Edition 3500-Mg B mg/l 49.80 26.02 23.01 16.04

9 Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 SO4 E mg/l 23.50 65.0 55.36 85.00

10 Chloride (as Cl) APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 Cl- B mg/l 380.0 390.9 185.4 445.9

11 Lead as Pb APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

12 Cadmium as Cd APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

13 Total Chromium as Cr APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 <0.05 <0.05

14 Copper as Cu APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01

15 Zinc as Zn APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5

16 Nickel as Ni APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02

17 Fluorides as F APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 F- D mg/l < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5 < 0.5

18 Aluminium as Al APHA 22nd

Edition 3500 Al B mg/l < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03 < 0.03

19 Boron as B APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 B B mg/l < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2 < 0.2

20 Manganese as Mn APHA 22nd

Edition 3111B mg/l < 0.02 < 0.02 <0.02 <0.02

21 Iron as Fe APHA 22nd

Edition 3500 Fe B mg/l < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05 < 0.05

22 Nitrate Nitrogen APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 NO3 B mg/l 14.7 12.8 3.87 9.8

23 Chemical Oxygen Demand APHA 22nd

Edition 5220 B mg/l 65.0 112.0 85.0 50.0

24 BOD(3day’s at 27oC) IS 3025 (Part – 44) 2009 mg/l 16.2 27.5 21.0 12.6

25 Sodium as Na APHA 22nd

Edition 3500 Na B mg/l 252.7 255.0 120.9 290.0

26 Potassium as K APHA 22nd

Edition 3500 K B mg/l 10.5 20.5 24.5 10.10

27 Total Suspended Solids APHA 22nd

Edition 2540 D mg/l 10.2 10.4 10.1 10.8

28 Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 O C mg/l 4.7 5.0 4.9 5.1

29 Oil and grease APHA 22nd

Edition 5520 B mg/l <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0

30 Electrical Conductivity APHA 22nd

Edition 2510 B μmho/cm 1740.0 1950.0 1620.0 1890.0

31 Phosphorus as P APHA 22nd

Edition 4500 P C mg/l 0.11 0.14 0.13 0.11

32 Total Coliform IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 42 59 47 53.0

33 Feacal Coliforms IS 1622 MPN/100 ml 6 8 7 7.0



A. Summary of Groundwater Samples within 10 km Radius

pH of the ground water samples collected was in the range between 7.09 –

7.97. All samples are below acceptable limits. Only drinking water samples

have fixed pH limit which is 6.5 -8.5 as per IS 10500-2012.

The acceptable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500-2012 are 500

mg/l whereas the permissible limits in absence of alternate source are 2000

mg/l, beyond this palatability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal

irritation. Total dissolved solids in the ground water samples were in the range

between 1025 – 1515 mg/l. All samples are above acceptable limits and but

below the permissible limits of 2000 mg/l.

In the ground water samples collected from the study area, the Total hardness

was found to vary between 300 – 480 mg/l. All samples are above acceptable

limits and seven ground water samples for Total hardness are above

acceptable limit but within the permissible limits, while one sample is above

the permissible of 600 mg/l

The acceptable limit for chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the

permissible limit of the same is 1000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion

and palatability are affected. The Chlorides concentration was found to vary

between 165 – 571.7 mg/l. One samples are below acceptable limits while

Seven sample is above acceptable limits but within permissible limits.

Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1

mg/l and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. Fluoride concentration in all samples

are found to be below acceptable limits.

The Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 56.2 – 105.1 mg/l. All

the samples for Sulphates concentration was found are within acceptable

limits of 200 mg/l

Ground water samples collected from eight locations within 10 km radius from the

plant site & analyzed as per standard methods of water and wastewater analysis

(APHA).

The water quality of the study area is found to be above the acceptable limits of

IS10500, for parameters TDS, Total hardness, Total Alkalinity, Calcium, Magnesium.



B. Summary of Surface Water Samples within 10 km Radius:

pH of the water samples collected was in the range between 7.24 – 8.14.

Total dissolved solids in the samples were in the range between 645 – 1315 mg/l.

Total hardness was found to be in the range of 260 – 475 mg/l.

Chlorides concentration was found to vary between 115.2 – 560.9 mg/l.

Fluoride concentration was <0.5 mg/l.

Sulphates concentration was found to vary between 13.71 – 85 mg/l.

3.6. NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise, often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication,

causes annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep thus deteriorating quality

of human environment. Noise levels in the study area have therefore been

measured, at selected points, to provide the baseline data to describe the existing

situation.

Measured noise levels displayed as a function of time provides a useful scheme for

describing the acoustical climate of a community. Noise levels records at each

station with a time interval of about one hour are computed for equivalent noise

levels. Equivalent noise level is a single number descriptor for describing time

varying noise levels.

3.6.1 Noise Monitoring Stations

In order to assess the noise levels in the study area, monitoring was carried out at

eight different locations within 10 km radius of the study area. The noise monitoring

locations are shown in figure 3.5 and distances & directions of monitoring location

mentioned in Table 3.19. Noise levels were recorded and computed for equivalent

noise levels for day-equivalent, night-equivalent & day-night equivalent.

Sound Pressure Levels (SPL) measurements were recorded at eight locations. The

readings were taken for every hour for 24-hrs. The day noise levels have been

monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise levels during 10 pm to 6 am at all

the locations covered in the study area.

The noise recording stations and the summary of the minimum, maximum, day -



equivalent, night - equivalent and day-night equivalent values computed for various

location in the study area is given in Table 3.20.

TABLE 3.19: NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

S No. Code Name of Sampling

Location

Distance (km)

w.r.t Project

Direction w.r.t

Project

1. N1 Project Site - -

2. N2 Macharam 1.55 NNW

3. N3 Gangadharpalli 4.20 NNE

4. N4 Nandaram 2.60 ENE

5. N5 Balanagar 3.90 ESE

6. N6 Nerallapalli 1.39 SSE

7. N7 Vailakunta Tanda 3.25 SW

8 N8 Uduthiala 3.40 WNW



FIGURE 3.5: NOISE SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



TABLE 3.20: AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS WITHIN STUDY AREA

S. No

Name of the

Location

Category of Area/zone

Day Time in Leq dB (A)

CPCB Standard Day Time

Night Time in Leq dB (A)

CPCB Standard

Night time

1. Project Site Industrial 53.4 75dB (A) 42.1 70dB (A)

2. Macharam Residential 47.6 55dB (A) 38.4 45dB (A)

3. Gangadharpalli Residential 48.5 55dB (A) 37.8 45dB (A)

4. Nandaram Residential 48.7 55dB (A) 39.1 45dB (A)

5. Balanagar Commercial 56.5 65dB (A) 49.2 55dB (A)

6. Nerallapalli Residential 49.6 55dB (A) 39.6 45dB (A)

7. Vailakunta Tanda Residential 44.2 55dB (A) 35.5 45dB (A)

8. Uduthiala Residential 46.2 55dB (A) 34.4 45dB (A)

Daytime Noise Levels (Lday)

Industrial Zone: The day time noise level at the Project site was 53.4 dB(A), which

is well below the permissible limits of 75 dB(A).

Commercial Zone: The daytime noise levels in the commercial location was 56.5


dB(A).

Residential Zone: The daytime noise levels in all the residential locations were

observed to be in the range of 44.2 dB (A) – 49.6 dB(A). The noise levels at all the

locations were below the permissible limits of 55 dB(A).

Night time Noise Levels (Lnight)

Industrial Zone: The night time noise level in the Project site was observed be 42.1

dB(A), which is well below the permissible limits of 70 dB (A).

Commercial Zone: The night time noise levels in the commercial location was 49.2


dB(A).

Residential Zone: The nighttime noise levels in all the residential locations were

observed to be in the range of 34.4 dB(A) to 39.6 dB(A). The noise levels were

below the permissible limits of 45 dB(A) in nighttime at all the locations.



3.6.2 TRAFFIC STUDY

Anthropogenic emissions not only contribute to the green house effect but also

participate in the reaction that results in photochemical oxidants. The effect of

photochemical oxidants is well known for forming smog particularly in the urban

areas.Among the anthropogenic sources of pollutants forming the green house

gases, burning of fossil fuels constitute a major source. Highway mobile sources that

contribute significantly to poor quality have been regulated for the past two decades

in countries like India. The absence of regulation in developing countries has caused

a global concern regarding potential environmental damage on a larger scale.

The traffic survey was carried out on the NH-44 (Hyderabad to Bangalore) which is

4.16 km (E) to the Project site. Vehicular traffic counts were performed on either side

of the studied roads to provide background values of traffic density, and correlate

such data to the levels of air pollution along the road. Vehicular traffic on these roads

included heavy vehicle, light vehicle, three wheelers, and two wheelers. The

additional traffic due to the project would also occur in this time duration only. A

summary of the data is presented in Table 3.21.



TABLE 3.21: TRAFFIC STUDY AT NH - 44 HYDERABAD - BANGALORE

S.No Time Two

Wheelers

2 Wheeler @ 0.75 PCU

Three Wheeler

3 Wheeler @ 1.2 PCU

Passenger cars

Passenger cars @ 1

PCU

Heavy vehicles

Heavy Vehicles

@3.7 PCU

Total vehicles

Total vehicles

PCU

1 06-07 am 170 128 25 40 160 160 380 1406 735 1734

2 07-08 am 239 179 36 51 185 185 365 1351 825 1766

3 08-09 am 280 210 53 78 200 200 342 1265 875 1753

4 09-10 am 275 206 60 96 240 240 329 1217 904 1760

5 10-11 am 240 180 73 125 265 265 307 1136 885 1706

6 11-12 pm 242 182 85 139 272 272 288 1066 887 1658

7 12-01 pm 205 154 92 130 251 251 251 929 799 1463

8 01-02 pm 194 146 85 106 220 220 243 899 742 1371

9 02-03 pm 180 135 79 102 180 180 217 803 656 1220

10 03-04 pm 176 132 70 95 221 221 180 666 647 1114

11 04-05 pm 163 122 65 90 232 232 174 644 634 1088

12 05-06 pm 176 132 59 112 290 290 143 529 668 1063

13 06-07 pm 160 120 51 125 304 304 190 703 705 1252

14 07-08 pm 145 109 43 102 320 320 202 747 710 1278

15 08-09pm 125 94 37 96 305 305 230 851 697 1346

16 09-10pm 191 143 30 68 294 294 245 907 760 1412

17 10-11pm 158 119 28 52 258 258 360 1332 804 1761

18 11-12pm 125 94 24 46 229 229 423 1565 801 1934

19 12-01am 113 85 22 35 125 125 360 1332 620 1577

20 01-02am 90 68 20 28 90 90 270 999 470 1185

21 02-03am 82 62 18 19 84 84 230 851 414 1016

22 03-04am 105 79 15 8 70 70 190 703 380 860

23 04-05am 118 89 19 12 95 95 152 562 384 758

24 05-06am 130 98 23 29 110 110 160 592 423 829

The highest peak observed during 11 am to 10 pm (worst Scenario) PCU/hr 1934



Total width of the Road in meters (Arterial Road) 24

Carrying capacity of the road (the road is 4 lane Divided 2 way road) As per IRC:106-1990 (PCU’s per hour) 3600

Existing V/C Ratio 0.54

LOS=Level of Service (Existing)

V/C LOS Performance

0.0-0.2 A Excellent

0.2-0.4 B Very Good

0.4-0.6 C Good

0.6-0.8 D Fair/Average

0.8-1.0 E Poor

1.0 & above F Very Poor

Note: *As per IRC Guidelines 1990

The traffic survey was carried out on the NH-44 (Hyderabad - Bangalore Road) which is 4.16 km (E) to the Project site. The details

of the vehicles movement recorded. From the study it is observed that there is no major impact on traffic due to the proposed

project.



3.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The present study on soil quality establishes the baseline characteristics in the study

area surrounding the project site. The study has been addressed with the following

objectives.

To determine the base line characteristics

To determine the soil characteristics of plant site and surrounding areas with

in 10 km radius.

To determine the impact of industrialization/urbanization on soil

characteristics.

To determine the impacts on soils from agricultural productivity point of view.

The soil samples were collected during study period. Sampling Locations are

detailed in Table 3.22. and Figure 3.6. The analysis results are given in Table 3.23.

Details of Standard Soil Classification are given in table 3.24.

The homogenized soil samples collected at different locations were packed in a

polyethylene plastic bag and sealed. The sealed samples were sent to laboratory for

analysis. The important physical, chemical parameter concentrations were

determined from all samples.

TABLE 3.22: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS

S. No. Code Name of Sampling



1 S1 Project Site - -

2 S2 Medigadda Tanda 2.17 NNE

3 S3 Nandaram 2.60 ENE

4 S4 Gundedu 2.16 ESE

5 S5 Chintakunta Tanda 3.35 SSE

6 S6 Palugalagadda 1.72 SW

7 S7 Rannapalli 5.20 WNW

8 S8 Suraram 3.23 NW



FIGURE 3.6: SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS MAP



TABLE 3.23: SOIL SAMPLING ANALYSIS RESULTS

S.No Parameters Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 PH -- 7.78 7.78 7.50 6.87 7.07 7.7 7.78 8.05

2 Electrical Conductivity µ mhos 82.3 67.8 83.2 46.1 40.3 84.7 82.3 71.7

3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.13 1.32 1.18 1.14 1.22 1.34 1.13 1.24

4 Moisture Content % 10.55 16.63 16.0 13.57 15.49 15.94 10.55 5.12

5 Nitrates as N mg/ kg 1.24 1.52 1.34 1.32 1.16 1.22 1.24 1.11

6 Phosphorous as

P2O5 mg/ kg 1.48 1.14 1.16 1.20 1.18 1.03 1.48 1.01

7 Potassium as K2O mg/ kg 3.34 13.47 11.65 13.52 9.05 11.59 3.34 14.84

8 Sodium as Na2O mg/ kg 17.38 4.39 22.3 6.26 10.66 7.84 17.78 7.15

9 Calcium as Ca mg/ kg 400 380 360 420 480 320 290 340

10 Magnesium as Mg mg/ kg 133.6 109.35 97.2 109.35 133.65 97.2 85.05 97.2

11

Type of Soil -- Silt

Loam Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Silt Loam Silt

Loam Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Silt Loam

a) Sand (%) -- 36 39 39 35 34 39 39 35

b) Silt (%) -- 49 46 49 53 52 48 50 53

c) Clay (%) -- 15 15 12 12 14 13 11 12

12 Copper as Cu mg/ kg 9.24 3.46 6.31 8.45 10.19 7.11 6.24 3.41

13 Chromium as Cr mg/ kg 35.85 30.12 34.82 48.15 31.73 41.46 39.85 33.14

14 Cadmium as Cd mg/ kg <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5

15 Zinc as Zn mg/ kg 56.42 58.23 53.25 57.26 59.85 62.21 56.42 54.96

16 Lead as Pb mg/ kg 21.16 20.82 32.43 18.26 16.72 13.8 21.16 57.0

17 Nickel as Ni mg/ kg 41.52 40.34 39.85 42.56 41.43 56.0 41.52 44.7

18 Sulphates as So4 mg/ kg 43.16 35.15 28.16 25.34 41.26 28.73 43.16 31.21

19 Total Organic Carbon % 0.78 0.69 0.79 0.81 0.72 0.75 0.78 0.64

20 Iron mg/kg 9.2 5.3 6.4 8.4 7.3 7.9 6.8 8.4



Physicochemical characteristics of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the

buffer zone and one from the project site reveals that all basically Silt loams. It is due

to the fact that the upper soil layers are formed by the deposition of fine sand and silt

carried down by the storm waters from the surrounding areas. They are moderately

productive and they are not prone to water logging.

It has been observed that the pH of the soil quality ranged from 6.87 to 8.05.

Percentage of total Organic Carbon is observed in between 0.64 to 0.81

indicating that On an avg. sufficient in nature.

Table 3.24 :STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION

S.No Soil Test Classification

1 pH

<4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic

5.51-6.00 Moderately acidic

6.01-6.50 Slightly acidic

6.51-7.30 Neutral

7.31-7.80 Slightly alkaline

7.81-8.50 Moderately alkaline

8.51-9.00 Strongly alkaline

>9.00 Very strongly alkaline

2 Salinity Electrical Conductivity

(μS/cm) (1ppm = 640 μS/cm)

Upto 1.00 Average

1.01 - 2.00 harmful to germination

2.01 - 3.00 Harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%)

Upto 0.20: Very less

0.21- 0.40: Less

0.41- 0.50: Medium,

0.51- 0.80: On an avg. sufficient

0.81 - 1.00: Sufficient

>1.00 : More than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (kg/ha)

Upto 50 Very less

51-100 Less

101-150 Good

151-300 Better

>300 Sufficient

5 Phosphorus (kg/ha)

Upto 15 Very less

16-30 Less

31-50 Medium,

51-65 On an avg. sufficient

66-80 Sufficient

>80 More than sufficient



S.No Soil Test Classification

6 Potash (kg/ha)

0 -120 Very less

120-180 Less

181-240 Medium

241-300 Average

301-360 Better

>360 More than sufficient

Source: Hand book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi

3.8 LAND USE

Land Use (LU) refers to man’s activities and various uses, which are carried on land.

Land Cover (LC) refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock / soil, artificial cover

and others resulting due to land transformation. Although land use is generally

inferred based on the cover, yet both the terms land use and land cover are closely

related and interchangeable.

Information on the rate and kind of change in the use of land resources is essential

to the proper planning, management and regulation of the use of such resources.

Knowledge about the existing land use and trends of change is essential if the nation

is to tackle the problems associated with the haphazard and uncontrolled growth. A

systematic framework is needed for updating the land use and land cover maps that

will be timely, relatively inexpensive and appropriate for different needs at both

national and state levels. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing offers

an efficient and timely approach to the mapping and collection of basic land use and

land cover data over large area. The satellite imageries are potentially more

amenable to digital processing because the remote sensor output can be obtained in

digital format. Land use data are needed in the analysis of environmental processes

and problems that must be understood if living conditions and standards are to be

improved from or maintained at current levels.

It is required to carry out the land use / land cover study for the project study area

(10 km radius) to obtain the necessary environmental clearances from statutory

authorities. The objective of the study is to carryout land use / land cover study for

the proposed project. The LU / LC study is carried out using the Satellite Imageries

(IRS RS2 LISS III Rabi and Khariff) in addition to Survey of India toposheets.

Appropriate guidelines are followed while preparing the LU / LC map for the project

study area.



Objective

The objective of the assignment is to carry out Land use / Land cover study for Felix

Ventures LLP, Sy. No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94, Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandal,

Mahabubnagar District, Telangana State.

3.8.1 DATA USED

The data is used for the preparation of different maps for the study natural

resources. The data is used by using the application of Remote Sensing and GIS

technologies.

TABLE 3.25: SHOWING THE DETAILS OF SOURCES & THE MAPS PREPARED

S No. Source Maps Prepared

1 Survey of India’s topographic maps and satellite imageries

Drainage map

2 Satellite imageries Land use / Land cover

TABLE 3.26: SHOWING THE TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS

Sl. No. Topographic Map

No. Scale Year of Survey Year of Publication

1. 56 K/4 1: 50,000 2010 2011

2. 56 L/1 1: 50,000 2010 2011

Source:Survey of India’s Topographic Maps

TABLE 3.27:SATELLITE DATA OF NATIONAL REMOTE SENSING CENTRE

S.No. Season Sensor path/row Satellite/Sensor Date of Pass

1. Khariff 99-61-B IRS RS2 LISS IV FX 10-October-2016

3.8.2 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP

Land use / land cover map is prepared by visual interpretation of high-resolution

satellite data with the help of Survey of India Topographic maps on 1:50,000 scale.

Two seasons’ data (Khariff year 2016) is used for the delineation of different units.

The units are confirmed by the ground truth/field visits.

Level-II classification of National (Natural) Resources Information System (NRIS)

has been followed for the delineation of units.

Land use/ Land cover map of the study area is integrated with village map and

analyzed with the help of GIS to get the village wise findings of the present land use

of the study area, which is given elaborately in the following tables:



Land use refers to man’s activities and various uses, which are carried on land. Land

cover refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock/soil, artificial cover and others

resulting due to land transformation. Although land use is generally inferred based

on the cover, yet both the terms land use and land cover are closely related and

interchangeable. Information on the rate and kind of change in the use of land

resources is essential to the proper planning, management and regulation of the use

of such resources.

Knowledge about the existing land use and trends of change is essential if the nation

is to tackle the problems associated with the haphazard and uncontrolled growth. A

systematic framework is needed for updating the land use and land cover maps that

will be timely, relatively inexpensive and appropriate for different needs at national

and state level. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing offers an

efficient and timely approach to the mapping and collection of basic land use and

land cover data over large area. The satellite imageries are potentially more

amenable to digital processing because the remote sensor output can be obtained in

digital format. Land use data are needed in the analysis of environmental processes

and problems that must be understood if living conditions and standards are to be

improved or maintained at current levels.

3.8.2.1 Basic Concepts of Land Use

Clawson has given nine major ideas or concepts about land, these are:

Location or the relation of a specific parcel of land to the poles, the equator,

and the major oceans and landmasses. There is also relationship between

various tracts of land, as well as a political location.

Activity on the land, for what purpose this piece of land or tract is used.

Natural qualities of land, including its surface and subsurface characteristics

and its vegetative cover.

Improvements to and on the land. This is closely related to the activity.

Intensity of land use or amount of activity per unit area.

Land tenure, i.e. who owns the land, which uses it.

Land prices, land market activity and credit as applied to land.

Interrelations between activities on the land and other economic and social

activities.



Interrelations in the use between different tracts of land.

3.8.2.2 Methodology for land use / land cover mapping

The land use / land cover map is prepared by adopting the interpretation techniques

of the image in conjunction with collateral data such as Survey of India topographical

maps and census records. Image classification can be done by using visual

interpretation techniques and digital classification using any of the image processing

software. For the present study, ERDAS 9.1 version software is used for

preprocessing, rectification, enhancements and classifying the satellite data for

preparation of land use land cover map for assessing and monitoring the temporal

changes in land use land cover and land developmental activities.

The imagery is interpreted and ground checked for corrections. The final map is

prepared after field check. Flow chart showing the methodology adopted is given in

the different land use / land cover categories in the study area has been carried out

based on the NRSC land use / land cover classification system.

For analysis and interpretation, and preparation of LU / LC map, two types of data

are needed:

1. Basic data 2. Ground data

1. Basic data includes:

Fused data of LISS IV

Toposheets on 1 : 50,000

Local knowledge

Area map on any scale to transfer details

Reports and other literature of the study area

2. Ground data: Ground data is very much essential to verify and to increase the

accuracy of the interpreted classes and also to minimize the field work.

Data analysis: For analysis and interpretation of satellite data, the study can be

divided into three parts:

Preliminary work

Field work

Post field work



A. Preliminary work includes:

to see the limitation of satellite data

to lay down the criteria for land use classification to be adopted

to fix the size of mapping units, which depends upon the scale

interpretation of different land use/land cover classes

demarcation of doubtful areas

preparation of field land use/land cover map

B. Field work:

Type of ground data to be collected

Selection of sample area for final classification

Checking of doubtful areas

Change in land use/ land cover due to wrong identification, fresh

development, nomenclature.

General verification

C. Post field work:

Reinterpretation or analysis or correction of doubtful areas

Transfer of details on base map

Marginal information

Preparation of final land use/land cover map

A map showing Satelite Imagery Showing in Figure 3.8. A map depicting major land

use/ land cover classes comprising lands under agriculture, fallow land,

open/degraded vegetation; lands falling under water bodies, scrub and lands under

inhabitations is presented at Figure 3.9 and Flow chart for LU/LC mapping

methodology is presented at Flow chart 3.1.

The land use classification within a distance of ten kilometers from the project

location and the areas falling under the respective classifications are presented in

Table 3.28:



FLOW CHART 3.1 : LU/LC MAPPING METHODOLOGY

Basic data

Data source

IRS LISS IV FMX

Khariff

season

Rabi

season

Preparation of base maps

Interpretation and mapping of

land use /land cover categories

Ground verification of doubtful areas and modification of thematic details

Transfer of Khariff and Rabi season

land use/land cover details on to a single base map.

Area estimation of each

land use/land cover class.

Final land use/land cover

map with symbols and

colours

Development of

interpretation keys based

on image characteristics.

Validation and final

interpretation key

Secondary data



TABLE 3.28 : LAND USE / LAND COVER STATISTICS OF THE STUDY AREA

FIGURE 3.7 PIE DIAGRAM SHOWING LAND USE THE IN STUDY AREA

S. No. LANDUSE AREA (Sq. km) %

1.

BUILT UP LAND A. Settlements / Fort/NRSC B. Industrial area

16.328 5.966

5.2 1.9

2.

WATERBODIES A. Tank / River etc.

16.328

5.2

3.

CROP LAND A. Single crop B. Double crop C. Plantations

194.994 16.642 10.676

62.1 5.3 3.4

4.

WASTELANDS A. Land with scrub B. Land without scrub C. Sheet rock area D. Stony waste area E. Mining area F. Land for Plotting

15.072 10.048 12.246 6.594 3.454 5.652

4.8 3.2 3.9 2.1 1.1 1.8

TOTAL 314 100



FIGURE 3.8: SATELLITE IMAGE OF THE STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.9: LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF THE STUDY AREA



3.9 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Ecological studies are one of the important aspects of Environmental Impact

Assessment with a view to conserve environmental quality and biodiversity.

Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic

components including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components

comprise of both plant and animal communities, which interact not only within and

between themselves but also with the biotic components viz. physical and chemical

components of the environment.

Generally, biological communities are good indicators of climatic and edaphic

factors. Studies on biological aspects of ecosystems are important in Environmental

Impact Assessment for safety of natural flora and fauna. The biological environment

includes terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems.

Objectives of Ecological Studies

The present study was undertaken with the following objectives to assess both

terrestrial and aquatic habitats of the study area

To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the existing project

site.

To assess the flora & fauna in the study area;

To ascertain the migratory routes of fauna, presence of breeding grounds and

sensitive habitats in the study area, if any;

To assess the presence of protected areas in the study area;

To review the information from secondary sources and discuss the issues of

concern with the relevant authority and stakeholders;

Impact prediction based on primary and secondary data sources to formulate

mitigation measures.

3.9.1 Detailed Description of Flora and Fauna

The 5.7 Acre area identified for the proposed Felix Ventures LLP is referred to

hereafter as the core area. It is an old-field or fallow land. It is located in Sy. No’s

Parts of 79, 80 & 94 of Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandal, Mahaboobnagar District,

Telangana State. It is an agriculture land. It is currently a fallow land without any

perennial vegetation. Extensive and luxurious growth of weeds indicates that the

soils are productive but not suitable for trees as the soils are not deep and as there



is sheet rocks very close to the soil surface. The entire land is badly infested with

weeds especially American mint (Hyptis suaveolens, Celosia cristata, Spermacoce

hispida, Lepidagathis cristata and Leonotis nepetifolia along with many common

weeds that are associated with dry cultivation.The weeds have so overgrown that

they would have totally engulfed the crop plants. There are also a few graminoids

(Grasses + Sedges) and forbs within the cropland. But there are no trees within the

site. The land was under dry (rainfed) cultivation of Jowar and Cotton. Currently the

land is extensively and profusely colonized by weeds, especially, American mint

(Hyptis suaveolens, Celosia cristata, Spermacoce hispida, Lepidagathis cristata and

Leonotis nepetifolia along with many common weeds that are associated with dry

cultivation.

Extensive growth of Hyptis suaveolens on the left side and Leonotis nepetifolia and

Celosia argentea on the right.

A small workshop in the neighbor’s land on the left and a part of the core area with

exposed rocks on the right.



A view of the site from the entrance showing the boundary (left)and trees in the

background but outside the core area and a part of the core area extensively

colonized by Spermacoce hispida and Celosia argentea.

A list of plants found in the core area is given in Table 3.29.

TABLE 3.29: LIST OF PLANTS FOUND IN THE CORE AREA

S.No Botanical Name Common or Local Name Family

1. Acalypha indica Muripindi Euphorbiaceae

2. Achyranthes aspera Uttareni Amaranthaceae

3. Ageratum conyzoides Goat weed Asteraceae

4. Alloteropsis cimicina Bug seed grass Poaceae

5. Alysicarpus monilifer Necklace pod Fabaceae

6. Amaranthus spinosus Mulla totakura Amaranthaceae

7. Amaranthus viridis Slender Amaranth Amaranthaceae

8. Andrographis echioides

False Water Willow Acanthaceae

9. Boerhaavia diffusa Hog weed Nyctaginaceae

10. Bulbostylis barbata Tunga Cyperaceae

11. Celosia cristata Cock’s comb Amaranthaceae

12. Cenchrus ciliaris Bufffel grass Poaceae

13. Chloris barbata Finger grass Poaceae

14. Chrysopogon fulvus Guria grass Poaceae

15. Commelina benghalensis

Bengal day flower Commelinaceae

16. Conyza stricta Horse weed Tiliaceae

17. Corchorus aestuans Nela bera Tiliaceae

18. Croton bonplandianum Ban Tulsi Euphorbiaceae

19. Cymbopogon caesius Kachi grass Poaceae

20. Cynodon dactylon Turf grass Poaceae

21. Cyperus rotundus Nut grass Cyperaceae

22. Decalepis hamiltonii Maaredu Periplocaceae




23. Desmodium triflorum Muntamandu Fabaceae

24. Dichanthium annulatum

Marvel grass Poaceae

25. Dichanthium caricosum Nadi blue grass Poaceae

26. Digera arvensis Chenchelaaku Amaranthaceae

27. Dinebra retroflexa Viper grass Poaceae

28. Echinochloa colona Jungle rice Poaceae

29. Eclipta alba Guntagalagara Asteraceae

30. Eragrostis tenella Love grass Poaceae

31. Euphorbia hirta Nanapaala Euphorbiaceae

32. Euphorbia thymifolia Reddivaari nanapalu Euphorbiaceae

33. Evolvulus alsinoides Vishnu Kranti Convolvulaceae

34. Gomphrena globosa Globe amaranth Amaranthaceae

35. Hemidemus indicus Indian Sarsaparilla Periplocaceae

36. Heteropogon contortus Spear grass Poaceae

37. Hyptis suaveolens Bush mint Lamiaceae

38. Iseilema laxum Musal grass Poaceae

39. Iseilema prostratum Grass Poaceae

40. Justicia procumbens Kokilakshi Acanthaceae

41. Justicia prostrata Neelambram Acanthaceae

42. Leonotis nepetifolia Hanumantabira Lamiaceae

43. Lepidagathis cristata Crested lepidagathis Acanthaceae

44. Leucas aspera Tummi Lamiaceae

45. Merremia emarginata Yelukajuvvi Convolvulaceae

46. Mimosa pudica Touch-me-not Mimosaceae

47. Mollugo nudicaulis Chetalasi Aizoaceae

48. Mollugo pentaphylla Chetarasi Aizoaceae

49. Oldenlandia corymbosa

Vennelavemu Rubiaceae

50. Oldenlandia herbacea Chirveru Rubiaceae

51. Oldenlandia umbellata Vennelavemu Rubiaceae

52. Panicum repens Torpedo grass Poaceae

53. Panicum typheron Panicum grass Poaceae

54. Parthenium hysterophorus

Carrot grass Asteraceae

55. Phyllanthus amarus Nela vemu Euphorbiaceae

56. Phyllanthus simplex Yerra usirika Euphorbiaceae

57. Phyllanthus maderaspatensis

Madaras Nelli Euphorbiaceae

58. Physalis minima Kupanti Solanaceae

59. Polycarpaea corymbosa

Bommasari Caryophyllaceae

60. Portulaca oleracea Purselane Portulacaceae

61. Prosopis juliflora Mesquite Mimosaceae

62. Rhynchosia minima Gaddi chikkudu Fabaceae

63. Ruellia tuberosa Iron root Acanthaceae

64. Solanum xanthocarpum

Kasaka Solanaceae

65. Spermacoce hispida Mandana Rubiaceae

66. Sphaeranthus indicus Boddatarapu Asteraceae




67. Tephrosia procumbens Vempali Fabaceae

68. Trainthema portulacastrum

Atikamaamidi Ficoidaceae

69. Tribulus terrestris Palleru Zygophyllacaeae

70. Trichodesma indicum Guvvagutti Boraginaceae

71. Tridax procumbens Gaddichemanti Asteraceae

72. Wattakaka volubilis Asclepiadaceae Green Milk Weed

73. Ziziphus nummularia Regu Rhamnacaeae

3.9.2 Vegetation and Flora of the Buffer zone:

Land use and land cover of the buffer zone reveals the absence of reserve forests

and ecologically sensitive areas such as Biosphere reserves, National Parks, Wildlife

Sanctuaries, Wetlands or other protected areas such as the important bird areas

(IBAs) within a distance of 10 Km from the core area. The core area is surrounded

by croplands, wastelands, Industries and village tanks on all sides. There are no

rivers except Suraram Nala at a distance of 1.42 Km from the core area. There are

village tanks but no major reservoirs. The natural and wild vegetation is confined to

wastelands. Rest of the area is represented by seasonal crops, plantations,

cultivated trees, avenue plants and weeds. Structurally important species present in

the buffer zone include Acaicaplanifrons, Prosopis juliflora,Albiza lebbeck,

Azadirachta indica, Borassus flabellifer, Butea monosperma, Carissa spinarum,

Dendrocalamus strictus, Cassia fistula, Diospyros chloroxyplon, Dolichondrone

crispa, Maytenus emerginatus, Holoptelia integrifolia, Tectona grandis, Ziziphus

oenoplea, Ziziphus xylopya, Lantana camara, Vitex negundo, Annona squamosa,

Phyllanthus reticulatus, Canthium dicoccum, Dodonaea viscosa, Calotropis procera

and a few climbers such asRhynchosia minima, Atylosia scarabaeoides, Ipomoea

palmata, Wattakaka volubilis, Hemidesmus indicusand Pergularia daemia. Within the

study area, species of both palatable and non-palatableweeds representedby Hyptis

suaveolens, Parthenium hysterophorus, Celosia argentia, Sida acuta, Cassia

occidentalis, Cassia tora,Cleome viscosa, Heliotropium indicum, Croton

bonplandianum, Amaranthus spinosus and Cassia occidentalis. Cymbopogon

coloratus, Heteropogon contortus, Erempogon foeveolatus, Dicanthium annulatus,

Digera arvensis, Chloris barbata, Dactyloctenium aegyptium, Iseilema laxum,

Andrographis echinoids etc were common in association with trees and shrubs.

Forest grasses of Heteropogon contortus, Cymbopogon coloratus, Cymbopogon

caesius, Aristida setacea, Aristida funiculatus, Chrysopogon fulvus,Chrysopogon



verticillatus, Polycarpaea aurea, Polycarpaea 208lobose208208, Indigofera

astragalina, Indigoferaglabra, Cassia absus, Digitaria stricta, Dinebra retroflexus,

Perotis indica etc were predominant in all wastelands and grazing lands. Fruit

and avenue trees are represented by Tamarindus indica, Mangifera indica,

Azadirachta indica, Peltophorum pterocarpum, Cassia siamea, Albizia lebbeck, Ficus

religiosa, Ficus benghalensis, Acacia nilotica, Azadirachta indica, Syzygium cumini,

Tamarindus indica, Pongamia pinnata, Millingtonia hortensis, Parkinsonia

208lobose208, Pithecellobium dulces, Dalbergia sissoo, Ailanthus 208lobos,

Ziziphus numularia are very common.

TABLE 3.30 LIST OF TREES, SHRUBS AND PERENNIAL CLIMBERS FOUND IN

THE BUFFER ZONE

S.No Scientific name Common or Local name Family

1. Abrus precatorius Gurivinda Fabaceae

2. Acacia ferruginea Pandra Khair Mimosaceae

3. Acacia auriculiformis Australian Wattle Mimosaceae

4. Acacia caesia Korintha Mimosaceae

5. Acacia catechu Khair / Nalla sandra Mimosaceae

6. Acacia farnesiana Muriki thumma Mimosaceae

7. Acacia leucophloea Tella tumma Mimosaceae

8. Acacia nilotica Nalla tumma Mimosaceae

9. Acacia planifrons Godugu Thumma Mimosaceae

10. Acaia holosericea Holosericea Mimosaceae

11. Achrus sapota Sapota Sapotaceae

12. Aegle marmelos Maredu Rutaceae

13. Ailanthus excelsa Peddamaanu Simaroubaceae

14. Alangium salvifolium Ooduga Alangiaceae

15. Albizia lebbek Dirisanam Mimosaceae

16. Alhagi camelorum Camel thorn Fabaceae

17. Annona squamosa Custard apple Annonaceae

18. Asperagus racemosa Satavari Liliaceae

19. Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae

20. Azima tetracantha Tella Uppili Salvadoraceae

21. Bauhinia racemosa Aare chettu Caesalpiniaceae

22. Benkara malabarica Pedda manga Rubiaceae

23. Bombax malabariucm Silk cotton Bombacaceae

24. Borassus flabellifer Taati / Taadi Arecaceae

25. Breynia retusa Chinna purugudu Euphorbiaceae

26. Breynia vitis-ideae Nalla purugudu Euphorbiaceae

27. Butea monosperma Modugu Fabaceae

28. Callistemon citrinus Indian bottle brush tree Myrtaceae

29. Calotropis gigantea Tella Jilledu Asclepiadaceae

30. Calotropis procera Jilledu Asclepiadaceae

31. Canthium dicoccum Nalla balusu Rubiaceae

32. Canthium parviflorum Balusu Rubiaceae




33. Carissa spinarum Kalivi / Vaaka Apocynaceae

34. Cascabela thevetia Patcha ganneru Apocynaceae

35. Cassia auriculata Tangedu Caesalpiniaceae

36. Cassia fistula Rela Caesalpiniaceae

37. Catunaregam spinosa Manga / Chinna manga Rubiaceae

38. Cissus vitiginea Adavi Gummadi Vitaceae

39. Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae

40. Codiaeum varieigatum Croton Euphorbiaceae

41. Cordia dichotoma Bankiriki Cordiaceae

42. Cosmostigma racemosum Adavitamalapaaku Apocynaceae

43. Crataeva religiosa Urimidi Capparidaceae

44. Cryptostegia grandiflora Rubber vine Asclepiadaceae

45. Dalbergia sisso Sisso or Seesum Caesalpiniaceae

46. Decalepis hahiltonii Maredu kommulu Periplocaceae

47. Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo / Veduru Poaceae

48. Desmodium pulchellum Deyyapu mokka Fabaceae

49. Dichrostachys cinerea Sara Thumma Mimosaceae

50. Diospyros chloroxylon Ulinda Ebenaceae

51. Diospyros melanoxylon Tunki Fabaceae

52. Dodonaea viscosa Bandedu Sapindaceae

53. Erythroxylon monogynum Dedaraaku Erythroxylaceae

54. Eucalyptus teretocronis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae

55. Eucalyptus hybrid Eucalyptus / Nilagiri Myrtaceae

56. Euphorbia caducifolia Brahma jemudu Euphorbiaceae

57. Ficus benghalensis Marri Moraceae

58. Ficus racemosa Medi Moraceae

59. Ficus religiosa Raavi Moraceae

60. Grevellia robusta Silver oak Proteaceae

61. Grewia flavescens Jaana Tiliaceae

62. Grewia villosa Bantha Tiliaceae

63. Hemidemus indicus Sugandhapala Periplocaceae

64. Heterophragma roxburghii Bondudgu Bignoniaceae

65. Holoptelia integrifolia Nemali naara Ulmaceae

66. Ipomoea carnea Rubber mokka Convolvulaceae

67. Jatropha glandulifera Wild Castor Euphorbiaceae

68. Kigelia africana Yenugu Paadam Bignoniaceae

69. Lagerstroemia parviflora Chennangi Lythraceae

70. Lantana indica Makkadambu Verbenaceae

71. Leptadenia reticulata Mukkupala Teega Asclepiadaceae

72. Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Mimosaceae

73. Limonia acidissima Velaga Rutaceae

74. Mangifera indica Mamidi Anacardiaceae

75. Maytenus emerginata Danti Celastraceae

76. Millingtonia hortensis Aakaasa malle Bignoniaceae

77. Mimosa polyancistra Thumma Mimosaceae

78. Mimosa rubicaulis Pariki kampa Mimosaceae

79. Mimosops elengi Pogada Sapotaceae

80. Morinda pubescens Togaru Rubiaceae

81. Moringa olivaefera Munaga Moringaceae




82. Muntingia calabura Wild cherry Elaeocarpaceae

83. Oroxylum indicum Dundilam Bignoniaceae

84. Parkinsonia aculeata Jeeluga Widespread

85. Peltophorum pterocarpum Konda chinta Caesalpiniaceae

86. Pergularia daemia Dustapa teega Asclepiadaceae

87. Phoenix sylvestris Eetha Arecaceae

88. Phyllanthus emblica Usiri Euphorbiaceae

89. Phyllanthus reticulatus Pulasari / Puliseru Euphorbiaceae

90. Pithecellobium dulce Seema chinta Mimosaceae

91. Plumeria acutifolia Temple tree Apocynaceae

92. Plumeria alba Tella devaganneru Apocynaceae

93. Plumeria rubra Erra devaganneru Apocynaceae

94. Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae

95. Polyalthia pendula Asoka Annonaceae

96. Pongamia pinnata Ganuga Fabaceae

97. Prosopis juliflora English tumma Mimosaceae

98. Prosopis spicigera Jammi chettu Mimosaceae

99. Quisqualis indica Rangoon creeper Combretaceae

100. Saccopetalum tomentosum Chilka dudi Annonaceae

101. Samanea saman Nidrabhangi Mimosaceae

102. Sapindus emarginatus Kunkundu Sapindaceae

103. Spathodea companulata Flame of the forest Bignoniaceae

104. Sterculia foetida Adavi badam Sterculiaceae

105. Syzigium cumini Neradu Myrtaceae

106. Tabermantana coronaria Nandivardhanam Apocynaceae

107. Tamarindus indica Chinta Caesalpiniaceae

108. Tecoma stanns Patcha turai Bignoniaceae

109. Tectona grandis Teak / Teku Verbenaceae

110. Terenna asiatica Kommi Rubiaceae

111. Terminalia arjuna Tella maddi Combretaceae

112. Terminalia bellerica Taani / Taandra Combretaceae

113. Terminalia catappa Baadam Combretaceae

114. Terminalia tomentosa Nalla maddi Combretaceae

115. Thespecia populnea Ganga Raavi Malvaceae

116. Thevetia nerifolia Yellow oleander Apocynaceae

117. Tylophora indica Kukkapala teega Asclepiadaceae

118. Vitex negundo Vaavili / Nirgundi Verbenaceae

119. Wattakaka volubilis Tummudu teega Asclepiadaceae

120. Wrightia tinctoria Pala –kordusha Apocynaceae

121. Ziziphus numularia Nela regu Rhamnaceae

122. Ziziphus rugosus Regu Rhamnaceae

123. Ziziphus xylopyra Goti or gotti Rhamnaceae



TABLE 3.31: LIST OF GRASSES, HERBS AND HERBACEOUS SPECIES FOUND

THE BUFFER ZONE.

S.No Scientific name Family

1. Abutilon crispum Malvaceae

2. Abutilon indicum Malvaceae

3. Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae

4. Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae

5. Adhatoda vasica Acanthaceae

6. Aerva lanata Amaranthaceae

7. Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae

8. Ageratum conyzoides Asteraceae

9. Alloteropsis cimicina Poaceae

10. Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae

11. Andropogon jwarancusa Poaceae

12. Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae

13. Aristida depressa Poaceae

14. Aristida hystrix Poaceae

15. Aristida setacea Poaceae

16. Aristolochia bracteata Aristolochiaceae

17. Boerhaavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae

18. Bothriochloa pertusa Poaceae

19. Brachiaria cruciformis Poaceae

20. Brachiaria distachya Poaceae

21. Brachiaria mutica Poaceae

22. Brachiaria reptens Poaceae

23. Bulbostylis barbata Cyperaceae

24. Cassytha filiformis Lauraceae

25. Cenchrus ciliaris Poaceae

26. Chloris barbata Poaceae

27. Chrysopogon fulvus Poaceae

28. Cissus quadrangularis Ampelidaceae

29. Citrullus vulgaris Cucurbitaceae

30. Cleome aspera Capparidaceae

31. Cleome gynandra Capparidaceae

32. Conyza stricta Asteraceae

33. Crinum asiaticum Amaryllidaceae

34. Crotalaria verrucosa Fabaceae

35. Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae

36. Cymbopogon coloratus Poaceae

37. Cymbopogon caesius Poaceae

38. Cynodon dactylon Poaceae

39. Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae

40. Datura metel Solanaceae

41. Desmodium gangeticum Fabaceae

42. Desmodium triflorum Fabaceae

43. Dichanthium annulatum Poaceae

44. Dichanthium caricosum Poaceae

45. Eremopogon faveolatus Poaceae

46. Evolvulus alsinoides Convolvulaceae



S.No Scientific name Family

47. Evolvulus nummularis Convolvulaceae

48. Heteropogon contortus Poaceae

49. Hyptis suaveolens Lamiaceae

50. Indigofera enneaphylla Fabaceae

51. Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae

52. Neptunia triquetra Mimosaceae

53. Oldenlandia umbellata Rubiaceae

54. Parthenium hysterophorus Asteraceae

55. Polycarpaea corymbosa Caryophyllaceae

56. Ruellia tuberosa Acanthaceae

57. Rungia repens Acanthaceae

58. Scilla indica Liliaceae

59. Sida acuta Malvaceae

60. Sida cordifolia Malvaceae

61. Tragia involucrata Euphorbiaceae

62. Trainthema portulacastrum Ficoidaceae

63. Tridax procumbens Asteraceae

64. Urginea congesta Liliaceae

65. Urginea coromandeliana Liliaceae

66. Waltheria indica Sterculiaceae

67. Withania somnifera Solanaceae

3.9.3.Terrestrial fauna of the Core area and the Buffer zone:

As the animals, especially vertebrates and the winged invertebrates move from place

to place in search of food, shelter, mate or other biological needs, separate lists for

core and buffer areas are not feasible. There are no reserved forests in the buffer

zone but there are small and isolated patches of open scrubs similar to Savanna

type of vegetation. The buffer zone is subjected to anthropogenic disturbances and

biotic pressures of grazing. As such there are no chances of occurrence of any rare

or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species within the core or buffer

area. There are no Sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserve or Biosphere

Reserve or Elephant Corridor or other protected areas within 10 Km of radius from

core area. It is evident from the available records, reports and circumstantial

evidence that the entire study area including the core and buffer areas were free

from any endangered animals. Among the Mammals, only Squirrels, Mongoose,

Rats, Bandicoots and Rabbits were seen noticed during the survey. Monkeys were

also rare. Among the reptiles, Lizards, Garden lizards were common. Rat snake

was seen during the survey. Other reptiles were very rare. The amphibians were

also rare. A list of Mammals, Reptiles and Amphibians either found or reported from

the area is given in Table 3.32. A list of birds is given in Table 3.33. There were no



resident birds other than Crows, Parrots, Doves, and Weaver birds, Swifts, Quails

and Mynas. It is apparent from the list that none of the species with the sole

exception of Peacock either spotted or reported is included in Schedule I of the

Wildlife Protection Act. Peacocks are fairly common in these areas. They do not

come under the threatened category of the IUCN. Further it is easy to multiply

Peacocks and they can be easily domesticated if permitted.

TABLE 3.32: LIST OF VERTEBRATES OTHER THAN BIRDS FOUND IN AND

AROUND THE PROJECT SITE.

S.No Scientific name Common name WPA

Schedule

MAMMALS

1. Bandicota bengalensis Lesser bandicoot Rat IV

2. Bandicota indica Greater Bandicoot Rat IV

3. Cynopterus sphinx Short nosed fruit bat IV

4. Funambulus palmarum Three striped Squirrel IV

5. Macaca mulatta Rhesus Monkey II

6. Rattus rattus Brown Rat IV

REPTILES

7. Ahaetulla nasuta Pasirika Paamu / Green vine snake

II

8. Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian Krait II

9. Calotes versicolor Garden lizard IV

10. Dendrelaphis tristis Common Bronze back II

11. Echis carinatus Indian saw-scaled viper / little Indian viper

II

12. Eryx johni Sand boa II

13. Eutropis carinata Indain grass Skink IV

14. Geochelone elegans Indian star tortoise II

15. Hemidactylus frenatus Ball/ Common House Gecko IV

16. Naja naja Cobra II

17. Ptyas mucosa Rat snake II

18. Varanus bengalensis Common Indian Monitor II

AMPHIBIANS

19. Duttaphrynus melonosticatus Common Indian Toad IV

20. Euphlyctis hexadactylus Green pond frog, IV

21. Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Indian Bull Frog IV

22. Polypedates leucomystax Common Tree Frog IV

23. Sphaerotheca breviceps Indian Burrowing frog IV

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gecko



TABLE 3.33: LIST OF BIRDS EITHER SPOTTED OR REPORTED FROM THE

AREAS IN AND AROUND THE PROJECT SITE

S.No Scientific Name Common Name Family WPA

Schedule

1. Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae IV

2. Acridotheres tristis Common myna Sturnidae IV

3. Aegithinia tiphia Common Iora Irenidae IV

4. Alcedo atthis Smallblue kingfisher Alcedinidae IV

5. Amaurornis phoenicurus White-breasted waterhen Recurvirostridae IV

6. Anas poecilorhyncha Spot-billed duck Anatidae IV

7. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae IV

8. Ardeola grayii Pond Heron Ardeidae IV

9. Athene brama Spotted owlet Noctuidae IV

10. Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae IV

11. Centropus sinasis Greater coucal Phasianidae IV

12. Ceryle rudis Lesser pied Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV

13. Columba livia Blue rock pigeon Columbidae IV

14. Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Coraciidae IV

15. Corvus splendens House crow Corvidae V

16. Dendrocitta vagabunda Indian tree pie Corvidae IV

17. Dendrocygna javanica Lesser whistling-duck Anatidae IV

18. Dicaeum erythrorhynchos Tickell’s flower pecker Dicaeidae IV

19. Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo Dicruridae IV

20. Egretta garzetta Little egret Ardeidae IV

21. Elanus caeruleus Black-shouldered kite Accipitridae IV

22. Eudynamys scolopace Asian koel Cuculidae IV

23. Fulica atra Coot Rallidae IV

24. Gallinula chloropus Indian Moorhen Rallidae IV

25. Halcyon smyrnensis

White-Breasted King fisher

Alcedinidae IV

26. Hierococcyx varius Brain fever bird Ardeidae IV

27. Himantopus himantopus Black-winged stilt Recurvirostridae IV

28. Hydrophasianus chrugus Pheasant tailed Jacana Jacanidae IV

29. Lanius excubitor Great grey shrike Daniidae IV

30. lxobrychus cinnamomeus Chestnut bittern Ardeidae IV

31. Megalaima haemacephala Copper smith Barbet Capitonidae IV

32. Merops orientalis Small Bee eater Meropidae IV

33. Milvus migrans Black kite Accipitridae IV

34. Motacilla alba White wagtail Motacillidae IV

35. Motacilla flava Yellow wagtail Motacillidae IV

36. Motacilla maderaspatensis Large pied wagtail Motacillidae IV

37. Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird Nectariniidae IV

38. Nectarinia zeylonica Purple-rumped sunbird Nectariniidae IV



S.No Scientific Name Common Name Family WPA

Schedule

39. Oriolus oriolus Eurasian golden oriole Oriolidae IV

40. Passer domesticus House sparrow Passeridae IV

41. Pavo cristatus Peacock / Pea Fowl Phasianidae I

42. Perirocotus cinnomomeus Small Minivet Phasianidae IV

43. Phalacrocorax carbo Large Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV

44. Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant Phalacrocoracidae IV

45. Porphyrio porphyrio Purple moorhen Rallidae IV

46. Prinia inornata Plain prinia Cisticolidae IV

47. Prinia socialis Ashy prinia Cisticolidae IV

48. Psittacula cyanocephala

Blossom headed Parakeet

Psittacidae IV

49. Psittacula krameri Rose-Ringed Parakeet Psittacidae IV

50. Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented bulbul Pycnonotidae IV

51. Saxicolodies fulicata Indian robin Turdinae IV

52. Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Columbidae IV

53. Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared-Dove Columbidae IV

54. Streptopelia Senegalensis Little brown dove Columbidae IV

55. Streptopelia tranquebarica Red Collared-Dove Columbidae IV

56. Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling Sturnidae IV

57. Turdoides caudatus Common babbler Timalinae IV

58. Upupa epops Common hoopoe Upupidae IV

59. Vanellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing Charadriidae IV

3.9.4 Aquatic flora and fauna:

There are no perennial water bodies in the study area. There are a couple of

medium irrigation tanks and a few small irrigation tanks in the buffer zone. A list of

macrophytes found in these local water bodies is given in Table 3.34. About a dozen

common and introduced fish have been reported from these water bodies. A list of

fishes found in the water bodies of the buffer zone is given in Table 3.35.

TABLE 3.34: LIST OF AQUATIC AND SEMI AQUATIC MACROPHYTES FOUND

IN THE TANKS AND PONDS OF THE BUFFER ZONE

S.No Latin name Family

1. Alternanthera philoxeroides Solanaceae

2. Azolla pinnata Azollaceae

3. Brachiaria mutica Poaceae

4. Carex cruciata Cyperaceae

5. Centella asiatica Apiaceae

6. Chrysopogon aciculatus Poaceae

7. Cynodon dactylon Poaceae

8. Cyperus arenarius Cyperaceae

9. Cyperus exaltatus Cyperaceae



S.No Latin name Family

10. Echinochloa colona Poaceae

11. Eichhornia crassipes Pontederiaceae

12. Hydrilla verticillata Hydrocharitaceae

13. Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae

14. Ludwigia perennis Onagraceae

15. Marsilia quadrifoliata Marsiliaceae

16. Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbiaceae

17. Nymphaea nauchali Nympheaceae

18. Nymphaea stellata Nympheaceae

19. Nymphoides hydrophylla Nympheaceae

20. Nymphoides indica Nympheaceae

21. Ottelia alismoides Hydrocharitaceace

22. Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae

23. Paspalidium geminatum Poaceae

24. Pistia stratoides Arecaceae

25. Typha angustata Typhaceae

TABLE 3.35: LIST OF FISHES EITHER CAUGHT BY THE FISHERMAN OR

REPORTED FROM THE VILLAGE TANKS

S.No Common Name Latin Name

1. Indian Mottled Eel Anguilla bengalensis

2. Catla Catla catla

3. Murrel Channa punctatus

4. Murrel Channa striatus

5. Mrigal Cirrhinus mrigala

6. Cat fish Heteropneustes fossilis

7. Rohu Labeo rohita

8. Cat fish Mystus vittatus

9. Tilapia Oreochromis mossambicus

10. Tilapia Oreochromis aureus

11. Tilapia Oreochromis niloticus

12. Tilapia Tilapia rendalli

3.9.5 RET and Schedule I Fauna:

there are notrees and no RET species in the core area, and hence no RET species

is going to be lost on account of the proposed industry. Most of the plants listed in

Table 3.29 are going to be lost on account of the establishment of the industry. Since

these plants are weeded out either manually or destroyed by ploughing on account

of cultivation, the project does not pose any additional threat to any species. As

there are no REET species, the proposed project is not going to pose any threat to

local flora and fauna. No direct or indirect damage is expected to the flora and fauna

of the buffer zone. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or endemic or

threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any threat to the flora and



fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate and maintain the

emissions and effluents within the limits specified by the CPCB / TSPCB, the effects

of the industry on the flora and fauna of the buffer zone may be negligible. Neither

the storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain or waste water from

the industry shall get in to the drinking water resources. Further tall, wind resistant

and evergreen trees will be grown in the greenbelt to act a wind break. Hence, the

anticipated environmental impacts on the flora and fauna of the study area are

negligible and easily reversible. It is not going to create any kind of environmental

stress to the local flora and fauna.

3.10. Socio Economic Study

The socio- economic aspects of people in the 10 km radius of the Project site at Sy

No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94, Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar

District, Telangana State was analyzed. The socio-economic data forms the basis for

developing a suitable enterprise social responsibility plan to address the needs of the

population.

3.10.1. Methodology Adopted for the Study

The methodology adopted for the study mainly includes review of published

secondary data and primary data collection through sample survey conducted

project study area. Census of India - 2011 for respect to population, density,

household size, sex ratio, literacy rate and occupational structure for 10 km radius

study area.

3.10.2. Distribution of Population in the study area

As per 2011 census the study area consists of 64768 persons inhabited in the study

area of 10 km radial distance from the periphery of the project. The distribution of

population in the study area is given in Table 3.36.

Table 3.36: Population Distribution

Sl.

No Name of Village

Number of

households Total population

0-6 years aged

population

0 - 3 Km Total Male Female Total Male Female

1 195 760 378 382 107 56 51

2 Mothighanapur 1002 4367 2276 2091 642 343 299

3 Macharam 86 396 205 191 53 28 25

Nandaram



Sl.

No Name of Village

Number of

households Total population

0-6 years aged

population

4 Nerellapalle 719 3103 1628 1475 500 283 217

5 Gunded 377 1719 871 848 266 138 128

Sub Total 2379 10345 5358 4987 1568 848 720

3 - 5 Km

6 Jogammaguda 141 578 293 285 90 46 44

7 Suraram 272 1210 602 608 156 70 86

8 Udithyal 1215 5443 2788 2655 722 417 305

9 Peddayapalle 271 1111 574 537 186 103 83

10 Balanagar 848 3635 1824 1811 486 259 227

Sub Total 2747 11977 6081 5896 1640 895 745

5-8 Km

11 Burgul 1452 5993 3078 2915 702 354 348

12 Raikal 478 2170 1139 1031 252 140 112

13 Annaram 384 1616 827 789 197 96 101

14 Vittyal 452 1970 981 989 241 134 107

15 Bheemaram 285 1365 696 669 167 98 69

16 Kakarjala 170 755 377 378 110 62 48

17 Veeraraghavapur 80 337 171 166 38 16 22

18 Khanapur 315 1286 653 633 185 96 89

19 Kethireddipalle 445 1906 997 909 311 175 136

20 Rangareddiguda 596 2644 1288 1356 425 204 221

21 Seriguda 97 430 223 207 43 26 17

22 Bodajanampeta 314 1280 661 619 180 95 85

23 Vanamavaniguda 46 260 134 126 38 21 17

24 Gouthapur 282 1127 582 545 144 81 63

Sub Total 5396 23139 11807 11332 3033 1598 1435

8 - 10 Km

25 Thimmajipalle 34 161 89 72 27 18 9

26 Chilkamarri

(Chelka) 425 1680 847 833 218 107 111

27 Hajipalle 188 795 390 405 94 46 48

28 Chowlapalle (West) 661 2950 1517 1433 364 183 181

29 Chinchode 1322 5445 2787 2658 717 395 322

30 Rekulachowdapur 264 1402 717 685 247 131 116

31 Lingampalle 293 1436 741 695 175 108 67

32 Dondlapalle 340 1470 755 715 149 75 74

33 Gundlapotlapalle 231 933 458 475 141 72 69

34 Agraharam Potlapalle

98 436 225 211 52 26 26

35 Hemajipur 618 2599 1344 1255 342 186 156

Sub Total 4474 19307 9870 9437 2526 1347 1179

Grand Total 14996 64768 33116 31652 8767 4688 4079

(Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Mahabubnagar District, 2011 and Census data 2011)



The male and female population constitutes about 51.13 % and 48.87% in the study

area respectively.

Figure 3.10: Diagram Showing Total Population Distribution in the Study Area

3.10.3. Literacy & Illiteracy Rate:

Literacy level is quantifiable indicator to assess the development status of any area.

The literate male and female in the study area are 18218 and 11615 which implies

that the percentage of literacy rate is 70.38 % with male and 61.10 % with female

respectively.

The male and female illiterates population in the study area are 14898 and 20037

respectively which implies that the percentage of illiteracy rate is 29.61 % with male

and 38.90 % with female respectively. The distribution of literate and literacy rate in

the study area is given in Table 3.37. The graphical presentation of literates and

illiterates in study area is given in figure 3.11.

Table 3.37: Distribution of Literacy Rate and Illiteracy Rate in the Study Area

S. No. Particulars Population

1 Male Population 33116

2 Female Population 31652

3 Total Population 64768

4 Male population Literates 18218

5 Male population illiterates 14898

6 Female population Literates 11615

7 Female population Illiterates 20037

(Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Mahabubnagar District, 2011 and Census data 2011)



Figure 3.11: The Diagram Showing Literates and Illiterates in Study Area

3.10.4. Occupational Structure

The occupational structure of residents of work participation rate in the study area is

studied with reference to main workers, marginal workers and non workers. The

main workers include 10 categories of workers defined by the Census Department

consisting of cultivators, agricultural laborers, those engaged in live-stock, forestry,

fishing, mining and quarrying; manufacturing, processing and repairs in household

industry; and other than household industry, construction, trade and commerce,

transport and communication and other services.

The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of less

than six months during the reference year prior to the census survey. The non-

workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties, students, retired

persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc. institutional inmates or all other non-

workers who do not fall under the above categories.

Occupational pattern of the concerned study area is recorded to assess skills of

people.

Occupational pattern also helps in identifying dominating economic activity in the

area. In the study area the main and marginal workers are 27839 and 5827

respectively of the total population while the remaining 31102 constitutes non-

workers.



Table 3.38: Occupational Structure in Study Area

S. No Parameter Total Male Female

1 Main Workers 27839 16283 11556

2 Marginal Workers 5827 2202 3625

3 Non-Workers 31102 14631 16471

Total Population 64768 33116 31652 (Source: Hand Book of Statistics, Mahabubnagar District, 2011 and Census data 2011)

Figure 3.12: The Diagram Showing Occupational Structure in Study Area

3.10.5 CIVIC AMENITIES AVAILABLE IN THE STUDY AREA

The project site is located near Gunded – where all the basic social amenities

like Emergency Medicare, Drinking-Water,Communications, Educational facilities,

Roads and Power supply are readily available.

A) Power and Energy:

All Villages, in the Project Study Area, are electrified – both for common facilities

like, Street Lights, Public Water Pumping, etc. and also almost all houses are

electrified for home lighting, while LPG, Kerosene Oil and in some cases Waste

Agri-Waste, Fallen Firewood, Cow Dung Cakes, etc. are used for cooking

purpose.

B) Health and Medical Facilities:

Most Villages have PHCs or Visiting ANMs / Health Counseling-cum-Primary

Health Care Mobile Units. For Maternity and Specialist Care & basic Diagnostics,

adequate facilities are in Balanagar & Shad nagar towns, which is are nearer to

the proposed project site and for Critical and Advanced Medicare & Diagnostics,



local communities visit Hyderabad City, which is about 55 km from the project

site.

C) Tele-Communications:

Telecommunication facility in the Project Study Area is adequate; BSNL

Electronic Telephone Exchange is available and BSNL / Airtel / Vodafone, Idea

Cellular & Reliance Telecom Services available everywhere.

D) Local Administration & Law:

While all the Villages and Towns do have ‘Village Panchayat’, duly elected by the

local electorates to assure Sanitation, Local Law & Order and to coordinate with

various Government Departments & Other Agencies, concerned for local

Sanitation, General Hygiene, Immunisation, Nutrition Programmes, Enhancement

of Literacy Levels and Crime / Law & Order as well as all Central and State

Governmental Developmental Projects.

E) Other Administrative Issues:

They are further supported by the Mandal Revenue Office (M.R.O.) stationed at

Balanagar (3.61 km).

F) Transportation & Other Important Facilities:

The nearest Police Station, the Fire Station and Bus Station are located at

Balanagar which is near to the project site and there is also Bus Station & Bus-

Stops at Shadnagar to all towns and cities.

3.10.6 Corporate Social Responsibility of the Project Proponent

Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio

economic environment.

The proposed project requires a workforce of 100 persons. Thus industrial

activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality

to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio-economic environment

due to the proposed project are positive in nature and accrue to the

community on the long-terms basis.

ANTICIPATED

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

&

MITIGATION MEASURES

CHAPTER -IV


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – IV Page 223

CHAPTER - IV

ANTICIPATED ENIVORNMENTAL IMPACTS

& MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Environment and development should be considered as mutually Complementary,

Interdependent and an instrument of reinforcing the quality of life. Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) is the important aspect of overall environmental

management strategy and an important tool for sustainable development. It identifies

major impacts of Industrial and associated activities on environment and provides

guideline to prepare the necessary control measure termed as Environmental

Management Plan (EMP).

The identified impacts for various components of environment viz., Air, Noise, Water,

Land, Socio-Economy, etc. are presented herewith. EIA is an activity or an attempt

to identify, predict, evaluate and communicate the likely environmental impacts of the

activity/project on the environment.

Based on results [Baseline Data] of prediction and evaluation, pollution abatement

and control measures in order to mitigate the adverse impacts on the environment

are delineated in an Environmental Management Plan

The proposed project is likely to create impact on the environment in two distinct

phases:

During the construction phase, which may be temporary and short term; and

During the operation phase that would have long-term effects.

4.2. INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO PROPSED PROJECT

The environmental impact assessment is accomplished by identification and

prediction of impacts and their assessment. Potential impacts of proposed project on

various environmental attributes given below are predicted;

Air environment

Water resources and quality

Noise levels

Land use

Soil quality

Solid waste



Terrestrial and aquatic ecology

Demography and socio-economics.

Hydrology & Geology

4.3. CONSTRUCTION PHASE

During the construction phase, the activities which are likely to contribute to impact

on various environmental components which are temporary in nature are site

clearing, leveling, construction of various structures of Drug manufacturing activities,

lying of internal roads & erection of equipment.

The construction activities will be confined within the project area of 5.70 acres.

The environmental impacts and management plan during construction phase are

detailed below.

4.3.1 IMPACT ON LAND USE

Present land is Barren. Now the site is converting in to industrial use and the

proposed project will be in an area of 5.70 Acres (23067.1 SQM) Change will occur

on the land use pattern of the surrounding villages

Any construction of infrastructure will lead to permanent change in land use pattern

at the site as a direct impact. No major changes in land use pattern will occur due to

the project activities.

4.3.2 IMPACT ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The activities of proposed project will be confined within the site premises. During

construction works, top soil generated from various activities like excavation etc. will

be stored and preserved to use it during restoration period as far as possible.

The construction activities will result in loss of topsoil and earthen material to some

extent in the plant premises. However, it is proposed to use the soil and earthen

material in greenbelt development.

No solid or hazardous waste will be generated during construction thus no impact on

soil environment is likely.

4.3.3 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY

The proposed site is plain terrain and during the construction phase there would be

proper leveling of the proposed site. There is no additional stress expected due to



this project activity on topography and soil strategy of the project site and its

surroundings

Since it is a new project, changes occur in topography due to excavation of soil in

the proposed project area and construction of buildings and facilities. During

construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original shape. Thus the impact

during the construction is reversible, for short term and insignificant.

4.3.4 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT

The sources of air emissions during construction phase will be due to development

of site, emissions from vehicles used for transportation of men and materials and

emission from construction equipment’s. These activities are likely to result in

emission of SO2, NO2, CO2 and Particulate matter. However, the quantity of these

will be very negligible and that too only for a very short period. Hence no adverse

impact on air quality is likely to occur.

4.3.5 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

No surface water body is located in the vicinity of the project site; hence project

related impact on water environment would mainly be limited to the groundwater

resources. The potential impacts during construction phases are assessed based on

the various activities.

● Improper disposal of construction debris may lead to off-site contamination of

water resources.

● Unaccounted disposal of domestic wastewater from temporary labour camps.

● Spillage of oil and grease from the vehicle maintenance activity and wastewater

stream generated from activities, such as vehicles washing and maintenance.

Site Workshop:

The repair and maintenance of equipments/ vehicles at site would generate waste

containing oil and grease. The wastewater stream would also be generated from

vehicle washing. The impact can be mitigated to a great extent by installing oil and

grease traps during construction phase.

Construction of Roads and Parking Areas:

The impact from the road construction depends on both the construction practices

and the type of material used. Construction waste of electrical installation, painting



and flooring may create significant impact. This type of waste would be stock piled

and disposed off to authorized vendor.

Development of the proposed site could lead to stockpiling and excavation activity on

site, thereby causing erosion of base soil. The run-off from the site may contain high

quantity of suspended solids (SS). The impact of runoff may not be very significant

except during rainy season. Further, construction of garland drains will reduce the

runoff from the stockpiles

Domestic Wastewater generated during construction, which will be collected in

sewage collection tank [septic tank]

The contamination of groundwater might occur due to the irrational disposal of liquid

wastes. The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to

proposed project is likely to be short term and insignificant. There seems no impact

on the water environment of the study area.

4.3.6 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVELS

Noise will be generated due to construction traffic for loading and unloading,

fabrication and handling of equipment and materials are likely to cause an increase

in the ambient noise levels. The areas affected are those close to the site. However,

the noise will be temporary and will be restricted mostly to daytime.

4.3.7 IMPACT ON ECOLOGY

The proposed project will not involve removal of any vegetation from the soil and

loosening of the topsoil generally causes soil erosion as it is. However, such impacts

will be confined to the project site and will be minimized through paving and water

sprinkling. However, 48.02% of greenbelt will be developed in the proposed project

site. The existing trees will be preserved to the extent possible. Thus, there will no

major adverse impacts are envisaged on ecological environment due to project

activities.

4.3.8 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Due to proposed project there is no major negative impact on socio economic

environment. The proposed project will requires a workforce of 100 persons during

plant operations. Thus industrial activity will boost up the commercial and

economical status of the locality to some extent. And, the overall impacts on socio-



economic environment due to the proposed project are positive in nature and accrue

to the community on the long-terms basis.

TABLE 4.1: SUMMARY – IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS DURING

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

S.No Components Aspect Potential Impacts

1 Topography & Geology

Site development No significant adverse Impacts

2 Soil

Construction activity leading to topsoil removal and erosion.

Minor negative impact

3 Landuse & Aesthetics

Land development Positive impact

4 Water Quality

Surface runoff from project site

Oil/ fuel and waste spills

Improper debris disposal

Discharge of sewage from labour camp.

Short term, but no significant negative impact

5 Ambient Air Quality

Dust emissions from site preparation, excavation, material handling and other construction activities at site.

Short term minor negative impact inside the site premises. No negative impact outside the site.

6 Noise

Noise generated from construction activities, operation of construction equipment and traffic.

Short term minor negative impact near noise generation sources inside premises. No significant impact on ambient noise levels at sensitive receptors.

7 Ecology Flora and Fauna

Habitat disturbance during construction activity.

Short term minor negative impact

8 Socio - economy

Increased job opportunity. Economy related to semiskilled expected to boom.

Short term positive impact by employment generation

9 Solid Waste Waste will be generated from construction activities

Proper disposal plan will be implemented. No adverse impact



4.4. MITIGATIVE MEASURES OF IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Mitigative measures of identified impacts during construction phase are listed in

tabular form.

TABLE 4.2: MITIGATIVE MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

S.No Components Impacts Mitigative Measures

1 Topography & Geology

No significant adverse Impacts

Construction will be carried out within the site premises; therefore no change will occur in land use pattern as well as there will not be any significant Topographical change. However, temporary change in top layer of soil will be occurred but the construction activity will help in fixation of soil thereby reducing the soil erosion

2

Land/Soil

Short term minor negative impact due to change in top layer of soil

The earthen material generated during excavations and site grading periods, will be properly dumped and slope stabilization shall be taken. The topsoil generated during construction shall be preserved and reused for plantations

Greenbelt development will have significant impact in reduction of the soil erosion

3 Ambient Air Quality

Sort term negative impacts because of dust emission due to site cleaning, road laying, earthwork, transportation & construction

The emissions will be temporary and confined within proposed project site boundary. It is not expected to contribute significantly to the ambient air quality However, the unit will take following measures for control of dust emissions:

Use of plastic cover sheet while transporting construction material at site

Storage of sand and other such dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin sheet

Storage of sand and other such dispersible material by covering with tarpaulin sheet

Keeping minimum inventory/stock of sand and other such dispersible

material at site




The heights, from which materials will be dropped, will be the minimum practical height to limit fugitive dust generation.

Use of water sprinkling system at site for dust suppression

During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that minimum flow of dust particle takes place.

Proposed Greenbelt development will be started from the construction phase

4 Water Quality

Short term, but no significant negative impact

Water requirement for construction phase will be very minor and for short period and that will be fulfilled by ground water source Thus, there will not be any significant impact on water environment

The wastewater generation will be from the domestic activities. Domestic effluent will be disposed of through septic tank into soak pit.

Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where it could contaminate groundwater and soil.

Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to flow through.

All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned.

5 Noise

Short term negative impact due to increase in noise level by site cleaning, road laying, earthwork, transportation & construction activities

The noise generated from construction machinery will be kept low by keeping the moving parts serviced and properly lubricated.

The construction activity will be carried out during day time only.

Vehicular movement carrying materials will be avoided during night time.

The vehicles will be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same will be made.

Adequate PPE’s (ear plugs, ear muffs helmet, mask etc) will be provided to the workers




Greenbelt development will have significant impact in reduction of the noise

6 Ecology Flora and Fauna

Short term minor negative impact but, long term positive impact due to green belt development

The felling of trees will be kept at minimum.

Adequate Greenbelt will be developed.

7 Socio - economy

Short term positive impact by employment generation

Temporary employment will be generated due to construction activities and related services like transportation of construction materials, mechanical erections etc. [25 Workers]

8 Solid Waste No adverse impact

Waste will be generated from construction activities Proper disposal plan will be implemented.

4.5. PREDICTION OF IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

This phase of the project is important because it generates long-term impacts as the

production starts.

The following activities related to the operational phase will have varying impacts on

the environment and are considered for impact assessment:

Air environment

Water resources and quality

Noise levels

Land use

Soil quality

Solid waste

Terrestrial and aquatic ecology

Demography and socio-economics.

Hydrology & Geology



4.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like design

capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to be used, air

pollution control measures, operation and maintenance. Apart from the above, other

activities associated with transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products,

storage facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also contribute

to air pollution.

4.6.1 Source of Air Pollution

The operational phase activities are expected to have long - term impacts on the air

quality. The main sources from project are detailed below.

A. Flue gas Emissions

Boiler and DG set are the two main sources of emissions from the plant. Industry

proposes to install 5 TPH coal fired boiler. 250 KVA – 2 No’s of DG Set are kept as

standby power during power failures.

PM, SO2 and NOx are the main air pollutants generated from the boiler and DG set.

The emissions from the boiler stack and DG Set Stack are given in Table 4.2 & 4.3

TABLE 4.2: EMISSION DETAILS FROM PROPOSED BOILER STACK

Particulars Units 5.0 TPH Coal fired Boiler


kcal/kg


Ash Content % 35












TABLE 4.3: EMISSION DETAILS FROM DG SET STACK

Capacity In KVA




Stack dia. in m

Flue Gas Temp. in

OC

Stack Height in m


250 KVA x 2 No’s(Proposed)

50 100 130 0.30 150 10 14

B. Process Emissions

The Predicted Process emissions are

CO2, [Carbon dioxide] – Pollutant

SO2, [Sulphur dioxide] - Pollutant

O2, [Oxygen] – Non Pollutant

H2 [Hydrogen] - Non Pollutant

NH3,[ Ammonia] - Pollutant

HBr, [Hydrobromic acid ] – Pollutant

CH3Cl [Methyl chloride] - Pollutant

HCl [Hydrochloric acid]

Which will liberate from manufacturing process of proposed products. The process

emissions are based on reactants quantity and chemical reactions between them in

relation with desired product output.

C. Fugitive emission

The main sources of fugitive emissions from project are

Storage & Handling of raw materials

Storage & Handling of Solvents.

During reaction period

During Product filtrations & Finished operations

The raw materials will be stored in PP bags, Fibre drums and HDPE drums in

elevated flat from under the roof. Bulk quantities will be stored in storage tanks with

vent condensers to avoid the fugitive emissions. Solvents are handled in closed

conditions thereby reducing the losses in the form of evaporation.

4.6.2 Prediction of Impacts on Air Environment

The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level concentration

during the operation of plant and its impact on ambient air quality of the area.



Air quality assessment is done by integrating the measurement techniques and

modeling tools. The air modeling tools are routinely used in the environmental impact

assessments, risk analysis, emergency planning, and source apportionment studies.

Recent strategies for air pollution control in industries have largely neglected the

emission reduction measures which are the prime polluting sources. To accomplish

this, various air dispersion models have been developed and used worldwide so far

for different applications under different scenarios. The Gaussian plume model is a

standard approach for studying the transport of pollutants due to turbulent diffusion

and advection by the wind. Applications of such models have been made mandatory.

In this study, the AERMOD (the American Meteorological Society/Environmental

Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee’s Dispersion Model,

Gaussian dispersion model is selected to predict the ground level concentrations

(GLC’s) of Particulate Matter (PM) µg/m3, sulphur dioxide (SO2) µg/m3 , and oxides

of nitrogen (NOx)- µg/m3 from point source emissions will be investigated in the

study area.

Methodology

Prediction of GLC values are made by using AERMOD software approved by U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and has adopted it as its regulatory

model since 2005. In point source emissions, the stacks are subjected to plume rise

which again is dependent on force of buoyancy and momentum. The higher is the

plume rise or stack, the lesser will be ground level concentrations (GLC’s).The

emissions when released into the atmosphere are subjected to transportation,

dispersion, transformation, and fall out and wash out and finally reach the ground

level at a particular distance and concentrations. The relationship between the

source of emissions and its magnitude with the ground level concentrations (GLC’s)

at receptor points is governed by air dispersion models which take into the account

by the source strength, plume rise, atmospheric stability, mixing height, wind

velocity, terrain and other meteorological conditions. The comparison between the

predicted and field sampled downwind concentrations for PM, SO2 & NOX (µg/m3)

will be carried out in this study to predict the average downwind ground level

concentrations (GLC’s)



Data Used for Computation

Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term incremental GLC

values of PM, SO2 & NOx using the meteorological data collected at site during the

Oct – 2017 to Dec – 2017. Details of the data used for computations are given

below:

Source Characteristics/Release Characteristics

The details of estimated stack emissions load are given in Table 4.2.

Meteorological Data

The meteorological data recorded continuously during the month of Oct – 2017 to

Dec – 2017, on hourly basis. AERMOD model requires hourly surface data values

for wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity and cloud cover. Both

data files for the surface and profile files were then used to generate the

meteorological file required by the AERMOD dispersion model using the AERMET

meteorological pre-processor. This AERMET has three stages to process the data.

The first stage extracts meteorological data and assesses data quality through a

series of quality assessment checks. The second stage merges all data available for

24-hour periods and writes these data together in a single intermediate file. The third

and final stage reads the merged meteorological data and estimates the necessary

boundary layer parameters for dispersion calculations by AERMOD.

Dispersion Modeling Results

The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from plant have

been computed for PM, SO2 & NOx considering topographical features around the

plant and applicable stability classes. The maximum 24 hourly average GLC values

for PM, SO2 & NOx from plant are given in Table 4.4 to Table 4.5. Corresponding

isopleths plotted are shown in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.3 for SPM, SO2 & NOx.

TABLE 4.4: PREDICTED 24-HOURLY SHORT TERM INCREMENTAL

CONCENTRATIONS

Season Maximum Incremental GLCs

(μg/m3) Distance

(km)

Direction

SPM SO2 NOx

Oct – 2017 to

Dec – 2017 0.87 2.52 4.44 0.2 SE



TABLE 4.5: RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS DUE TO

INCREMENTAL GLC's

Pollutant

Maximum

Baseline

Concentration

(μg/m3)

Incremental

Concentrations due

to Proposed Project

(μg/m3)

Resultant

Concentration

(μg/m3)

NAAQ

Standards

(μg/m3)

PM 65.4 0.87 66.27 100

SO2 17.9 2.52 20.42 80

NOx 25.4 4.44 29.84 80

With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the levels of SPM,

SO2 &NOx, will remain below the 24 –hourly ambient air quality standards for SO2 &

NOx (80 μg/m3) and PM10 (100μg/m3) prescribed by CPCB. The operation of plant is

not likely to cause any significant impact on the ambient air quality of the study area.



FIGURE - 4.1: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SPM



FIGURE - 4.2: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF SO2



FIGURE - 4.3: SHORT TERM 24 HOURLY INCREMENTAL GLCs OF NOX



4.6.3 MITIGATION MEASURES

The industry will take measures for reduction of fugitive emissions emanating out of

process reactions by adopting the following;

Good ventilation will be provided to reduce the workroom concentrations.

Fugitive emissions will be reduced by providing vent condensers to the all the

reactors and Storage tanks

Adequate stack height of 32 Mtrs will be provided to the 5 TPH boiler.

Stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the

compliance of the stipulated norms. Apart from this Cyclone Separator, Bag

filters will be provided to the boiler.

Table 4.7: Process Emission details and mitigation measures

S. No. Name of the

process emission Quantity in

Kg/day Mitigation measure









In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will develop greenbelt in and around

its premises.

ODOR CONTROL

The chance of odours within premises is mainly due to

Raw materials

Storage / Handling

Transportation of raw materials

Process

Raw materials transportation

During reaction

Drying



ETP Operations

Storage / Handling

Storage

Industry will provide adequate and proper storage facilities for all the raw

materials and finished products.

Corrosive substances will be stored away from the moisture.

Solid raw material will be stored in covered area and Liquid raw material will

be stored in closed Horizontal / Vertical tanks.

Hazardous chemicals and solid wastes will be stored away from other plant

activities.

The storage yard of chemicals will be isolated and it will be equipped with all

necessary measures to control odours.

Handling

All the raw materials and finished products will be handled as per the standard

practice.

For proper handling, company will adapt good housekeeping technology to

entire shed.

To avoid any leakage or spillage of chemicals from all storage tanks, third

party will inspects transfer lines, valves, fittings and every joint periodically.

Transportation of Raw materials

All the necessary precautions will be taken while carrying out transport of the

above materials as per the Hazardous Rules of transportation.

The vehicles for transportation of raw materials and products will be parked at

specified loading facilities where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers.

The finished product will be transported by road, rail and ship route in closed

containers.

Other sources of odour nuisance are as follows

Leaks from pressurized process equipment generally occur through valves, pipe

connection, mechanical seals or related equipment.



Control measures

To minimize & control leaks at process facilities operators carry out regular

leak detection test and repair activities.

Routine inspections of process equipment with gas detectors can be used to

identify leaks & estimate the leak rate in order to decide an appropriate

corrective action.

Proper routine maintenance of equipment reduces the likelihood of leaks.

Solvents will be transferred through the closed pipe line system.

Cleaner production practices

Process vessels:

Liquid raw material will be charged by pumping and closed loops and dosing

will be done by metering system to avoid odour.

Double mechanical seals will be provided to the process vessels having

agitator for reduction of odour and leakages.

Storage tanks

Storage tanks for products as well as raw materials will be fitted with

appropriate control devices [Condensers with chilled water circulation

systems] to avoid possible odours / leakages.

House keeping

Keep work areas clean.

Keep aisles clear.

Keep exits and entrances clear.

Use proper waste collection containers.

Cleanup spills and leaks off’s any type quickly and properly.

Follow up preventive predictive maintenance.

4.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT

With respect to water environment; three aspects are considered in EIA, availability

& Requirement of fresh water, Wastewater generation and its disposal.



Fresh Water Requirement

The total water requirement for the proposed project is 126 KLD. Water requirement

of unit is met through Ground water. Unit will be bought water from private water

supplier through tankers in case of non-availability of main source [Ground water]

this will be kept as stand by source.

Waste water generation

Total effluent generation is 63.3 KLD, which is from process, scrubbers, boiler,

cooling towers and washing activities. The HTDS waste water of 33.55 KLD from

Process after neutralization taken for treatment in stripper followed by MEE and

ATFD. LTDS waste water of 29.75 KLD including domestic sewage, floor Washes,

Disposal of Effluent – ZLD System

Utilities waste water taken along with Vapour Condensate from MEE & ATFD for

Biological Effluent Treatment plant. Treated effluent from ETP sent to RO and RO

permeate water is recycled and RO rejects are sent to MEE followed by ATFD for

evaporation. Evaporation salts collected and sent to TSDF. MEE & ATFD vapour

condensate reused along with RO permeate.


Effluent generated in the plant will be treated in Proposed ZLD system.

The industry is proposing to install a MEE System with 60 KLD capacity,

Biological Treatment system of 60 KLD and RO system with 60 KLD

capacities for treatment of 63.30 KLD effluents generated from plant

operations.

Total Water requirement is 126 KLD out of which 50 KLD recycled water

recovered from ZLD system. The fresh water of 76 KLD will be met from

Ground Water source.

The leakages of oil spills from machinery shall be collected in leak proof

barrels and then disposed off to SPCB authorized dealers.

The groundwater levels need to be monitored with setting up of piezometers

in the core and buffer zone.



Unit is proposed to recharge ground water through roof water harvesting pits

in the project area and rain water harvesting pits outside plant area wherever

possible to balance the water table.

Minimization of water use providing drip system for gardening.

Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor and process equipment to

reduce the amount of wastewater generated during washings.

Conjunctive use of groundwater.

4.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

PREDICTION OF IMPACT

Identification of potential impacts on noise environment from the proposed project is

as important as other components of the environment. The main sources of noise

pollution are Boiler, Reactors, DG Set, Air compressors, and other Noise generating

units. Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading / unloading of raw

materials and finished products and transporting activity may also increase noise

level. Noise levels in the ambient air are well within the permissible limits given by

the National Ambient Noise level standards as confirmed during baseline study. Leq

values of the noise levels within the plant premises will be kept less than 75 – 70 db

[A] [during day time and night time] which will be within the permissible limit.


To minimize the noise pollution the unit proposes the following noise control

measures,

Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, exhaust mufflers, buffers

and / or abatement measures that will be implemented.

Employees will be provided with earplugs or earmuffs.

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for

the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

Green Belt Development.



4.9 LAND/ SOIL ENVIRONMENT

IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Infrastructural development for the proposed project as well as subsequent

developments in the nearby area may change the land use pattern of area.

The impact on land and soil environment may be due to effluent disposal, chemical

and hazardous waste storage & handling. Spillage of chemicals during loading,

unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines may create

soil/land contamination.

PREDICTION OF IMPACTS

The Proposed project will be carried out within the acquired land premises; there

will not be any change in land use pattern, forest cover or vegetation in

surrounding area. Moreover, electricity, water, roads, all basic amenities and

infrastructure are already available in the area.

There will not be any disposal of untreated effluent on land. Industrial wastewater

will be properly treated and reuse in various activities within the premises.

Spillage of chemicals during loading, unloading and transfer, leakage of pumps,

flange leakage in pipelines may create soil/land contamination. However, the

regular maintenance of pumps and flange connections in the pipelines will be

carried out and proper care will be taken while loading, unloading and transfer of

materials to avoid any soil/land contamination.


During operational phase, the chances of any enhanced soil erosion are not

anticipated. But improper disposal of toxic wastes and accidental spillages of

toxic chemicals can pose a serious threat to the soil, ground and surface waters.

But the chances of such events cannot be quantified and predicted. Since the

industry is expected all rules and regulations relating to the use, handling and

disposal of all toxic and hazardous chemicals, no additional safety methods are

required especially to prevent contamination of soil.

Liberal use of locally available farmyard manure will be used for the plants in the

greenbelt and block plantations for improving the productivity, fertility and health

of soils.



In case of any spillage, the same will be collected and treated in ETP. The unit

will provide an adequate designated storage area with impervious flooring system

and roof cover with leachate collection system for the storage of hazardous

wastes.

Leachate, if any will be collected and treated in ETP. Thus, there will not be any

chances of contamination of soil due to the storage of chemicals and hazardous

waste.

The hazardous waste generated will be stored and handle as per the Hazardous

Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

The project does not have any impact on the soils beyond the boundaries of the

project site since it is a zero liquid discharge unit. Physicochemical characteristics

of the soil samples obtained from 7 areas in the buffer zone and one from the

project site reveals that all basically sandy loams.

4.10 IMPACT OF SOLID WASTE

The details of hazardous waste to be generated from the proposed project, is

mentioned at Chapter -2. The current practice of storage of generated hazardous

waste, in a closed room having an impervious bottom, and disposed of as per the

prescribed guidelines will be continued for the generation of hazardous waste.

Hence, the impact due to the same will be negligible as the handling of hazardous

waste to be generated will be disposed as per guidelines. The details of

solid/Hazardous waste details are shown in below Table. The ash from boiler will be

used in the brick manufacturing. The ash of 0.5 µm to 45 µm will be used in the

cement manufacturing as a filler material, stabilization of soft soils, mineral filler in

asphaltic concrete, floor and metal castings etc.


To reduce the quantity of solid / hazardous waste generation as well as possible

contamination of land (soil) due to spillages / leaks from the plant operations,

following

Mitigation measures can be implemented:

There will not be any leakages / spillage from the raw-materials storage and

from the storage of generated effluent from the project.



The generated Hazardous waste will be stored on floor with suitable packing

and this dedicated area will be covered with the roof.

The records on quantity of hazardous waste generation and disposal will be

maintained for each category and possibilities will be explored for

minimization and reuse.

Classification of waste, Collection, Storage, Transportation, & disposed/sale

to authorized recycler or re-user.

Data Management and Reporting

Personnel Training

Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation and Disposal mode

Table 4.8: Hazardous & Solid Waste Disposal Details

S.No Name of the Solid/ Hazardous Waste

Quantity Disposal Method








7 Used Oils 500



500 No’s / Month

After Detoxification sent to outside agencies



4.11 IMPACTS ON ECOLOGY

Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as

long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to

the industrial activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that

are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are

concerned:

1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity.

2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation.

3. Whether there shall be any risk or threat to the rare or endangered or

endemic or threatened (REET) species.



4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i)

disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species population and or (iii)

alterations in predator-prey relationships.

NEGATIVE IMPACTS

As there is change in the land use and land cover on account of the proposed

project, the proposed action is not going to have any direct and significant negative

impacts of flora and fauna or biodiversity.

MOST PROBABLE SCENARIO

As stated earlier, it is a new project there will be change in the land use and land

cover within the project site. No damage is going to be done to the existing green

cover within the project site. Except for a few weeds, there are only cultivated plants

and no RET species in the core area. No species is going to be lost on account of

the proposed project. No direct or indirect damage is expected to the flora and fauna

of the buffer zone. Further, as there are no rare or endangered or endemic or

threatened (REET) species, the project does not pose any threat to the flora and

fauna of the study area. As the industry is required to operate and maintain the

emissions and effluents within the limits specified by the CPCB / SPCB, the effects

of the industry on the flora and fauna of the buffer zone may be negligible. Neither

the storm water nor the effluent water nor any other kind of rain or waste water from

the industry shall get in to the drinking water resources.


Extensive plantation and green area development in the area of 5.70 Acres is

planned in the proposed project along with landscaping. This is hereby ensured that

the mostly indigenous/local plants will be planted all around the periphery of the

project area and along the compound wall sides. Plantations would be of large leaf

trees that provide adequate shade and are semi evergreen to evergreen. Various

native and indigenous trees would be planted for mitigation purpose

4.12. IMPACTS ON SOCIO- ECONOMY

During the erection phase short term direct or indirect employment will be

generated. Project Proponent shall give first preference to the Local people wherever

found suitable for all the jobs in the plant operations. Economic status of the local



people will improve due to the increased employment & business opportunities,

thereby, making a positive impact to the Local Economy. Educational, medical and

housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve. Thus, the proposed

project will have significant positive impact on the socio-economic environment.


Due to proposed activity the employment generation will be around 100

persons including, skilled, semi-skilled & unskilled labour and office staff.

Local qualified personnel can be employed.

Under CSR Budget, the proponent has allotted 75 lakhs to take up welfare

activities.

4.13 IMPACTS ON HYROLOGY & GEOLOGY

The generation of ash from the industry will have sedimentation affect over

the wind ward side on the soil regime as well as the buffer zone over a period

of time affecting the Green cover/ plantation thereby affecting the growth of

plants / crops.

The chemically loaded waste water leakage from the industry will adversely

affect the soil, surface and groundwater.


Ash generation and storage will be monitored closely to avoid leakages and

will be disposed safely to the brick manufacturing industries and infrastructure

projects.

The ash spreading in and around the plant will be avoided by storing under

closed conditions at dedicated place till it is disposed to users. The prevention

suggested is not to allow the waste water leakage from the industry by

implementing proper storage tanks for wastewater collection and ZLD system.

ANALYSIS OF

ALTERNATIVES

(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

CHAPTER -V


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 249

CHAPTER – V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

(TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

This chapter deals with the criteria for site selection and process technology in the

proposed project by assessment of alternatives and comprehensive comparison of all

potential impacts, both direct and indirect and cumulative, on the environment. The goal

of evaluating alternatives is to find the most effective way of meeting the need and

purpose of the proposal.

5.1. SITE SELECTION CRITERIA

SITE LOCATION: To establish a Bulk drugs (API’s) and Intermediates manufacturing,

the site is selected at Sy.No. parts of 79, 80 & 94 Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandal,

Mahabubnagar District, Telangana State based on these factors Practicability,

Feasibility, Relevance, Reasonable & Viability.

TABLE – 5.1 SITE DESCRIPTION



Climatic Conditions

Annual Max Temp is 45.3 0C Annual Min Temp is 9.1 0C Normal Annual Rainfall is 770.8 mm (Source: IMD Climatological Normals, 1981-2010)


Land use Industrial use







Water Bodies within 10 km radius. Suraram N – 1.42 km (NNE) Pedda Cheruvu - 3.62 km (NNE) Brahmam Cheruvu - 8.05 km (NW)

Reserve Forest within 10 km radius None


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - V Page 250

The proposed project site is identified based on the following considerations:

Land acquired for proposed Project is 5.7 Acres, Topographically; the area is

generally plain, with gentle slope.

The area is not covered by any notified forests.

Clearance of existing land is required.

Proximity of National Highways and railways stations, for transport of raw

materials and manufactured products.

Availability of infrastructure facilities.

Well connected road networks.

The location of the site have distinct advantages such as accessibility to Road, Rail, Air

transport, Electricity, Ground water and other facilities which are adequate for the

proposed project and hence, no alternate sites were considered.

5.2. SELECTION OF PROCESS TECHNOLOGY

Proposes to manufacture different types of bulk drugs & intermediates.

All the products will be manufactured on a batch basis.

The products are categorized on similarity in process or therapeutic usage.

Bulk pharmaceutical substances typically consist of structurally complex organic

chemical compounds which are manufactured via a series of intermediate steps

and reactions under precise process conditions.

The active pharmaceutical ingredients and drug intermediates are manufactured by:

Chemical synthesis;

Isolation / recovery from natural sources; and /or

Combination of above.

In the proposed project, resource availability may limit the range of alternatives in a

particular context. Bulk drugs & Intermediates will be manufactured using proven

Chemical synthesis technology; hence no alternative technology has been analyzed

thus, no new or untested technology will be used.

ENVIRONMENTAL

MONITORING PROGRAM

CHAPTER -VI


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter – VI Page 251

CHAPTER – VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1. Introduction

Regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess

the status of environment during plant in operation. With the knowledge of baseline

conditions, the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in

environmental quality due to operation of the expansion project, to enable taking up

suitable mitigatory steps in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as

important as that of control of pollution since efficiency of control measures can only be

determined by monitoring.

The baseline study is carried out for post monsoon season. Hence, post project

monitoring programme of the environmental parameters is essential to take into account

the changes in the environmental quality to ascertain the following:

• State of Pollution within the plant site and in its vicinity.

• Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.

• Examine the efficiency of air pollution control system adopted at the site.

• To assess environmental impacts.

Monitoring will be carried out at the site as per the norms of CPCB.

Environmental Monitoring Programme will be conducted for various environmental

components as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by

MoEF&CC & Consent to Operate issued by TSPCB. Six monthly compliance reports will

be submitted on regular basis, to MoEF&CC, Regional Office, Chennai on 1st of June &

1st of December. Quarterly compliance Report for conditions stipulated in Consent to

Operate will be submitted to SPCB on regular basis.

6.2. Environmental Management System

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of

various environmental components is necessary. The company will establish full-

fledged environmental management cell (EMC) reporting directly to Plant Manager for



environmental monitoring and control. The EMC team will takes care of pollution

monitoring aspects and implementation of control measures.

A group of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians is deputed for maintenance,

up keeping and monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep them in working at

the best of their efficiencies. For effective and consistent functioning of the plant, the

EMS at the site will be strengthened further with the following:

• Environmental management cell covering EHS (Environment, Health & Safety) team

• Environmental Monitoring

• Personnel Training

• Regular Environmental Audits and Corrective Action Plan

• Documentation – Standard operating procedures, Environmental Management plans

and other records

6.3. Environmental Management Cell Responsibilities

It is necessary to have a permanent organizational set up charged with the task of

ensuring its effective implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct

environmental monitoring. The major duties and responsibilities of Environmental

Management Cell will be as under:

To implement the environmental management plan (EMP)

To ensure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations

To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices

To minimize environmental impacts of operations by strict adherence to the EMP

To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule

Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures with

reference to prescribed standards

Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable

environmental laws for ready reference.

Maintain environment related records.

Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring

laboratories.



Organising meetings of the Environmental Management Committee and

reporting to the committee.

To improve the capacity building of the Environment Department, as a part of the

management, a separate division has been created under the leadership of Plant

General Manager, who is assisted by EHS - Manager will be working for day to day

operation of environmental management systems with documentation, procedures &

Compliances. All executives/Supervisors and workmen/Helpers will be heading the

operations. The Organizational Structure of Environmental Health and Safety is

presented in Fig. 6.3.

Any non-compliances/violations of serious nature will be addressed by the Plant GM in

consultation with the directly involved officials and will report to the Board of Directors of

the company. The primary focus is to comply with the regulations and work out on

action taken report to be placed before the Board of Directors. Similarly a preventive

action for non-recurrence of such violations/non-compliances will also be worked out

and strict monitoring will be done by the Management for implementation of the same

Fig - 6.1. Organisational Structure of Environment Health & Safety



6.4. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

Monitoring may take the form of direct measurement and recording of quantitative

information, such as concentrations of discharges, emissions and wastes, for

measurement against corporate or statutory standards, consent limits or targets. It may

also require measurement of ambient environmental quality in the vicinity of a site using

ecological/biological, physical and chemical indicators. Monitoring may include

socioeconomic interaction, through local liaison activities or even assessment of

complaints. Monitoring will also be required to meet compliance with statutory and

corporate requirements. Finally, monitoring results will provide the basis for auditing.

6.4.1. Objectives of Monitoring

The objectives of environmental post-project monitoring are to

Verify effectiveness of planning decisions

Measure effectiveness of operational procedures

Confirm statutory and corporate compliance and

Identify unexpected changes.

6.4.2. Monitoring Schedule for Construction and Operation Phases

Environmental monitoring schedules of Felix Ventures LLP are prepared covering

various phases of project advancement, such as construction and operation phases.

Construction Phase

The proposed project envisages setting up of buildings and machinery, establishment of

production and storage facilities. The construction activities are expected to last for

about one year. As there are no major construction activities for the plant, simple and

generic environmental monitoring measures that need to be undertaken during project

construction stage.

Operation Phase

During operation stage of the project, air emissions from process areas, Boilers,

DG sets, full-fledged Effluent treatment plant with ZLD Scheme operates for water

recovery and reuse, hazardous and nonhazardous waste generation is envisaged. The



following attributes which meet regular monitoring based on the environmental setting

and nature of project activities are listed below:

Source emissions and ambient air quality

Work zone monitoring for VOCs/solvents in air

Groundwater levels and ground water quality in bore wells

Raw and ETP effluent quality

Hazardous and solid waste characterization (process hazardous waste, ash, oily

wastes, ETP sludge, used and waste oil)

Soil quality

Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures

and ambient noise levels) and

Ecological preservation and afforestation.

Monitoring Schedule: Details of the Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule,

which will be undertaken for various environmental components, are detailed below:

Table No.6.1: Post Project Environmental Monitoring schedule details

Sl. No. Description Frequency of Monitoring

1 Ambient Air Quality at Plant site Monthly Basis

2 Water Quality Monthly Basis

3 Noise Level Monitoring Monthly Basis

4 Soil Quality Once in six months

Methodology Adopted: Post project monitoring will be carried out as per conditions

stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by MoEF&CC, Consent issued by

TSPCB as well as according to CPCB guidelines. The plant site is considered as core

zone and the area lying within 10 km radius from the plant site is considered to be the

buffer zone. In the Buffer zone slight impact may be observed and that too is

occasional. Post project monitoring programme is presented in Table 6.2.



Table No.6.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation Phase

Sl. No Potential Impact Action to be Followed Parameters for

Monitoring Frequency of

Monitoring

Air Emissions

Stack emissions from process stacks to be optimized and monitored

Gaseous emissions (HCl, SO2, NH3, as applicable)

Monthly with recommended methods of CPCB

Stack emissions from Boilers, DG sets to be monitored

Gaseous emissions (PM, SO2, HC, NOx)

Monthly with recommended methods of CPCB

Ambient air quality within the plant premises of the proposed expansion unit and nearby habitations to be monitored. Exhaust from vehicles to be minimized by use of fuel efficient vehicles and well maintained vehicles having PUC certificate.

Ambient air quality will conform to the standards for NAAQ parameters (MoEF circular dated 16-11- 2009) and HCl, Cl2 and HC Vehicle logs to be maintained

Online continuous AAQ one station and Monthly in Industry and nearby habitants with recommended methods of CPCB.

Vehicle trips to be minimized to the extent possible

Vehicle logs Daily records

2 Noise Levels

Noise generated from operation of boiler/cooling towers to be optimized and monitored (3 locations within plant and 2 locations outside plant) Noise generated from operation of DG sets to be optimized and monitored

Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(night), Leq(day), Leq(dn)

Monthly

Generation of vehicular noise

Maintain records of vehicles

Monthly

3 Waste water Discharge

Segregated effluent Stream wise (3 streams)

ETP performance will be monitored for raw and treated effluent characteristics for reuse of treated effluent. Basic parameters like pH, TSS, TDS, COD, Oil & grease

Daily with internal lab and monthly from authorized lab

In-house ETP treated Effluents reuse in Cooling Towers

pH, TDS, COD and Temperature etc.

Daily monitoring at In house Laboratory for treated effluent

4 Drainage and

effluent Management

Ensure drainage system and specific design measures are working

Visual inspection of drainage and records thereof

Daily



Sl. No Potential Impact Action to be Followed Parameters for

Monitoring Frequency of

Monitoring

effectively.

5 Water Quality Surface and Groundwater quality surrounding plant site

Comprehensive monitoring as per BIS 10500-2012.

Quarterly

6 Work zone air quality

Contaminants such as VOCs to be reduced by providing adequate ventilation

Indoor monitoring of VOCs.

On Daily Basis

7 Hazardous / Solid Waste Management

Implement waste management plan that identifies and characterizes every waste arising associated with proposed activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising.

Records of solid waste generation, storage and disposal

Regular Basis during operation phase

8 Soil quality

3 locations within plant site, solid waste storage area, near production block and ETP area

Physico-chemical parameters and Heavy metals.

Every six months

9 Occupational

Health

Employees and migrant labour health check -up

All relevant parameters including HIV

Once in a Year

Comprehensive Pre-employment medical checkup for all employees.

Medical examination will be done for all the employees once in a year.

Tie up with local hospitals and Govt. health monitoring system will be engaged during emergency.

Dispensary and ESI facility will be provided to all workers as applicable.

All safety gears will be provided to workers and care will be taken by Environmental Management Cell (EMC) that these are used properly by them. All safety norms will be followed.

6.5. Location of Monitoring Stations

Location of the monitoring stations will be selected on the basis of prevailing micro –

meteorological conditions of the area like; Wind direction & wind speed, Relative

Humidity, Temperature. Post project air quality monitoring will be carried out at plant site

and 2 locations (one each in upwind and downwind direction) to asses’ ambient air

quality of the area. Major surface water body lies within 10 Km area of plant site and

ground water quality monitoring will be carried out. Regular monitoring of noise will be



done to control noise levels at plant site. Soil quality will be tested of the plant site area

regularly to keep check on any leakage in storing hazardous waste. Locations for the

post project monitoring will be as under:

Table 6.3: Details of Post Project Monitoring Locations

Sl. No. Description Location of Monitoring

1 Ambient Air Quality Plant site, Villages in upwind & downwind direction (with Max. Ground level concentration) from the plant site

2 Noise Level Monitoring Plant Boundary, High Noise generating areas within the plant boundary

3 Water Quality From Nearby Surface water Source and Ground Water Source

4 Soil Quality At plant Site and Nearby area

6.6. Monitoring and Data Analysis

6.6.1. Air Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis

Stack Monitoring: The emissions from all the stacks will be monitored for exit gas

temperature, velocity and pollutant concentrations. Any deviation from the design

criteria will be thoroughly examined and appropriate correction will be initiated. Air

blowers will be checked for any drop in exit gas velocity. The monitoring will be done by

authorised laboratory and test result will be submitted to the SPCB.

Work Zone Monitoring: The concentration of air borne pollutants in the

workspace/work zone environment will be monitored periodically. If concentrations

higher than threshold limits are observed, the source of fugitive emissions will be

identified and necessary measures taken. In addition, industry will continue to monitor

the VOC in all process & storage areas on regular basis. In case, the levels are high,

suitable measures as detailed in EMP will be implemented.

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring: The concentrations of PM, SO2, NOX, VOC,CO and

HC in the ambient air will be monitored at regular intervals. In case of any excess

concentration in the ambient air quality due to the proposed production enhancement,

proponent will take necessary action and follow the air pollution control measures.

Greenbelt will further be developed for minimising dust propagation. The ambient air

quality data will be transferred and processed in a centralised computer facility



equipped with required software. Trend and statistical analysis will be carried out as per

the CPCB guidelines.

6.6.2. Water and Wastewater Quality Monitoring and Data Analysis

To ensure a strict control over the water consumption, flow meters will be installed for

existing and proposed facilities for all major inlets in expansion. All leakages will be

identified and rectified. In addition, periodic water audits will be conducted to explore

possibility of water conservation.

Industry will analyse the basic parameters and the procedures prescribed in "Standard

Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater" prepared and published jointly by

American Public Health Association (APHA), American Water Works Association

(AWWA) will be followed for all the parameters of monitoring. As per the CPCB

guidelines, industry will be installed the online sensors in the treated effluent for pH,

TOC, Conductivity, DO with night vision cameras.

Surface and Groundwater Monitoring: The monitoring of Surface and groundwater is

the most important tool to know the variations from the baseline study. This is

indispensable as it provides detection of the presence of waste constituents in ground

water in case of leachate migration. In this project, chances are very less for leachate

as the total effluent is segregated and is sent to ETP – ZLD and the treated effluent will

be reused in cooling tower. The water samples from the nearby surface water bodies

and bore wells will be analysed for relevant parameters as per monitoring program.

Records of analysis will be documented.

Monitoring of Wastewater Streams: All the segregated wastewater streams will be

regularly measured for flow rate, physico-chemical, nutrient & demand parameters. The

monitoring will be carried out from stream wise raw wastewater, raw and treated effluent

characteristics of ETPs before recycling to utilities. These data will be documented and

compared against the design performance values of ETPs for necessary corrective

action.

The ETP will be operated and maintained by existing & additional skilled and dedicated

personnel. Daily log sheets for no. of hours of the ETP operation, chemicals, electrical



and steam consumption; effluent monitored parameters with their results, etc. will

continue to be maintained.

6.6.3. Noise Levels

Noise levels in the work zone environment such as boiler house, cooling tower area,

and DG house will be monitored. The frequency will be once in a month in the work

zone. Audiometric tests will be conducted periodically for the employees working close

to the high noise sources.

6.6.4. Soil quality

Soil quality will be tested for the parameters given in schedule for every six months.

6.7. Reporting Schedules of the Monitoring Data

It is proposed that voluntary reporting of environmental performance with reference to

the EMP will be undertaken. The environmental monitoring department will co-ordinate

all monitoring programmes at site and data thus generated will be regularly furnished to

the State regulatory agency. The frequency of reporting will be on monthly basis to the

local state PCB officials and six monthly reports to Regional Office of MoEF&CC. The

Environmental Audit reports will be prepared for the entire year of operations and will be

regularly submitted to regulatory authorities in Form - V (Environmental Statement).

6.8. Environmental Laboratory

Environmental laboratory will be well-equipped analytical instruments and consumable

items for monitoring of environmental parameters at the site. Alternatively, monitoring

will be continued to be outsourced to a recognized/approved laboratory. The equipment

and consumable items will be made available at the site for environmental monitoring.

The sampling is done as per the standard procedures laid down by IS: 2488. The

equipment’s will be in the Environmental Laboratory are Heating Mantle, Digital

conductivity meter, Digital pH Meter, COD Digestion Apparatus, BOD Incubator, Hot air

oven, Muffle Furnace, Thermometer, Microprocessor based conductivity meter,

Microprocessor based pH Stat Analyzer, Electronic Balance, HOT Plate, Mechanical



Balance, Hand Held DO meter, Hand Held Turbidity meter, Magnetic Stirrer and

consumables, chemicals and Glassware.

6.8.1. Air Quality and Meteorology

Proposed: Manual AAQ monitoring stations – 3 Nos., on monthly basis third party

monitoring will be done by NABL / MoEF&CC authorised laboratory and the test report

will be verified for any deviation in air quality standards for corrective action and the test

reports will be submitted to the respective SPCB.

6.9. Occupational Safety and Health aspects

All the preventive and corrective actions of environmental impacts to protect the health

of all the employees from any possible occupational health problems, the periodical

medical and health checkups of all the employees will be done to assess the any

occupational health problems

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

CHAPTER -VII


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VII Page 262

CHAPTER – VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

The proposed Green field project is for the manufacturing of Bulk Drugs &

Intermediates. Felix Ventures LLP is covered under Category- A of the EIA

Notification – 2006. Public Consultation is required for this project, as it is located in

outside of the industrial area.

7.1 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

In order to support the environment impact assessment and environment

management plan, following additional studies have been included in this report.

HIRA [Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment]

Occupational Health

Disaster management plan

7.1.1 SCOPE OF THIS STUDY

The QRA study in this report has been conducted considering the Terms of

References (TORs) given by Expert Appraisal Committee of MoEF&CC for

Environment Clearance (EC).

The study has been carried out with a view to comply all TOR points

7.1.2 METHODOLOGY:

The following parameters are considered to prepare Hazard Identification & Risk

Assessment Report

1. Design data and proposed safety systems were studied. Discussions were

held with plant personnel on each equipment safety systems.

2. Hazard Identification exercise was conducted taking into consideration the

materials, operating parameters and proposed safety measures. Storage of

flammable chemicals in aboveground storage tanks has been considered in

detail, for evaluation of safety systems, under abnormal conditions.

3. Containment failure scenarios related to flammable chemicals has been

considered for Hazard Analysis and consequences in detail. Thus, this study

is mainly oriented towards acute risks rather than chronic risks.



4. Discussed on proposed Raw materials Hazards and their Risks in handling.

5. Discussed on Chemical reactions involved in proposed products and

assessment of Risks involved in manufacturing.

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

Felix ventures LLP handles various chemicals, some of which are hazardous in

nature by virtue of their intrinsic chemical properties or their operating temperatures

or pressures or a combination of them. Fire, explosion, toxic release or combinations

of them are the hazards associated with industrial plants using hazardous chemicals.

More comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering,

such as, Hazard Identification and Qualitative /Quantitative Risk Assessment have

been developed to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of industrial

plants, the same has been discussed in detail under their respective headings.

7.2.1 OBJECTIVES OF RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and

assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of

hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of failure probability, credible

accident scenario, vulnerability of population etc., much of this information is difficult

to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum

credible accident studies.

The risk assessment process is primarily based on likelihood of occurrence of the

risks identified and their possible hazard consequences particularly being evaluated

through hypothetical accident scenarios. With respect to the proposed project, major

risks are leaks from storage tanks, rupture of Pipelines, Spillages from containers

during transfer operations and Storage in the Ware house have been assessed. Risk

associated with the flammable storages have been determined semi-quantitatively

as the product of likelihood/probability and severity/consequence by using order of

magnitude data (risk ranking = severity/consequence factor X likelihood/probability

factor). Significance of such project related risks have been established through their

classification as high, medium, low, very low depending upon risk ranking.

It provides basis for:

The type and nature of its on-site and off-site emergency plan and,

The types of safety measures required.



7.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS

Hazard identification is carried out to ascertain the controls required and

available in order to mitigate the risk of exposure to the hazards. This would

substantially help in overcoming costly errors and prolonged delays that may

be caused due to the design changes that may be required on a later date.

Hazard assessment is carried out at the equipment design stage and the

control / mitigation measures are put in place overcome them to avoid costly

errors at a later stage.

Hazard assessment in the plant is carried out examining the, Liquid and solid

chemicals storage in the proposed ware house, production operations,

Flammable liquid chemicals (Methanol, Toluene, Acetone, Isopropyl alcohol

etc.),Hydrogen gas, locations to find out the adequate facilities in place to

overcome the Risks of exposure to the Hazards.

After a critical analysis of the chemicals used, stored, defined safe operating

procedures and the different manufacturing processes, the following table lists

the safety measures / installations in place and mitigation measures to

overcome the hazards.

Following are the Hazards identified in proposed project activities:

Fire Hazards due to Flammable chemicals leakage from storage tanks, pipe

line ruptures during transfer of material which may get ignited due to any

spark.

Fire Hazard due to improper earthing of storage tanks and material transfer

lines

Fire hazard due to leakage of flammable chemicals from transfer pumps gland

leaks.

Spillage of Hazardous chemicals - Solvents, Acetic acid, Hcl, Formaldehyde

which leads to Air pollution due to increase in respective chemical TLV Limits.

Water pollution, Ground pollution

Explosion Hazards due to high pressure in the process reactors.

Toxic gas release due to Thionyl chloride, Formaldehyde leakage during

transfer to reactors or container leakage

Hydrogen gas explosion at high pressure during pregabalin manufacturing.



Civil works Health hazards based on their occupations during construction

stage

Occupation Hazards

1. Brick and stone masons Cement dermatitis

2. Painters Solvent vapours, toxic metals in

pigments, paint additives

3. Plumbers/Pipe fitters Lead fumes and particles, welding

Fumes

4. Welders/Solderers Welding emissions

5. Insulation workers Asbestos, synthetic fibers

6. Paving, surfacing and Asphalt emissions, gasoline and

tamping equipment Operators diesel engine exhaust

7. Grader, dozer and scraper Silica dust, whole body vibrations

The exposure to hazards depends upon the concentration of hazard and the

frequency and duration of the task. The exposure to hazard could be controlled by

reducing either the concentration of hazard, frequency or duration. The concentration

of the hazard could be controlled by implementing the following:

Engineering control at the source.

Environmental controls that remove the hazard from the environment

Personal protective equipment provided to the worker.



TABLE: 7.1.AREA WISE IDENTIFIED HAZARDS, PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED WITH MITIGATION MEASURES.

S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED

PRECAUTIONS PROPOSED

MITIGATION MEASURES

1]

RM Storage area

Spillage of chemicals

Low to medium 5 persons

1. Approved layout as per legal requirements.

2. Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed 3. Chemicals will be stored in safe Containers with secondary containment to prevent spillages. 4. Storage quantity is limited 5. Storage area will be well ventilated by a forced air ventilation system. 6. Material will be accessed only by authorized personnel using mechanized systems 7. Double door entry to ensure a clean atmosphere. 8. Showers will be provided for decontamination.

1. Area will be cordoned off.

2. Information will be passed to Emergency control center is informed. 3. Information will be given to the declarer of emergency on the scale of leakage. 4. Emergency Response teams will be kept on alert for swift response. 5. All hot works being carried out in the surrounding areas will be stopped 6. Personnel working in the area will be evacuated.



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

9. Personnel will be provided with full body protection suits and nose masks to Prevent exposure to chemicals. 10.Fire hydrant system with hydrant points with hose reels and nozzles will be installed to mitigate fire hazards 11.Fire extinguishers will be deployed adequately 12. Fully fledged medical center will be arranged. 13. Periodical occupational health checks will be done to personnel working in the area to assess health effects, if any. 14. Liquid chemicals such as Thionylchloride, Hcl, DMSO, 1, 4, Dioxane, acetone, Ethanol, Acetic acid, Formaldehyde, DMS will be stored in dedicated area. Solid chemicals such as Sodium boro hydride, Sodiumazide, PTSA Mono hydrate, PARA toluene sulphonyl chloride will be stored in dedicated area. Solid and liquid chemicals will not be stored in the same area.

7. Spilled powders will be collected using vacuum cleaners. 8. The spillage will be cleared and the area is made fit work 9. In case of liquid chemical spillage, the container will be shifted from ware house to the outside for arresting the leakage and transferring the contents to another vessel depends on situation. The area where leakage is occurred will be neutralized if necessary and cleaned The warehouse will have good ventilation so as to minimize the concentration of respective chemical in the working area.



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

2]

Solvents Storage area

Fire, Flammable area & Explosion

Medium to High

1. Storage facility will be provided in isolated area to have natural ventilation 2. Flameproof electrical fittings to be allowed in storage area to prevent any fire hazard. 3. No electrical gadgets or items capable of generating static electric charges will be permitted in the area. 4. Personnel will be trained about Do‟s & Don‟ts during emergency. 5. No heat sources will be permitted near the Facility. 6. Hot work will be controlled through a work permit system 7.For all storage tanks double earthing will be arranged


2. No Hot work will be carried out in the vicinity to prevent accidental spread of fire. 3. Personnel working in the area will be evacuated 4. Emergency control center will be informed 5. Information will be given to the declarer of emergency on the scale of Fire, Leakage & Explosion. 6. Emergency Response teams will be kept on alert for swift response. 7. The spillage will be cleared and the area is made fit work



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

8.Adequate size Dyke wall will be provided to prevent leakage of solvent for containment. 9. Storage quantity and material will be handled by trained and authorized personnel. 10. Mechanical foam type fire & DCP fire

extinguishers will be provided at all solvent

storage tanks

11. Fire hydrant system with hose reels will be Provided in the solvents storage area. 12. Hydrocarbon detectors will be provided in the storage tanks area. 13. Flame arrestor will be provided for each storage tank.

8. In case leakage is found, the contents will be transferred to a spare tank or in to HDPE drums.



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

3]

Production Block

Spillages / Fire /Explosion/ Toxic gas release

Low to medium 10 persons

1.Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed

2. Freight lift will be installed for movement of material 3. Material will be stored at production blocks in safe containers for batch charging with secondary containment to prevent Spillages. 4. Earthing and bonding will be carried out for all reactor vessels and pipelines 5.Nitrogen lines will be provided to reaction vessel to create inert atmosphere inside the reactor to avoid fire and explosion 6. Work permit system will be implemented for hazard assessment in case of any hot work / work at elevated places.


2. Power supply will be cut off to the area to prevent accidental fire. 3. All hot work carried out in the vicinity will be stopped. 4. Emergency control center will be informed. 5. Information will be given to the declarer of emergency on the scale of Leakage / Accident 6. Emergency Response teams will be Kept on alert for swift response. 7. Personnel working in the area will be Evacuated. 8.Scrubber will be kept in operating condition with caustic scrubbing solution 9. Fire hydrant system will be put in use. 10. If situation beyond control information will be given to Govt., fire department for their assistance.



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

8. Manufacturing area will be ventilated by a Forced air ventilation system to prevent formation of flammable mixture. 9. Fire hydrant system with hydrant points with hose reels and nozzles will be installed to mitigate fire hazards 10. Fire extinguishers will be deployed adequately 11. Emergency exit door will be provided to each floor for safe escape in case of any emergencies. 12. Eye wash fountain / Body shower Will be provided for decontamination at each floor. 13. Limit switches will be provided for centrifuges for safe operation. 14. Nitrogen purging will be arranged for each Centrifuge to prevent explosive flammable mixture. 15. Each reactor will be connected to a scrubber to neutralize or decrease the pressure in case sudden rise in pressure.



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

4]

Boiler House

Fire / Explosion

Low to medium 2-persons

1. All requirements specified under Boiler Act and Boiler will be licensed is adhered to. 2. All electrical fittings will be of flame proof type. 3. Entry will be restricted only to trained and Authorized personnel to work in the area. 4. Fire extinguishers will be positioned at different locations in case of any Emergencies. 5. No material storage will be permitted in the Area. 6. Auto level controller for Water and high

temperature alarms will be provided.

7. Water hardness will be checked on shift wise.

1. Shutting down the plant, declaring the emergency. 2. Electrical supply will be isolated. 3. Type of emergency will be informed to the emergency declarer/ central authority. 4. Emergency response teams will be kept on alert for swift action. 5 Movement of personnel and vehicles will be prohibited. 7. Fire hydrant system will be put in use



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

6. Area will be well ventilated and illuminated for safe working. 7. 24 x 7 manning of the area is done for monitoring of operation. 8. All maintenance /repair works will be carried out after issuing work permits and under constant supervision of experts. 9. Periodical cleaning of soot in furnace to prevent formation of explosive mixtures. 10. Monitoring the boiler operational parameters and periodical cleaning 11. Checking of boiler internals to prevent accidents. 12. Signage‟s will be displayed to inform personnel about the hazards present in the area



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

5]

Diesel Generator

Noise & Fire

Low One person

1. Noise abatement thru‟ modular acoustic paneling of D.G set 2. Secondary containment is done to prevent Diesel leakage from day tanks. 3. Adequate no. of fire extinguishers will be kept to handle emergency 4. Entry access to the area will be controlled

1. Information will be given to Emergency control center. 2. Power supply will be cut off to the storage area to prevent accidental fire. 3. All hot work around the area will be stopped and the area will be cordoned off . 4. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to mitigate the leakages. 5. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response. 6. Periodical occupational health checks will be done to personnel working in the area to assess exposure to noise.



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

6]

Electrical sub stations

Electric shock / fire

2

1. Layout confirm to legal requirements Will be specified under Indian Electrical Rules. 2. Entry will be restricted to licensed and authorized personnel only. 3. Earthing will be provided for leakage of stray currents. 4. Electronic mimic panels will be installed for fault indication at the entry of the sub-station. 5. Insulating rubber mats confirming to IS 15652:2006 will be provided in front of all electrical switchgear. 6. Periodical inspection and maintenance Will be carried out to ensure good health of the equipment. 7. CO2 / DCP fire extinguishers will be deployed to handle emergency fires

1. Information will be given to Emergency control center. 2. Power supply will be cut off from incoming source. 3. Electricity supply company will be alerted for cut off power supply in case of major risks 4. All hot work around the area will be Stopped and the area is cordoned off. 5. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to restore normalcy. 6. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

7]

Hazardous waste storage room

Fire/Leakage

Low to medium 2- Persons

1. Storage shed will be at an isolated location. 2. Conditions specified in hazardous waste authorization issued by SPCB will be implemented. 3. Compatible wastes will be stored in separate enclosures 4. Layout provides adequate ventilation and illumination 5. Secondary containment provided to prevent leakages / spillages 6. Storage quantity will be limited. 7. Periodical disposal of accumulated waste will be sent to authorized landfills. 8. Flame proof electrical fittings will be installed to prevent fire / explosion hazards

1. Information will be given to Emergency control center. 2. Power supply will be cut off from incoming source. 3. All hot work around the area will be stopped and the area is cordoned off. 4. The concerned maintenance personnel will be carried repairs to restore normalcy 5. Fire hydrant system will be put in use



S.NO

AREA

IDENTIFIED

HAZARD

SEVERITY & NO. OF

PERSONS EXPOSED


MITIGATION MEASURES

9. Eye wash / body shower will be provided for decontamination in case of spillage on body parts. 10. PPE box will be equipped with gum boots, splash proof safety goggles, aprons for use during handling of chemicals. 11. Access to the area will be restricted to authorize personnel only. 12. Fire hydrant point with hose reels will be provided for fire mitigation

6. Emergency Response Team will be kept on alert for swift response. 7. Support of external agencies will be sought in case situation poses major risks and is not controllable by in-house infrastructure



TABLE: 7.2.RAW MATERIALS INVENTORY

RAW MATERIALS - MAXIMUM INVENTORY, MODE OF STORAGE, NATURE OF HAZARD

S.NO NAME OF THE CHEMICAL PHYSICAL

STATE MODE OF STORAGE

MAX. INVENTORY

IN TONS.

NATURE OF HAZARD

1 9H-Carbazol-4-ol solid HDPE Drums 1.5 harmful

2 (2-methoxyphenoxy)ethylamine Liquid HDPE Drums 1.5 Flammable

3 (Chloromethyl) oxirane liquid HDPE Drums 0.75 Flammable

4 7-Chloro-1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-4-oxo-1, 4-dihydro-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid

solid Fibre drums 3.5 corrosive

5 5-Cyanophthalide solid Fibre drums 1.0 harmful

6 (Dimethylamino)propyl magnesium chloride

Solid HDPE Drums 1.0 Corrosive

7 4-fluorophenylmagnesium chloride

Solid PP bags 1.0 Corrosive

8

5-(4-Amino-5-fluoro-2-oxo-2H-pyrimidin-1-yl)-[1,3]Oxa thiolane-2-carboxylic acid-2-isopropyl-5-methyl cyclo hexyl ester

Solid PP Bags 6.0 Combustible

9 Sodium Borohydride solid

HDPE Drums 1.0 Combustible

10 Thionyl chloride Liquid HDPE DRUMS 0.5 Corrosive

11 Dimethyl phenyl acetate solid HDPE Drums 2.0 Corrosive

12 Activated carbon Solid HDPE Drums 0.5 Ignitable

13 Azacyclonol solid Fibre drums 1.5 harmful

14 1,3-Difluorobenzene liquid HDPE Drums 2.0 Flammable



15 1,2,4-Triazole solid HDPE Drums 1.2 Corrosive

16 4-Amino-1,2,4-Triazole solid HDPE Drums 1.5 Corrosive

17 Chloro Acetyl Chloride liquid HDPE Drums 2.0 Irritant

18 Hydrochloric acid Liquid HDPE Carboys 2.0 Corrosive

19 TMSI( trimethyl sulfonium iodide) solid PP BAGS 3.0 Corrosive

20 Acetic acid Liquid HDPE Carboys 2.0 Corrosive

21 L(-) Menthol solid HDPE Drums 2.0 Corrosive

22 2,5-Dithiane-1,4-diol Liquid HDPE Carboys 0.5 Lachrymatory, Corrosive

23 Formaldehyde (Formalin -36%) Liquid HDPE Carboys 3.0 Corrosive

24 Glyoxylic Acid (50%) Liquid HDPE Carboys 3.5 Corrosive

25 Hydrogen Gas MS Cylinders 50 No‟s Flammable/explosive

26 cytosine solid Fibre drums 0.5 harmful

27 2,3-Lutidine liquid Hdpe drums 0.5 Flammable

28 2-Mercapto Benzimidazole solid Fibre drums 1.5 harmful

29 p-chloro benzo phenone solid Fibre drums 2.0 harmful

30 n,n-bis( 2-chloro ethyl) amine HCl solid Fibre drums 1.0 harmful

31 para toluene sulphonyl chloride solid HDPE Drums 1.0 corrosive

32 Ammonium hydroxide Liquid HDPE Drums 0.5 corrosive

33 Di methyl sulphate Liquid HDPE Drums 1 toxic

34 3-[2-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-ethyl]- pyridin-2-yl}-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)- methanone hydrochloride

solid Fibre drums 4.5 harmful



35 2-Cyano-4-Methyl biphenyl (OTBN) solid Fibre drums 2.3 harmful

36 Butyl chloro formyl imidazole (BCFI) solid Fibre drums 2.0 harmful

37 2-Chloro-N-(2-Chloro-4-Methyl-3-Pyridinyl)-3-Pyridine Carboxamide


38 3,5-Lutidine liquid HDPE Drums 0.5 Flammable

39 2-Mercapto-5-methoxy Benzimidazole solid Fibre drums 1.5 harmful

40 Maltol solid HDPE Drums 0.6 Flammable

41 5-diFluoromethoxy-2-mercaptobenzimidazole


42 Isoveraldehyde liquid HDPE Drums 3.0 Combustible

43 (S)-Mandelic acid solid Fibre drums 2.2 corrosive

44 Racemic Cis and Trans Sertraline solid HDPE Drums 1.5 corrosive

45 Di methyl amine liquid HDPE Drums 1.0 Flammable

46 Bromo Anisole liquid HDPE Drums 3.0 Combustible

47 Glacial Acetic acid liquid HDPE Drums 0.5 corrosive

48 p-Formaldehyde solid PP Bags 0.5 corrosive

49 β-Thymidine solid HDPE Drums 4.5 harmful

50 1,4-Dioxane liquid MS Drums 5.0 Flammable

51 DMSO liquid HDPE Drums 5.0 Flammable

52 Methane sulfonyl chloride Liquid HDPE Drums 1.5 corrosive

53 PTSA Monohydrate solid HDPE Drums 3.0 corrosive

54 Sodium azide Solid HDPE Drums 1.2 poison

55 Trityl chloride solid Fibre drums 4.5 corrosive

56 Sodium hydroxide Solid Fibre drums 2.0 corrosive



7.3 SOLVENTS

S.No NAME OF SOLVENT MODE OF STORAGE MAX.

INVENTORY IN TONS

NATURE OF HAZARD

NFPA RATING

1 Methanol MS Tank 20 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0

2 Toluene MS Tank 20 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 0

3 MDC MS Tank 20 Harmful H : 2 F: 1 R : 0

4 Mono chloro benzene HDPE Drums 4 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 0

5 Acetone HDPE Drums 5 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0

6 Ethyl acetate HDPE Drums 5 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0

7 THF HDPE Drums 5 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 0

8 Ethanol HDPE Drums 5 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 0

9 IPA MS Tank 20 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 0

10 n-Hexane HDPE Drums 2 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0

11 Chloroform HDPE Drums 4 Aspiration H : 2 F: 0 R : 0

12 Ortho xylene HDPE Drums 2 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 0

13 Cyclo Hexane HDPE Drums 1 Flammable H : 1 F: 3 R : 0

14 MIBK HDPE Drums 1 Flammable H : 2 F: 3 R : 1

15 TEA HDPE Drums 1 Flammable H : 3 F: 3 R : 0



TABLE: 7.4 LIST OF FINISHED PRODUCTS

S.NO NAME OF PRODUCT QUANTITY KG/MONTH

MODE OF STORAGE

NATURE OF HAZARD

1 Carvedilol 6000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

2 Ciprofloxacin Hydrochloride 10000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

3 Citalopram Hydrobromide 5000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

4 Emtricitabine 6000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

5 Fexofenadine Hydrochloride 6000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

6 Fluconazole 10000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

7 Lamivudine 10000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

8 Lansoprazole 6000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

9 Levocetirizine Di hydrochloride 3000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

10 Loratidine 10000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

11 Losartan potassium 10000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

12 Nevirapine 10000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

13 Omeprazole 10000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

14 Pantoprazole Sodium 10000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

15 Pregabalin 4000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

16 Sertraline Hydrochloride 5000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

17 Tramodol Hydrochloride 10000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful

18 Zidovudine 10000 HDPE/Fiber drums Harmful



7.3 SAFE PRACTICES [HANDLING, STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND

UNLOADING OF CHEMICALS]

7.3.1 Drums

Liquid Raw materials will be transferred from the drums to the day tank situated at

the production block with the help of leak proof drum pumps / pumps /Vacuum

through pipe lines from day tank to reaction vessel unloading by gravity.

7.3.2 Measures to Avoid Evaporation

Keep containers tightly closed.

Keep away from heat, sparks, and flame

Keep away from sources of ignition

Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area away from incompatible substances

7.3.3 Safety Systems

Designated areas with proper indication & safety sings

Double earthling systems

Flame arrestor to the vent

Flame proof transferring pumps

Handling precautions/sop protocol

Pressure Gauges

Level indicators

Flame proof lighting to storage yard

7.3.4 TRANSPORTATION / UNLOADING

Highly inflammable chemicals will be transported by road. Therefore, adequate

safety precautions for transportation are followed. During transportation of hazardous

chemicals, MSDS & TREM card will be provided to driver. As per Motor Vehicle

Rules, PESO rules and Factory Rules all safety precautions will be followed during

transportation of hazardous chemicals.

The following safety precautions are suggested during transportation of toxic,

inflammable and corrosive chemicals in tankers, while loading and unloading,

transportation and meeting the emergencies arising out of leakages and spillages of

hazardous materials:



Park the vehicle at designated place.

Stop the engine.

Check-up spark arrester.

Provide earthing to tanker securely.

Ensure that fireman is available near the place with proper equipment„s.

Connect the piping properly

Before start unloading, check that, there should not be any leakage.

In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages & rectify it.

After unloading is over, close the lid properly.

Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with tanker.

7.4 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRANSPORTATION OF HAZARDOUS

MATERIALS

The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the dangerous

goods should be marked on the vehicle and the packing material.

The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number should be

clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle.

The tanker or vehicle should not be used to transport any material other than

what is written on it.

Only trained drivers and cleaners should transport hazardous chemicals.

The transporter and the manufacturer must ensure the safe transportation of

the material.

The Tanker / Vehicle should be checked for its fitness and safe condition

before loading.

During loading and unloading, the tanker/vehicle should be braked and

isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety

appliances.

The tanker / vehicle should not be overloaded beyond the weight permitted by

R.T.O.

Check for leakages from the line connections / containers before starting and

Stopping the filling operations.



Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on Bumpy

roads.

Do not apply sudden break.

The tanker / vehicle should not be parked for long time on the way and especially in

crowded places. Park the vehicle away from residential areas

7.5. SPILL CONTROL

For all plants spill control procedures will be displayed. Spillage shall be

controlled as per concerned spill control procedure.

Unprotected personnel up wind will be kept up wind.

Like any spilled materials to contain. Absorb spilled liquid by dry absorbent

clay or vermiculite.

Collect most of the contaminated absorbent with shovel for further

disposal/incineration.

If spill of material directly on the ground, dig up and remove saturated soil for

disposal/incineration.

Inactivate poisonous chemical with suitable method.

7.6 EFFECT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hard due to storage, handling and

use of these chemicals. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they

may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapor clouds last over pressures depend

upon the reactivity class of material between two explosive limits.

7.6.1 OPERATING PARAMETERS

Potential vapor release for the same material depends significantly on the

operating conditions especially for any liquefied gas, operating conditions are

very critical to assess the damage potential.

If we take up an example of ammonia, if it is stored at ambient temperature

say 30OC, and then the vapor release potential of the inventory is much higher

as compared to the case if it is stored at 0OC.



7.6.2 INVENTORY

Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards

and short listing of release scenarios.

Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard.

Larger the inventory of a vessel or a system, larger the quantity of potential

release.

The potential vapor release [source strength] depends upon the quantity of

liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions

[pressure, temperature].

If all these influencing parameters are combined into a matrix and vapor

source strength estimated for each release case, a ranking should become a

credible exercise.

7.6.3 LOSS OF CONTAINMENT

Plant inventory can get discharged to environment due to Loss of

Containment.

Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly

understood to firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list

release scenarios for a detailed examination.

Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous.

Failure of a vessel leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden

appearance of such a major crack that practically all of the contents above the

crack shall be released in a very short time.

The more likely event is the case of liquid release from a hole in a pipe

connected the vessel. The flow rate will depend on the size of the hole as well

as on the pressure, which was present, in front of the hole, prior to the

accident. Such pressure is basically dependent on the pressure in the vessel.

The vaporization of released liquid depends on the vapor pressure and

weather conditions.

In the study the largest potential hazard inventories have been considered for

consequence estimation.



7.7 MAJOR HAZARDS

Hazards from Flammable Liquid Storages

There are a number of hazards that are present at the proposed project site that may

result in injury to people or a fatality in more serious cases. This study is only

concerned with „major hazards‟, which are as follows:

Jet fires;

Hydrocarbon fires associated with tank failures;

Pool fires, Vapor cloud explosion;

Each of these hazards has been described below.

7.7.1 Jet Fire

Jet fires result from ignited releases of pressurized flammable gas or

Superheated/pressurized liquid. The momentum of the release carries the material

forward in a long plume entraining air to give a flammable mixture.

Jet fires only occur where any other flammable gas is being handled under pressure

or when handled in gas phase and the release are unobstructed.

7.7.2 Pool Fires

If a liquid release has time to form a pool and is then ignited before the pool

evaporates or drains away, then a pool fire results.

Because they are less well aerated, pool fires tend to have lower flame temperatures

and produce lower levels of thermal radiation than some other types of fire (such as

jet fires); however, this means that they will produce more smoke. Although a pool

fire can still lead to structural failure of items within the flame, this will take several

times longer than in a jet fire.

A burning liquid pool can spread along a horizontal surface or run down a vertical

surface to give a running fire. Due to the presence of kerbs, slopes, drains and other

obstacles; pool fire areas and directions can be unpredictable.

7.7.3 Vapour Cloud Explosion

The facility presently stores and also plans to store highly flammable chemicals

Methanol, Acetone, Toluene, IPA, MDC, Ethanol etc. For a maximum credible loss

scenario the release of such chemicals is likely to form a vapour cloud. If the cloud

encounters an ignition source, the parts of the cloud where the concentration is



within the flammable range will burn and may in some situations, also create an

explosive force (blast wave). The effects of an explosion, defined by blast

overpressure, can be significant.

In most VCEs the expanding flame front travels more slowly than the pressure wave;

this type of explosion is called a deflagration and the maximum overpressure is

determined by the expansion ratio of the burning gases. If the flame front travels fast

enough to coincide with the pressure wave then the explosion is called a detonation

and very severe overpressures can be produced. Detonation is most likely to occur

with more reactive gases such as hydrogen.

7.8 DAMAGE CRITERIA

In consequence analysis, use is made of a number of calculation models to estimate

the physical effects of an accident [spill of hazardous material] and to predict the

damage [lethality, injury, material destruction] of the effects. The calculations can

roughly be divided in three major groups.

Determination of the source strength parameters;

Determination of the consequential effects;

Determination of the damage or damage distances.

Table 7.5: Severity Categories and Criteria

Consequence Ranking Criteria Definition

Catastrophic 5 Multiple fatalities/permanent total disability

Major 4 Single fatality/permanent total disability

Moderate 3 Short term hospitalization & rehabilitation

Minor 2 Medical treatment injuries.

Insignificant 1 First Aid treatment



7.9 Risk Evaluation

Based on ranking of likelihood and frequencies, each identified hazard has been

evaluated based on the likelihood of occurrence and the magnitude of

consequences. The significance of the risk is expressed as the product of likelihood

and the consequence of the risk event, expressed as follows:

7.9.1 Significance = Likelihood X Consequence

The below table illustrates all possible product results for the five likelihood and

consequence categories while the next table assigns risk significance criteria in three

regions that identify the limit of risk acceptability.

Depending on the position of the intersection of a column with a row in the risk

matrix, hazard prone activities have been classified as low, medium and high thereby

qualifying for a set of risk reduction / mitigation strategies.

Table 7.6: Risk Matrix

Likelihood

Consequence Frequent Probable Unlikely Remote Improbable

5 4 3 2 1

Catastrophic 5 25 20 15 10 5

Major 4 20 16 12 8 4

Moderate 3 15 12 9 6 3

Minor 2 10 8 6 4 2

Insignificant 1 5 4 3 2 1

Table 7.7: Risk Criteria and action Requirements

S.No. Risk Significance Criteria Definition & Action Requirements

1 High (16-25) “Risk requires attention” – Project Management need to ensure that necessary mitigation are adopted to ensure that possible risk remains within acceptable limits.

2 Medium (10-15)

“Risk is tolerable” – Project Management to adopt necessary measures to prevent any change/modification of existing risk controls and ensure implementation of all practicable controls.

3 Low (5-9)

“Risk is acceptable” – Project related risks are managed by well established controls and routine processes/procedures. Implementation of additional controls can be considered.

4 Very Low (1-4) “Risk is acceptable”- All risks are managed by well established controls and routine processes/procedures. Additional risk controls need not to be considered.



The basic physical effect models consist of the following.

Source strength parameters

Calculation of the outflow of liquid, vapor or gas out of a vessel or a pipe, in

case of rupture. Also two-phase outflow can be calculated.

Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation

and of the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool.

Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material,

pool dimensions and wind velocity.

Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. is some cases.

7.9.2 Consequential effects

Dispersion of gaseous material in the atmosphere as a function of source

strength, relative density of the gas, weather conditions and topographical

situation of the surrounding area.

Intensity of heat radiation [in KW / m2] due to a pool fire or a BLEVE, as a

function of the distance to the source.

Energy of vapor cloud explosions [in KW / m2], as a function of the distance to

the distance of the exploding cloud.

Concentration of gaseous material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of

evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic.

It may be obvious, that the types of models that must be used in a specific risk study

strongly depend upon the type of material involved:

Gas, vapor, liquid, solid

Inflammable, explosive, toxic, toxic combustion products

Stored at high/low temperatures or pressure

Controlled outflow (pump capacity) or catastrophic failure?

7.9.3 Selection of Damage Criteria

The damage criteria give the relation between extent of the physical effects

(exposure) and the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due

to those effects



The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the exposure. For

instance, much more is known about the damage caused by heat radiation,

than about the damage due to toxic exposure, and for these toxic effects, the

knowledge differs strongly between different materials.

In consequence analysis studies, in principle three types of exposure to hazardous

effects are distinguished:

Heat radiation from a jet, pool fire, a flash fire or a BLEVE.

Explosion

Toxic effect from toxic materials or toxic combustion products.

7.10 Heat Radiation

The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

The radiation energy onto the human body [KW / M2]

The exposure duration [sec]

The protection of the skin tissue [clothed or naked body]

The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation, for second-

degree burns and third degree burns are given in below:

Table 7.8: DAMAGES TO HUMAN LIFE DUE TO HEAT RADIATION

Thermal Radiation Intensity

(kW/m2) Type of Damage

1.6 No harm for long exposures.

4 to 5 Pain for 20 seconds exposure; first degree burn

9.5 Second degree burn after 20 Seconds

12.5 to 15 First degree burn after 10 second; 1% lethality in 1 minute.

25 Significant injury in 10 seconds; 100 % lethality in 1 minute.

35 to 37.5 1 % lethality in 10 seconds.

Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat

radiation in case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can

be assumed that people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal

radiation in 10 sec. time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people

suffering from direct contact with flames, such as pool fire, a flash fire or a jet flame.



7.11 Explosion

In case of vapor cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud;

A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within

the cloud proper.

For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on:

A peak over pressure of 0.1 bars will cause serious damage to 10% of the

housing/structures.

Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak

overpressures resulting from a blast wave:

Table 7.10: Damage due to Humans, Structures and Equipment from

Overpressure Events

Over pressure (Bar) Description of Damage

Direct effects on people

0.138 bar Threshold for eardrum rupture

0.689 to 1.034 bar 90 % Probability of eardrum rupture.

0.827 to 1.034 bar Threshold for Lung Hemorrhage.

2.068 to 2.413 bar 90 % Probability of fatality from Lung Hemorrhage.

4.826 to 13.79 bar Immediate blast fatalities.

Effects on Structures and Equipment

0.15 to 0.2 bar Collapse of unreinforced concrete or cinderblock walls

0.2 to 0.3 bar Collapse of Industrial steel frame structure.

0.35 to 0.40 bar Displacement of Pipe bridge, breakage of piping.

0.7 bar Total destruction of buildings, heavy machinery damaged.

0.5 to 1 bar Displacement of Cylindrical Storage tank, failure of pipes.



7.12 INCIDENTS IMPACT

The identified failure scenarios in plant have been analyzed for the impact zones

considering damage due to thermal, explosive and toxic impacts. Each incident will

have impact on the surrounding environment which in extreme case may cross plant

boundary.

7.13 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst credible

accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum

consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not

include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another

aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the

atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. The Maximum

Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL

cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents-what constitutes

a credible incident is always subjective.

The objective of the study is Emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative

assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence, though the outcomes may look

pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst

interpreting the results.

In Consequence analysis, geographical location of the source of potential release

plays an important role. Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same

geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been

identified and duly considered.

The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. The details of

software used for MCA analysis are described below.

A computer based version ALOHA is used to calculate toxic and explosive

effect of the accidental release of liquid chemicals within the plant area.

ALOHA models key hazards-toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation (Heat),

and over pressure (expansion blast force)-related to chemical releases that

result in toxic gas dispersion, fire and/or explosion.



7.14 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

Consequence Analysis – Solvents storage tanks

The main hazards associated with the storage and handlings of liquid

Chemicals with respect to the proposed project are pool fire, jet fires and VCE‟s

resulting from the ignition of released material. The hazards may be realized

following tank overfilling and leaks/failures in the storage tank and ancillary

equipment such as transfer pumps, metering equipment, etc. all of which can release

significant quantities of flammable material on failure.

7.14.1 Risk Modeling Scenarios

In addition to overfill, the scenarios considered for liquid and gaseous

Chemical/fuels storage tanks leaks and catastrophic failures. Factors that have been

identified as having an effect on the integrity of tanks are related to design,

inspection, maintenance, and corrosion.

From the Solvents – Methanol, Toluene, IPA, Ethanol, Acetone have been taken for

the consequences analysis considering their hazardous nature, Storage conditions

and threshold values, other properties are given in table.

S.NO

Flammable liquid

Physical Form

Type Of Storage

Tank Capacity

[Tons]

Storage Temp.

1 Methanol Liquid MS Tank 20 Ambient

2 Toluene Liquid MS Tank 20 Ambient

3 IPA Liquid MS Tank 20 Ambient

4 Acetone Liquid HDPE carboys 5 Ambient

5 MDC Liquid MS Tank 20 Ambient



SITE DATA:

Location: FELIX VENTURES LLP, Balangar Mandal, Mahabubnagar District, TS,

India

CHEMICAL DATA:

Chemical Name: METHANOL

CAS Number: 67-56-1

Molecular Weight: 32.04 g/mol

AEGL-1 (60 min): 530 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 2100 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 7200

ppm

IDLH: 6000 ppm LEL: 71800 ppm UEL: 365000 ppm

Ambient Boiling Point: 62.70c

ATMOSPHERIC DATA:

Wind speed: 2.2 meters/second from ENE at 3 meters level

Air Temperature: 40° C

Relative Humidity: 50%

Pool fire

SOURCE STRENGTH:

Leak from hole in vertical cylindrical tank

Flammable chemical is burning as it escapes from tank

Tank Diameter: 2.4 meters

Tank Length: 4.5 meters

Tank Volume: 20.4 cubic meters

Tank contains liquid Methanol

Chemical Mass in Tank: 14,200 kilograms

Tank is 90% full

Circular Opening Diameter: 2 inches

Opening is 0 .5 feet from tank bottom

Total Amount Burned: 5201 kg

Note: The chemical escaped as a liquid and formed a burning puddle.

The puddle spread to a diameter of 11.7 yards.

THREAT ZONE:

Threat Modeled: Thermal radiation from pool fire



Red : 12 yards --- (10.0 kW/(sq m) = potentially lethal within 60 sec)

Orange: 16 yards --- (5.0 kW/(sq m) = 2nd degree burns within 60 sec)

Yellow: 22 yards --- (2.0 kW/(sq m) = pain within 60 sec)

The pool fire hazard of Methanol and its consequence considered as Major and its

likelihood is probable.

Significance = Likelihood X Consequence

= 4*4 =16

As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements

The risk significance is Medium.

“Risk is tolerable” –

Mitigation measure: The Management has to adopt necessary measures after

commissioning of the plant such as frequent inspection of pipelines, Tank for any

corrosion and flange joints damage and tightening of the same to prevent any leaks

and modifications of risk controls and ensure implementation of all practicable

controls.

Toxic area of vapor cloud



SOURCE STRENGTH:


Flammable chemical escaping from tank (not burning)




Tank contains liquid Methanol.


Tank is 90% full


Opening is 0.5 feet from tank bottom

Total Amount Released: 8487 kgs

Note: The chemical escaped as a liquid and formed an evaporating puddle.

The puddle spread to a diameter of 59 yards.

THREAT ZONE:

Red : 81 yards --- (7200 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min])

Orange: 193 yards --- (2100 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min])

Yellow: 451 yards --- (530 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])



The evaporating puddle hazard of Methanol and its consequence considered as

Minor and its likelihood is unlikely.


= 3*2 = 6

As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirements, the risk significance is low.

“Risk is acceptable”


commissioning of the plant such as frequent inspection of pipelines leaks,

flange joints leaks and tightening of the same to prevent any leaks and

modifications of risk controls and ensure implementation of all practicable

controls.

SITE DATA:

Location: FELIX VENTURES LLP, INDIA

CHEMICAL DATA:

Chemical Name: TOLUENE

CAS Number: 108-88-3


AEGL-1 (60 min): 67 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 560 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 3700

ppm


Ambient Boiling Point: 1080c

ATMOSPHERIC DATA:

Wind: 2.2 meters/second from ENE at 3 meters level



SOURCE STRENGTH:








Tank contains liquid Toluene


Tank is 90% full



Total Amount Burned: 5730 kgs



THREAT ZONE:





The pool fire hazard of Toluene and its consequence considered as Major and its



= 4*4 = 16



As defined in Risk Criteria and action requirement, the risk significance is Medium.






controls.

TOXIC AREA OF VAPOR CLOUD-TOLUENE

SOURCE STRENGTH:



Tank Diameter: 2.4 meters Tank Length: 4.5 meters


Tank contains liquid Toluene


Tank is 90% full



Total Amount Released: 2065 kg



THREAT ZONE:

Orange: 123 yards --- (560 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min])

Yellow: 403 yards --- (67 ppm = AEGL-1 [60 min])



The evaporating puddle hazard of Toluene and its consequence considered as Minor

and its likelihood is unlikely.


= 3*2 = 6




commissioning of the plant such as frequent inspection of pipelines leaks, flange

joints leaks and tightening of the same to prevent any leaks and modifications of risk

controls and ensure implementation of all practicable controls.

SITE DATA:


CHEMICAL DATA:

Chemical Name: ISOPROPANOL

CAS Number: 67-63-0


PAC-1: 400 ppm PAC-2: 2000 ppm PAC-3: 12000 ppm




Ambient Boiling Point: 80.30c

ATMOSPHERIC DATA:

Wind: 2.2 meters/second from ENE at 3 meters level



SOURCE STRENGTH:






Tank contains liquid ISOPROPANOL


Tank is 85% full



Total Amount Burned: 5368 KGS



THREAT ZONE:







The pool fire hazard of Isopropanol and its consequence considered as Major and its



= 4*4 = 16







controls.

Toxic area of vapor cloud-Isopropanol

SOURCE STRENGTH:



Tank Diameter: 2.4 meters Tank Length: 4.5 meters


Tank contains liquid Isopropanol



Internal Temperature: 40° C


Tank is 85% full



Ground Type: Default soil

Ground Temperature: equal to ambient

Total Amount Released: 2183 KGS



THREAT ZONE:

Orange: 69 yards --- (2000 ppm = PAC-2)

Yellow: 195 yards --- (400 ppm = PAC-1)



The evaporating puddle hazard of Isopropanol and its consequence considered as

Minor and its likelihood is unlikely.


= 3*2 = 6




commissioning of the plant such as frequent inspection of pipelines leaks, flange

joints leaks and tightening of the same to prevent any leaks. As necessary

modifications of risk controls can be done and ensure implementation of all

practicable controls.

SITE DATA:


CHEMICAL DATA:

Chemical Name: THIONYL CHLORIDE

CAS Number: 7719-9-7


AEGL-1 (60 min): N/A AEGL-2 (60 min): 2.4 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 14 ppm

Ambient Boiling Point: 73°C

ATMOSPHERIC DATA:

Wind speed: 2.2 meters/second



SOURCE STRENGTH:


Non-flammable chemical is escaping from tank




Tank contains liquid Thionyl chloride

Internal Temperature: 40° C



Chemical Mass in Tank: 300 kilograms

Tank is 87% full

Circular Opening Diameter: 0.5 inches

Opening is 6 centimeters from tank bottom

Ground Type: Concrete

Ground Temperature: equal to ambient

Total Amount Released: 280 kgs



THREAT ZONE:

Red : 247 yards --- (14 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min])

Orange: 620 yards --- (2.4 ppm = AEGL-2 [60 min])

Thionyl chloride is a respiratory and skin irritant. Symptoms of exposure range from

mild irritation to death and include dyspnea, burns, pulmonary edema, and

inflammation. When exposed to water or water vapor, one mole of thionyl chloride

produces one mole of sulfur dioxide and two moles of hydrogen chloride very rapidly.

As per Threat zone analysis the Vapor dispersion of Thionyl chloride and its

consequence considered as Catastrophic and its likelihood is moderate




=3*4 =12


“Risk is tolerable”–


commissioning of the plant such as frequent monitoring of Thionyl chloride storage,

Adequate ventilation and transfer of material should be done only using AODD

pumps to prevent any leaks and as necessary modifications of risk controls and

ensure implementation of all practicable controls.

Estimation of Distance to 1 PSI Overpressure for Vapor Cloud Explosion of

Flammable substances

For a worst-case release of flammable gases and volatile flammable liquids, the

release is assumed to form a vapor cloud. The entire contents of the cloud are

assumed to be within the flammability limits, the cloud is assumed to explode.

For the worst-case analysis, 10 percent of the flammable vapor in the cloud is

assumed to participate in the explosion.

Consequence distances to an overpressure level of 1 pound per square inch

Determined based on the TNT –equivalency method.

A Scenario has been considered for Solvents storage area – where Acetone,

Ethanol, N-Hexane, Ethylacetate, Cyclohexane, Orthoxylene, MIBK are propose to

store. During unloading of Acetone from Tanker to HDPE drums due to improper

earthing solvent caught fire. This resulted in to a huge fire and got spread to other

solvents in the same area. The entire flammable liquids caught fire and involved in

vapor cloud explosion due to high temperature.

Due to vapor cloud explosion the estimation of distance of one psi over pressure is:

D =17(0.1*Wf* Hcf/HTNT)1/3

1. Considering 10 % of the flammable vapor in the cloud is assumed to participate in

the explosion

D= Consequence Distance to an Over Pressure Level of One Pound per Square

Inch in meters

Wf= Weight of Flammable liquid Solvents=21000 kgs



Hcf = Average Heat of combustion of solvents --31326 kilojoules/kg

HTNT=Heat of explosion of trinitrotoluene- 4680 kilojoules/kg

D=17(0.1*21000*31326/4680)1/3

=408.9 mts


the explosion

=515 mts


the explosion

= 699 mts

The Vapor Cloud Explosion of Flammable substances (Solvents) and its

consequence considered as Catastrophic and its likelihood is unlikely.


=3*5 =15




commissioning of the plant the warehouse should have adequate ventilation to avoid

formation of flammable mixiture. The warehouse incharge should ensure proper

earthing while loading and unloading of solvents in the warehouse and operating

personnel in the ware house should be trained well in handling of solvents such as

loading & unloading operations.

Adequate Fire extinguishers and Fire hydrant system should be in place in the ware

house while starting operations

7.15 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Hazardous and toxic substances will be defined as those chemicals present in the

work place which are capable of causing harm.

For handling hazardous chemicals and to take care of employee‟s health, and

predictive maintenance looking to the nature of hazardous chemicals being

handled/processed. All the equipments in the plant areas shall be inspected /

tested by an outside agency.



The various safety equipments like breathing apparatus and critical

instrumentation will be provided on various equipments are inspected and

tested frequently to ensure their operability all the time. Besides, all the first

aid, fire fighting devices will be inspected, tested and maintained by a

competent third party and kept all the time in ready to use condition.

Health of all the employees in plant area will be monitored by outside

physician. If any abnormality is found necessary treatment is also being given

time to time. Necessary history cards, records will be maintained which is up-

dated time to time.

Common Hazards

Physical such as ventilation, poor illumination, noise, extreme temperature,

humidity and radiation.

Biological such as variety of pathogenic bacteria and parasites.

Chemical due to hazardous gases and dusts.

Ergonomic.

Industrial Hygiene Monitoring

Industrial hygiene monitoring is to located and identify source of exposure in

the workplace so that they can be corrected and to quantify the exposure of

employees to chemicals in the air.

Occupational Health Monitoring System

A. Air samples

Locations of samples – air samples are generally collected in one or three

locations:

At the breathing zone of the worker [Personal sample]

In the general room air [Area sample]

At the operation which is generating the hazardous substance [Area sample]

Lengths of samples – Air samples are generally collected for two lengths of time.

Grab samples [instantaneous] measure conditions at one moment in time and

can be likened to a still photograph. They give only a picture of conditions at

one place at one instant in time.



Continuous Samples [range from twenty minutes to 8 – 10 Hours].These is

used to evaluate all day exposure by a series of continuous samples.

Continuous samples may be thought of as like a motion picture since they

record activity taking place in various places over a period of time. They

provide an average of conditions over a period samples.

B. Other sampling methods

Bulk samples

Bulk samples will be collected from settled dust in the work place or from drums or

bags of chemicals in the Warehouse. Their purpose is to analyze and identify the

substances present. For example, bulk samples are used to analyze the percent of

asbestos in insulation, dust &Chemical Powder. Usually, a substance which is

greater than one percent of bulk sample is considered a concern.

Wipe Samples

Wipe samples will be used when skin absorption or ingestion is a suspected route of

exposure. The purpose is to show whether skin, respirators, clothing, lunch rooms,

lockers, etc. are contaminated.

It can show which surfaces are clean and which are contaminated. It can also show

if some surfaces are more contaminated than others.

Sampling Devices

The general principle of sampling is to collect an amount of a contaminant onto a

medium from a known quantity of air.

Air samples will be collected using small pumps to suck air from the workroom. The

pump is attached by tubing to a sampling device which contains the sampling

medium; for example a glass tube containing charcoal.

The sampling method will be used depends on the physical form of the substance:

DUSTS –The sampling device is a filter of plastic or paper in s holder:

VAPORS –The sampling device is a glass tube containing activated charcoal

as a medium.

GASES –The sampling device is a bubbler containing a fluid medium to

dissolved or react with the gas



The collected samples will be sent to a laboratory where the amount of the

substance on the sampling medium [filter, tube, etc.] is measured.

In some cases air monitoring will be conducted by using direct reading instrument

such as a monitoring for carbon monoxide these instruments can measure the

amount of a contaminant in the air immediately without being sent to a laboratory.

PELs [Permissible Exposure Limits] – these are legal‟s limits which have been

established by OSHA.

Recommended PELs – also reference to as RELs [Recommended Exposure

Limits] often these values are based on more recent scientific information than

the legal PELs enforced by OSHA.

TLVs [Threshold Limit Values] – These are exposure limits put out by a

nongovernmental group, the ACGIH [American Conference of Governmental

Industrial Hygienists]. Many of these were adopted as legal requirements.

Revised TLVs are often based on the most recent and accurate scientific

information.

Permissible Exposure Limits by OSHA [Occupational Safety and Health

Administration] when it started back in 1970.

IDLH [Immediate Dangerous to Life or Health] limits are prescribed by NIOSH

[National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health]

CHEMICAL EXPOSURE LIMITS & EMP FOR THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY &

HEALTH HAZARDS

TABLE: Table 7.11: CHEMICAL EXPOSURE LIMITS

S. No SOLVENT NAME Exposure Standards ppm

ACGIH [TLV ]

OSHA [ PEL ]

NIOSH [ IDLH ]

1 Methanol 200 200 6000

2 Toluene 50 200 2000

3 Acetone 750 1000 20000

4 Ethyl acetate 400 400 10000

5 MDC 50 500 5000

6 Mono chloro benzene 10 75 2400

7 Thionyl chloride 1 1 1

Notes:

All the above Values are in ppm



PPE Means Personal Protective Equipment like Helmets, Safety Google,

Breathing apparatus, Nose Masks, Gloves, Gum Shoes etc.,

NOTE: Medical testing reports of the Employees will be available at the time of

industry in operation

EMP for the Occupational Safety & Health Hazards so that such exposure can be

kept within permissible exposure level (PEL) / Threshold Level value (TLV) so as to

protect health of workers.

1. It is proposed to formulate and implement an EMP for Occupational Safety and

Health with following aim

To keep air-borne concentration of toxic (if available) and hazardous

chemicals below PEL and TLV.

Protect general health of workers likely to be exposed to such chemicals

Providing training, guidelines, resources and facilities to concerned

department for occupational health hazards

Permanent changes to workplace procedures or work location to be done if it

is found necessary on the basis of findings from workplace Monitoring Plan.

2. It is proposed that this EMP be formulated on the guidelines issued by Bureau of

Indian Standards on OH&S Management Systems: IS 18001:2000 Occupational

Health and Safety Management Systems.

3. Proposed EMP will be incorporated in Standard Operating Procedure also

4. The proposed EMP will also include measure to keep air-borne concentration of

toxic and hazardous chemicals below its PEL and TLV, like…

Leak Surveys

Separate storage for toxic chemicals

Exhaust Ventilation

Proper illumination

Close processes to avoid spills and exposures

Atomization of process operations to hazards of manual handling of chemicals

Supply of proper PPEs like Air mask, Breathing canisters, SCBA sets.

Decontamination procedure for empty drums and carboys.



Regular maintenance program for pumps, equipment, instruments handling

toxic and corrosive chemicals

Display of warning boards

Training to persons handling toxic and corrosive chemicals .

5. Workplace Monitoring Plan

It is proposed that a Workplace Monitoring Plan to be prepared &

implemented accordingly.

Each workplace must be evaluated to identify potential hazards from toxic

substances or harmful physical agents. Air-borne concentration of toxic

chemicals will be measured and record will be kept.

The current state-of-the-art exposure measurement model is as follows: For

purposes of measuring worker exposure across a single shift it is sufficient to

place a reasonably accurate exposure measuring device near the worker‟s

area, within the worker‟s breathing zone, and have it operate for nearly the full

shift. Client has been proposed to study the exposure data when the plant is

operative.

6. Health Evaluation of Workers

It is proposed that management will devise a plan to check and evaluate the

exposure specific health status evaluation of workers.

Workers will be checked for physical fitness with special reference to the

possible health hazards likely to be present, where he/she is being expected

to work before being employed for that purpose. Basic examinations like

1. Liver Function tests,

2. Chest X-ray,

3. Audiometry,

4. Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and

Any other ocular defect)

5. ECG, etc. will be carried out.

However, the parameters and frequency of such examination will be decided in

consultation with Factory Medical Officer.



While in work, all the workers will be periodically examined for the health with

specific reference to the hazards which they are likely to be exposed to during

work. Health evaluation will be carried out considering the bodily functions

likely to be affected during work. The parameters and frequency of such

examination will be decided in consultation with Factory Medical Officer. Plan

of monthly and yearly report of the health status of workers with special

reference to Occupational Health and Safety, will be maintained.

TREATMENT OF WORKERS AFFECTED BY ACCIDENTAL SPILLAGE OF

CHEMICALS

[Interim First Aid for General Injuries & Wounds]

Interim First Aid is essential in many injuries while injured waits for trained personnel

to arrive.

BLEEDING

Apply direct pressure on the wound with a clean dressing.

If bleeding continues and you do not suspect a fracture, elevate the wound

above the victim‟s heart and continue to apply direct pressure.

If bleeding continues, apply pressure at a pressure point.

Maintain body temperature.

Do not use a tourniquet unless this is a serious amputation.

BREATHING PROBLEMS

Move victim to fresh air if smoke or dangerous gases are present.

Otherwise, do not move victim.

If victim loses consciousness, call doctor

Never enter into a room with toxic gases released -call without protection

UNCONSCIOUS VICTIM

Move victim to fresh air if smoke or dangerous gases exist.

Begin rescue breathing- is First Aid trained ahead of time! Instead.

Never enter into a room with toxic gases released- call without protection



CHEMICAL BURNS

Have victim remain under a safety shower or flush skin with an available

water source for 15-30 minutes.

Remove all contaminated clothing and jewellery.

Cover burns with dry, loose dressings.

Wash all clothing thoroughly before wearing it again.

ACID BURNS

In case of acid burn, the operator should with all possible speed get under a safety

shower and use the full flow of water - the more water the better. A small amount of

water will incase severity o f the burn Water should be used until all traces of acid

have been washed from the burn. Alkaline solutions are not needed; if used at all

they should be used only after all acid has been washed from the burn, it may to

treat in the same manner as a heat burn.

CHEMICAL INGESTIONS

Never enter into a room with toxic gases released without protection

Do not give victim any food or liquids without specific advice from physician.

EYE INJURIES FROM CHEMICALS

Get victim to a safety shower or eye wash immediately.

Never enter into a room with toxic gases released- call without protection

Flush eye for 15-30 minutes with both lids held open. Keep the injured eye

lower than the uninjured eye.

Keep the eyelids open hold fingers at top and bottom of the eyeball. Wrap a

bandage loosely around both eyes.

7.16 SAFE OPERATING PROCEDURES

Safe operating procedures will be available for all materials, operations and

equipment.

The workers will be informed of consequences of failure to observe the safe

operating procedures.

Safe operating procedures will be formulated and updated, specific to process

& equipment and distributed to concerned plant personnel.



Safety procedures will be prepared and displayed meticulously in Telugu and

English languages.

7.17 FIRE PROTECTION

Well-designed pressured hydrant system comprising with jockey pump,

electrical & diesel pumps, hydrant, monitor etc. will be installed at the plant.

The fire fighting system and equipment will be tested and maintained as per

relevant standards.

Heat and smoke detectors will be provided at the plant and warehouse

(solvent storage in drums) and calibrated and maintained properly.

7.18 STATIC ELECTRICITY

All equipment and Storage tanks / Containers of flammable chemicals are will

be bounded and earthed properly.

Electrical pits will be maintained clean and covered.

Electrical continuity for earthing circuits shall be maintained.

Periodic inspections shall be done for earth pits and record will be maintained.

7.19 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

Communication facilities will be checked periodically for its proper functioning.

7.20 SAFETY INSPECTIONS

The system will be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and internal

audit of the plant. Safety inspection team will be formed from various disciplines and

departments.

7.21 PREDICTIVE AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule will be followed in religious manner.

7.21.1 ELECTRICAL SAFETY

Insulation pad at HT panels will be replaced at regular interval.

Housekeeping in MCC room will be kept proper for safe working conditions.



7.21.2 COLOUR CODING SYSTEM

Colour coding for piping and utility lines are will be followed in accordance with IS:

2379:1990.

7.22 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.22.1 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

The details of Disaster management system are discussed in the following sections

7.22.2 DEFINING THE NATURE / LEVEL OF EMERGENCY

The levels of emergency can be classified in three categories

LEVEL-1

The leakage or emergency which is confinable the plant, premises. It may be due to-

Small fire in the plant

Low toxic gas release for short duration.

Collapsing of equipment that do not affect outside premises.

LEVEL-2

The emergency which is confinable within the factory premises. It may arise due to-

Major fire inside the factory premises.

Medium scale explosion confined to the factory premises.

Heavy toxic/flammable gas leakage for short duration.

LEVEL-3

The emergency, which is not confinable within the factory premises and general

public in the vicinity likely to be affected. It may arise due to-

Explosion of high magnitude affecting the adjacent area

Heavy/profuse leakage of toxic/flammable gases for a long duration.

7.22.3 STRUCTURE OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The company will develop an emergency management team. The management

structure includes the following personnel



Site main Controllers

Incident Controllers and Deputy Incident Controllers

Key Personnel‟s

Essential Workers

The other elements of Disaster management plan are

Assembly points

Emergency control center

Fire control center

Medical arrangements

Other arrangements

7.22.4 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM – ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES

Roles and responsibilities of the responsible persons are described.

7.22.4.1 SITE MAIN CONTROLLER [SMC]

PLANT HEAD will be the site main controller. In absence of PLANT HEAD, EHS

HEAD will act as a SMC.

His task will be to co-ordinate all internal and external activities from the emergency

control centre at main security gate from where all operations will be directed. He

shall:

Immediately on being informed of the emergency and its location, will arrive at

the scene and handle the situation.

Relieve the incident controller from responsible of the main controller

Co-ordinate to avail services from external agencies like fire brigade, hospitals

etc. is called for, following the declaration of major emergency. If necessary,

major installations in the vicinity may also be informed of the situation.

Exercise direct operational control of the unaffected section of the plant.

In consultation with the advisory team, expedite the shutting down of

loading/unloading operations of tankers and if necessary, instruct the

supervisor/security/personnel to evacuate tankers.



Ensure that all employees are evacuated from the affected area and the

casualties, if any, are given necessary medical attention. Instruct P&A

Assistant/security for rushing casualties to hospitals if required.

Liaise with fire and police officials, pollution control board officials and other

statutory bodies and advise them of all possible consequence effects outside

the premises.

Arrange for relief of personnel when emergency is prolonged

Issue authorized statement or press release to the news –media

Ensure preservation of evidence for enquiries to be conducted by statutory

authorities.

Authorize the sounding of “All Clear” and “Evacuation Siren”

Arrange for obtaining the head-count of all personnel within the premises and

cross-checking with the data from records available for no. of persons within

the premise.

7.22.4.2 INCIDENT CONTROLLER/ DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLER

Role of Incident Controller [Plant Manager/Shift in Charge].He is the shift supervisor

of the plant. Assume the role of the incident controller and take charge of the

situation. Keep the SMC informed of the situation from time to time.

1. Proceed to the scene of emergency and assess the situation

2. Direct all operation within the affected area with the following priorities

Safety of personnel

Minimize damage to property and loss of material

Arrange for rescue of trapped workers and those in a state of shock

Get all non-essential persons safely evacuated after stopping all the

engineering/hot jobs.

Set up a communication system with the main control center at the main

security gate through telephone or messenger system.

Pending arrival of the main controller, direct the shutting down and evacuation

of the site

Report all developments to the main controller

Preserve all evidence for use in the subsequent enquiry.



Intimate to the Emergency Control Center (Main Security Gate) the head count

of plant.

7.22.4.3 KEY PERSONNELS

Key Personnel are required to provide and to implement the decisions made

by the SMC in the light of information received on the developing situation at

the time of emergency.

As necessary, they will decide the actions needed to shut down plants,

evacuate personnel, carryout emergency engineering work, arrange for

supplies of equipment, utilities, carryout environment monitoring, provide

catering facilities, liaise with police, fire brigade and other local authorities,

relative of casualties, hospital, press & neighboring industries

Action at assembly points, outside shelters and mutual aid center under the

direction of the SMC.

All the key personnel and other called in so to assist shall report to the ECC.

They shall be available at any time on duty or on call or on oil duty or holiday.

7.22.4.4 ESSENTIAL WORKERS

A task force of essential trained workers [Expert‟s team] is available to get the work

done by the Incident controller and the SMC. Such work will include:

Fire fighting and spill control till a FIRE BRIGADE takes the charge

To help FIRE BRIGADE and MUTUAL AID teams, if it is so required

Shutting down plant and making it safe

Emergency engineering work e.g. isolating equipments, material process,

providing temporary by pass lines, safe transfer of materials, urgent repairing

or replacement, electrical work, etc

Provision of emergency power, water, lighting, instruments, equipments,

materials, etc

Movement of equipment, special vehicle and transport to or from the scene of

the accident.

Search, evacuation, rescue and welfare.

The injured is given First Aid.

Moving tankers or other vehicles from area of risk.



Carrying out atmospheric test and pollution control.

Manning of assembly points to record the arrival of evacuated personnel.

Manning for outside shelters and welfare of evacuated persons there.

Assistance at causalities reception areas to record details of causalities.

Assistance at communication centers to handle outgoing and incoming calls

and to act as messengers if necessary.

Manning of works entrances in liaison with the police to direct emergency

vehicles entering the work. To control traffic leaving the works and to turn

away or make alternative safe arrangements for visitors for visitors,

contractors and other traffic arriving at the works.

Informing surrounding factories and the public as directed by the Site Main

Controller.

Any special help required.

7.23 OTHER ELEMENTS OF DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLANT

There are some other elements of DMP which are described as follows:

7.23.1 ASSEMBLY POINT

Assembly points are those locations where the persons who are not connected with

emergency operations can await either for further instructions or for rescue transport

and rehabilitation. Security office will be considered assembly point, taking into

consideration of the size of the plant facilities.

In affected & vulnerable plants, all nonessential workers [who are not

assigned any emergency duty] will be evacuated from the area & they shall

report to specified Assembly point.

Assembly Point are located at a safe place, well away from area of risk and

least affected by the down wind direction.

To ensure that workers do not have to approach the affected area to reach

the Assembly point proper location and numbers have been marked at

Assembly point.

Each Assembly Point is manned by a nominated person to record the names

and dept.



At each Assembly point duties of Assembly point, In charge have been also

displayed in brief.

Before reaching an Assembly point or subsequently, if it is required to pass

through an affected area or due to presence of toxic substances, suitable

PPE‟s including respirators, helmet etc., are issued & made available with

workers.

7.23.2 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER

The emergency Control Center is the place or room from where the operations to

handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. Main Control Room has been

earmarked / identified as the Emergency Control Room. Fire Control Room shall be

earmarked / identified as the alternative Emergency Control Room to be operated in

case of unfavorable wind direction. Adequate Telecommunication System is

available in the Emergency Control Room.

The ECC center has been equipped with the following facilities.

1. Internal and external telephone including STD facility

2. Telephone directory

3. Factory layout plan

4. Map of the area

5. Employee blood group and their address

6. Messengers / Runners for sending messages

7. Adequate numbers of PPE‟S

8. Telephone nos. of mutual aid centers

7.23.3 FIRE SERVICES

Fire Fighting, Gas leak Control and Rescue operation

A] Role of Manager (Fire and Safety/shift in-charge [Fire and Safety]

Manager [EHS] shift in-charge [EHS] will be the only person to direct the

fire fighting and emergency operation.

Keep the constant touch with the chief emergency controller.

Direct the crew members to the scene of emergency and arrange

replenishment of man power/equipment/extinguishing media etc.



B] Fire and Safety officer. [EHS Officer]

On being notified about the location of fire/gas leakage immediately

proceed to the scene of incident with fire tender and crew.

Position the fire tender in upwind direction.

Decide his line of action in consultation with incident controller and take

appropriate measures to handle the emergency.

Assessing the severity of the incident immediately report to emergency

controller about the gravity of the situation.

He will assess the extra requirement required if any from the neighboring industry.

C] Fire Crew Members

On hearing fire alarm, emergency siren they shall immediately report to

control room and proceed to the scene of emergency and work under the

direction of shift fire & safety officer.

The personal availability at the scene of incident to be made optimize.

D] Emergency Squad Members

On hearing Emergency Siren ,they shall immediately report to site main

controller, safety in charge or incident controller

They shall combat the emergency situation as per the direction of site main

controller, Safety In- charge or Incident controller

They shall help for safe evacuation

7.23.4 MEDICAL SERVICES

A] Role of Chief Medical Officer/Medical Officer [Medical Assistance]

He will contact immediately to chief emergency controller

He will render necessary treatment as first aid center and hospital.

He will arrange for hospitalization and treatment at outside hospitals if

required.

He will mobilize extra medical assistance from outside if necessary.

He will make arrangement for treating public if necessary.



B] Role of other Medical staff

As directed by medical officers.

7.23.5 SECURITY SERVICES

Role of H.O.D. (Security) / Security Officers.

Receive message from the observer

Initiate the emergency siren to declare the emergency

Announce on the public address system

Arrange to close all the gates and stop traffic

Keep vehicle/ambulance ready and keep track of casualty sent to hospital

during off hours

Ensure that unauthorized persons/vehicles do not enter the premises\

Organize the positioning and transport of vehicles near the main gate

Depute security guard for controlling traffic at the scene of emergency

Call up for additional help from the outside agency like fire brigade,

hospitals during off hours

Role of Security Guard

On hearing emergency siren contact security officer and work under his

directions

7.23.6 MUTUAL AID

In emergency situations, resources over and above those available at the works may

be needed. Emergency Coordinator would be contacting neighboring factories for

help. A survey of industries who can come to help and also the help, they can extend

is done as mentioned below.

The help would be in the form of technical manpower, medical aid,

transport for rescue and Rehabilitation, fire fighting, additional special

protective wear or any other help as the case may be.

Manager – Safety who is Emergency Coordinator is assigned with this

responsibility and he would maintain liaison during non-emergency period

and ensure co-operation



Similarly, the help required from civil administration, in respect of medical

aid, transport, law and order, rehabilitation etc. are identified and liaison is

established with Mandal Revenue Officer and Police Officials.

7.23.7 EMERGENCY RESPONSE

Concept of operations deals with the possible steps associated with an

emergency response assuming the most severe emergency scenario. This

includes:

Accident initiation and rising of alarm

Accident evaluation and emergency declaration

Off site and external agency notification

Implementation of onsite response actions

Implementation of protective actions and evacuations

Co-ordination of response action with external agencies

Management of emergency resources

Recovery and facilitate re-entry procedures

7.23.8 EMERGENCY CAPABILITIES

The primary emergency response facilities comprise with emergency control center

upon declaration of emergency, the main security gate office will become the

emergency control center [ECC].The ECC is located in a low /minimal risk zone of

the plant. It is manned round.

7.23.9 EMERGENCY HANDLING PROCEDURES

Action plan

On hearing emergency declaration siren and announcement on public address

system, all key persons will rush to their nominated location and start actions.

The main controller will continuously assess the situation by taking feedback

from the incident controller. He will consult the advisory team members to get

essential information if required but if does not required to take help from

advisory team; he can assign other jobs to advisory team.



Once the emergency is brought under control, Main Controller will inform to

security to give “ALL CLEAR” siren and announce on Public Address System

about termination of emergency.

In the case the emergency assumes off site dimensions and cannot be controlled,

then if the chief controller with his advisory team decides to evacuate the plant, he

will instruct the security to sound “EVACUATION SIREN”

Procedure in case emergency tends to have off site implications

As per the sire plan and wind direction at the time of emergency, the likely

affected area will be identified and population within will estimated.

The police will be informed so that in-coming traffic on highway can be

controlled from both the ends. The police force will be helpful in evacuation of

villages, factories or other public places in the vicinity

The fire brigade will be informed and ambulance will be called and kept ready to

meet any eventuality.

Neighboring factories will be communicated for sending help.

Statutory authorities such as factory inspector, district collector and others

concerned to be intimated.

Procedure for salvage operations

The salvage operation will be carried out under the guidance of the main

controller, his advisory team and incident controller.

They will conduct accident investigation; assess the damages-the clock by

security supervisors.

During emergency, the main controller and his advisory-team will confirm

Master plan of facility and 5kms surrounding area-displayed on wall

Layout of facility, equipment and storages, displayed on table and wall

Availability and location of personal protective equipment

Self-contained breathing apparatus sets and the spare cylinders

External telephone with direct dialing and STD facilities

Internal telephone

List of important internal and external telephone numbers displayed on table

and wall.

Transport facility



Extra copies of plant layout for marking during emergency

Telephone directory both local and surrounding district

General stationary like paper, pencil etc.

Nominal roll and address of all employees with contract telephone no‟s and

blood group

List of first aiders and emergency squad members

Details of all contractors and their employees.

Details of meteorological information during different seasons such as wind

speed, direction, temperature, humidity etc.

The location of ECC, Assembly point, availability of first aid boxes, fire

extinguishers, PPE should be marked onsite.

7.23.10 MITIGATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT DURING FIRE

EMERGENCY

In case of fire, cut of contact of fire with flammable material or prevent of fire by

other means

Use water or suitable fire extinguisher to extinguish fire

Contain the contaminated water or any other liquid to prevent it going to soil or

drain and divert it to ETP storage tank. If required treat it before sending to ETP

tank.

Any solid waste generated should be collected, stored and send to TSDF site.

During fire emergency use necessary PPE.

Bottom valve failure: mitigation of environment impact during failure of between

valves or tank failure.

In case of material coming out of the bottom valve shall be contained inside the

dyke wall and will be transferred to HDPE plastic drum by help of pump/piping.

In case of acid spillage after pumping shall be neutralized and waste shall be

cleaned with help of water and send the water to ETP.

The failed bottom valve shall be replaced or repaired and restart. After tank is

empty valve will be repaired, or replaced. In case of leakage form tank body

tank will be repaired.



Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom value shall be carried

out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body, thickness

checking shall be same as per schedule.

In case of bottom value failure or heavy leakages from tank body material in the

tank shall be transferred to the HDPE drums, by running the pump.

Preventions of failure: preventive maintenance of bottom valve shall be carried

out as per schedule. To prevent any leakage from tank body, thickness

checking shall be same as per schedule.

In case of any material leaching the soil it shall be neutralized and washed with

water.

7.23.11 RAISING THE ALARM

Emergency alarm shall be raised in the event of an emergency.

Any person noticing an unusual occurrence, fire, chlorine leakage, toxic or

corrosive substance leakage etc. shall inform the concerned department/section

head/shift in charge immediately and try to control/contain the incident.

Departmental head/shift in charge will immediately go to the site of incident,

assess the situation and initiate the action to “blow the emergency Alarm” by

telephoning the main gate to security officer/Asst, security officer/Security

supervisor.

In case of telephone failure a messenger will be sent running to main gate to

inform.

Details of siren are given below

Siren codes

Declaration of emergency:-A long short wailing siren for one minute will mean

that there is an emergency within the premises.

All clear siren: - A long siren for one minute will mean that the emergency

declared is under control, i.e. all clear. This siren code will mean All clear,

normal condition.

Evacuation siren:-A long short wailing siren for 3 [three] minutes, will mean that

emergency declared cannot be controlled. Hence all persons in the premises

will evacuate as per the plan.



7.23.12 DECLARING MAJOR EMERGENCY

Major emergency may be declared after sufficient thought because it activates many

agencies and the nominated persons to declare major emergencies.

TRANSPORT AND EVACUATION ARRANGEMENTS

Arrangements shall be made for the transport and evacuation of persons in

case of any emergency situation arises in the factory.

Those employees who have own vehicles will make arrangements to shift the

injured.

7.23.13 PLANT OPERATIONS

1. Role of HOD

He will take plant related decisions, which will facilitate the fire fighting

operation.

2. Plant Employees

They shall:

On heaving the siren, report to plant supervisor

Do as directed by plant supervisor

Stop all hot works

Remove unwanted persons from the affected area to the “Assembly Point “near

main security gate viz visitors, guests

Stop all non-essential operations

3. Non-plant Employees

On hearing the siren, shall stop their work assemble at “Assembly Point” near

main security gate along with guests and visitors.

7.23.14 TELEPHONE MESSAGES

Telephone operator has to pay vital role in case of emergency. After hearing the

siren/hooter, he/she should inform to all key personnel immediately on phone.

He/she should receiving be very sharp, precise, attentive and quick in & noticing the

message.



7.23.15 MOCK DRILL

In spite of detailed training, it may be necessary to try out whether, the OSEP works

out and will there be any difficulties in execution of such plan. In order to evaluate

the plan and its effectives of meeting the objective of the OSEP, occasional mock

drills are contemplated. After a few pre- informed mock drills, few un-informed mock

drills would be taken. All this is to famiarize the employees with the concept and

procedures and to see their response. These scheduled and unscheduled mock

drills would be conducted during shift change, public holidays, in night shifts etc, to

improve preparedness. Emergency Coordinator [EHS] is responsible for organizing

planned and unplanned mock drills.

Two types of Mock drills are in practice. They are

1. Announced-Once in 3 months

2. Unannounced –Once in 6 months.

Mock drill observation

Mock drill observation team [ERT members] is constituted and they note down the

action of various coordinators in chronological order. The time of arrival of each

coordinator and their duties are detailed in a note. Immediately after mock drill, the

advisory team and emergency coordinators meet and review the mock drill records

in chronological order and take note of corrective action. The record of this meeting

note is circulated for compliance of concerned.

Role of Mock drill observers

Note readings of plant instruments

Meteorological conditions

Time of emergency declaration and time when the personnel responded /

reported

Ambulance reported and time when additional vehicles reported

Collect information description of the event, estimated quantity of the gas

release, fire, contamination and effected levels at various locations, injuries and

equipment damage.



7.24 OFFSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

“If the accident is such that its affects inside the factory are uncontrollable and it

may spread outside the factory premise, it is called as “OFFSITE EMERGENCY”

FLOWCHART FOR OFFSITE EMERGENCYPLAN

The Offsite emergency plan is made based on events, which could affect people and

Environment outside the premises. The off site plan is largely a matter of ensuring

the co-ordination of proposed services and their readiness as far as possible, for the

specific hazards and problems, which may arise in as incident. Briefly two main

purposes of the plan are as under:

To provide the local district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors etc. the basic

Information of risk and environmental impact assessment and to appraise them of

the consequences and the protection / prevention measures and control plans and to

seek their help to communicate with the public in case of major emergency.



To assist the district authorities in preparing the Offsite emergency plan of the

district or particular area. We have made our key personnel and other fully aware

about this aspect. The function of the offsite plans are as under:

Structure of the offsite emergency plan includes the following:-

Organizational set up-Incident controller /Site main controller, Key personnel,

etc

Communication facilities - List of important telephones

Specialized emergency equipment - Firefighting equipment

Specialized Knowledge - Trained people

Voluntary Organization - Details of organization

Chemical information - MSDS of hazardous substances

Meteorological information - Weather condition, Wind velocity etc

Humanitarian arrangement - Transport, First aid, Ambulance

7.24.1 ROLE OF THE FACTORY MANAGEMENT

The Onsite and Offsite plans are come together so that the emergency services are

call upon at the appropriate time and are provided with accurate information and a

correct assessment of situation.

7.24.2 ROLE OF LOCAL AUTHORITY

Generally the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authority. They may

have appointed an Emergency planning officer (EPO) to prepare whole range of

different emergency within the local authority area.

7.24.3 ROLE OF FIRE AUTHORITY

The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who

would take over the handling of fire from the Incident Controller on arrival at the site.

7.24.4 ROLE OF POLICE

The overall control of an emergency is normally assumed by the police with a senior

officer designated as emergency coordinating officer. Formal duties of the police

during emergency include protection of life and property and controlling traffic

movements.



7.24.5 ROLE OF HEALTH AUTHORITIES

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances etc. have a

vital role to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of

the emergency plan. Major off site incidents are likely to require medical equipments

and facilities in addition to those available locally.

7.24.6 ROLE OF THE “MUTUAL AID” AGENCIES

Some types of mutual aids are available from the surrounding factories, as per need,

as a part of the onsite and Offsite emergency plan.

7.24.7 THE ROLE OF THE FACTORY INSPECTORATE

In the event of an accident, the factory inspector will assist the District Emergency

Authority for information and help in getting mutual aid from surrounding factories.

Unit maintains the records of details of emergency occur, corrective preventive

measures taken and in future the same practice will be continued. Unit will be

displayed the details like list of assembly points, name of the persons involve in the

safety team like Site Controller, Incident controller etc.

PROJECT BENEFITS

CHAPTER -VIII


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter - VIII Page 334

CHAPTER – VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed project will become beneficial to the surrounding area or community in

terms of employment, social development and other benefits as described hereunder;

8.1 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

The proposed project has employment potential for skilled (50 persons), semi-skilled

(30 persons) and unskilled (20 persons). The preference will be given to local

population for employment; this will increase the employment opportunity in the

surrounding area. Indirect employment is also bound to be generated to provide day-to-

day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. This will also increase

the demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. The employed people will be

benefited financially.

8.2 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) & SOCIO-ECONOMIC

DEVELOPMENT

Felix Ventures LLP not only carries out business but also understands the obligations

towards the society. Unit will employ people from the nearby villages for the proposed

project. The wages paid to direct and indirect workforce in the proposed project will fulfill

their monetary requirements, which in turn leads to socio economic development in the

surrounding villages. The Project proponent is well aware of the obligations towards the

society and to fulfill the social obligations Unit will also try to generate maximum indirect

employment in the nearby villages by appointing local contractors during construction

phase as well as during operation phase. Unit will be contributed reasonably as part of

their CSR activity. Unit will spend about 2.5% of the project cost for CSR & 2 % for CER

activities like potable water supply, health & educational aid to the nearby villages. CSR

& CER activities identified and planned at present are described below Table.



CSR & CER BUDGET FROM FELIX VENTURES LLP

Project Location : Felix Ventures LLP.

CSR & CER Plan Period: Five Years from the date of commercial production.

Project cost : Rs. 15 Crores

Corporate Social Responsibility Budget : Rs. 37.5 Lakhs [2.5% of the Project cost] for 5 Years

Corporate Environment Responsibility Budget : Rs. 30.0 Lakhs [2% of the Project cost]

S. No CSR & CER

Activity 1st

Year 2nd

Year 3rd

Year 4th

Year 5th

Year

Total (Rs. in Lakhs)

Proposed Action Plan

1 Drinking water supply to nearby villages.

13.0 2.0 2.0 2.5 3.0 22.5

Proposed to establish drinking water RO

plant for supply to Gunded, Dammagadda

Tanda, Medigadda Tanda, Nerallapalli and

Palugalagadda villages.

2 Health care Aid to nearby villages

4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 22.5

Free Health checkup and supply of

medicines to the sick people in the nearby

villages.

3 Educational Aid to the school students

4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 22.5

Supply of books, uniforms and other

educational aides like computers with

internet facilities to nearby village schools.

Total CSR & CER Budget

22.0 11.0 11.0 11.5 12.0 67.5



8.3 DIRECT REVENUE EARNING TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER

This project will contribute additional revenue to the Central & State exchequer in the

form of Central GST & State GST. Thus, the proposed project will help the Government

by paying taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus, will help in

developing the area. Demand of the proposed products in foreign market is also

significant, which will boost the export potential of the company as well as country.

Export oriented units plays vital role in development of economy as well as local

physical infrastructure for further boosting of industrial development with sustainable

approach as the industries need to maintain good environment & safety condition to get

better foreign market.

8.4 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The project proponent has proposed to develop infrastructural facilities like roads,

drinking water and power to the proposed site, easily accessible approach roads

required for public transport and material transport to the project site. Hence major

benefit to the public infrastructure is anticipated due to the proposed project.

8.5 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The proposed project will have many employment & trade opportunities with the

inception of the construction activities. Thus, these considerable employment & trade

opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the local people

& businesses/contractors and helps to improve in the social infrastructure.

8.6 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

With this new unit, Felix Ventures LLP contributes to growth in manufacturing sector

and the country will also benefit from GST revenues, Foreign exchange earnings from

exports are envisaged. Beside economic benefits, the general social & cultural

development of the area is anticipated due to the CSR & CER activities planned by the

company. The long-term implications of this change can be definitely considered as

progressive development of surrounding area.

ENVIRONMENT COST

BENEFIT ANALYSIS

CHAPTER -IX


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd Chapter – IX Page 337

CHAPTER - IX

ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.0 COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

During the scoping stage; no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is

suggested by the appraisal committee.

ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

CHAPTER -X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

[SUMMARY OF EIA REPORT]

CHAPTER -XI


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 378

CHAPTER – XI

PROJECT SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS Felix Ventures LLP has proposed to establish a Bulk Drugs & Intermediates

manufacturing unit with the production capacity of 100.0 TPM respectively.

11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

S. No Contents Details

1 Name of the Project:

Felix Ventures LLP.

Sy No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94, Gunded Village,

Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar District

Telangana State.

2 Details of Applicant

Mr. N. Anirudh Reddy

(Designated Director)

H.No:1-1-245/A/1, Bapinagar, Chikkadpally,

Hyderabad, Telangana.

3 Status

Felix Ventures LLP., Proposed to establish a

Bulk Drugs & Intermediates manufacturing unit

at Sy No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94, Gunded Village,

Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar District

Telangana State.

4 Type of Land & Status Industrial land.

Proposed Land: 5.70 Acres (23067.1 SQM).

5 Capital Investment of the

Project, Rs. in Crores 15.0 Crores

6 Capital cost for EMP, Rs.

in Lakhs 104 Lakhs

7 Recurring cost for EMP,

Rs. in Lakhs 20 Lakhs

8 Employment opportunity 100 persons (50 direct & 50 indirect)

9 Green belt Development

It is envisaged to develop greenbelt on all sides

of the industry in an area of about 2.73 Acres

(11075.80 SQM).

10

Pollution control measures adopted

Effluent water disposal ZLD System

Flue gas emission control Adequate stack of height 32 mts for wider

dispersion of pollutants


Prepared By Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Chapter -XI Page 379

For SPM control, provided cyclone separator followed by bag filter

Process gas emission control

Two stage scrubbers installed for process gas emissions

Fugitive emission control

Vent condensers to the storage tanks and

reactors

Solvents and chemicals are handling in closed system

Hazardous waste management

All the hazardous waste will be collected, stored, handled, transported and disposed to TSDF as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, amended time to time etc are major Act/rules/notification applicable to industry.

11 Expenditure for CSR

activities Rs. 67.5 Lakhs for five years.

11.2 CONCLUSIONS

It can be concluded on a positive note that due to the adequate provision and efficient

operation of Environmental Management Systems and after the implementation of the

proposed mitigation measures and environmental management plans, the project

activities during the construction and operation phase would have manageable & largely

have reversible impacts on the environment, and on balance the project would be

beneficial to surrounding communities and the region.

ENCLOSURES

GROUND WATER

APPROVAL

ENCLOSURE - I

GOVERNMENT OF TELANGANA GROUND WATER DEPARTMENT

From:- K.Laxma, MSc., DIRECTOR, Ground Water Department, Chintal Basthi, Khairathabad Hyderabad – 500 004. Office Phone: 040-23314978 Fax No.040-23314950 Email ID:[email protected]

To The Commissioner of Industries, Chirag Ali Lane, Abids, Hyderabad.

Letter No.11062/GP/TSiPASS/MBNR/2017, Dated:03.01.2018.

Sir,

Sub:- Telangana State Ground Water Department – M/s Felix Ventures LLP - Permission for withdrawal of Ground Water – Ground Water Investigation Report - Submitted – Reg.

Ref:- 1. CAF of M/s Felix Ventures LLP, Gunded (V) Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar District. Unique ID No.SML007000910799. Pre-Scrutiny completed dated:22.12.2017.

2. LR.No.400/Tech/2017, dt:29.12.2017 of the District Ground Water Officer, Ground Water Department, Mahabubnagar.

<><><>

With reference to the subject and reference cited, it is to submit that, the District

Ground Water Officer, Ground Water Department, Mahabubnagar has conducted

groundwater investigations in the extent of 23067.06 Sq.mts of land bearing parts of

survey nos.79, 80 & 94 of M/s Felix Ventures LLP, located in Gunded (V) Balanagar

Mandal, Mahabubnagar District to study the feasibility for extraction of 80 KLD of

ground water and submitted the report to the undersigned vide reference 2nd cited.

After scrutiny of the report, the permission is hereby accorded for withdrawal of

80 KLD ground water from two recommended borewells against the requirement of

80 KLD for the firm subject to the following terms and conditions.

➢ The firm is permitted to draw the 80 KLD of water from two recommended

borewells. ➢ Rainwater Harvesting Structures must be constructed at proposed locations in

the premises to augment rainwater. ➢ The Government of Telangana reserves the right to stop from using of ground

water during emergencies or wherever the plant deviates the terms and conditions.

1

REPORT ON GROUND WATER INVESTIGATIONS FOR M/s FELIX VENTURES LLP, GUNDED (V) BALANAGAR (M)

MAHABUBNAGAR DISTRICT.

INTRODUCTION :

As per the common Application form TS - iPASS downloaded SML 007000910799 on 21-12-2017 and as

per the instructions of the Director, Ground Water Department, Hyderabad. Dated: 22-12-2017 Ground Water Surveys

have been carried out in the premises of M/s. Felix Ventures LLP., area covering 5.28 acres including built up area is

1.33 acres in Sy.No. Parts of 79, 80 & 94 of Gunded Village, Balanagar Mandal, Mahabubnagar District on 28-12-

2017 for selection of feasible ground water structures.

REQUIREMENT OF WATER The Commissioner of Industries, Hyderabad through CAF UID NO: SML007000910799 from TS- iPASS

website, has referred the proposal for ground water clearance with a requirement of 80.0 Kilo Litres per day.

LOCATION : M/s. Felix Ventures LLP., area is located at a distance of 2.38 Km West of Gunded Village, Balanagar

Mandal, The total extent of the investigated area is 5.28 acres consisting Sy.No Parts of 79, 80 & 94 falling in Topo

sheet No. 56 L/I. The Geographical Co –ordinates of the plant area as obtained from the GPS are in between 78°

8'44.30"E - 78° 8'44.38"E - 78° 8'45.47"E 78° 8'46.09"E - 78° 8'42.69"E - 78° 8'40.47"E - 78° 8'42.05"E - 78°

8'47.50"E - 78° 8'46.07"E East Longitudes and 16°57'26.80"N - 16°57'27.34"N - 16°57'27.24"N - 16°57'28.67"N -

16°57'28.59"N 16°57'28.89"N - 16°57'33.36"N - 16°57'32.30"N - 16°57'26.95"N North Latitudes, and also the

Geographical Co-ordinates of the investigated area. The Topo sheet extract showing the location is enclosed in plate

No. I

PHYSIOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE: The investigated area exhibits with gentle slope topography towards East and North direction. The

elevation is about 590-597 meters above mean sea level. The drainage pattern of the area is sub-dendritic to dentritic.

It drains into Dindy River and forms a part of the major basin of Krishna River. It is observed that it comes under non

command category.

Climate & Rainfall:

The area under investigation falls in Semi- arid region and the climate in the area is generally hot. The

maximum rain fall is received from South–west monsoon and the annual normal rain fall of Balanagar Mandal is

596mm. The actual rain fall received for a period of decade from the year 2006- 07 to 2016-17 ( Balanagar Mandal

Rain Gauge station ) is as shown below in table-I.

2

TABLE - I

Year Normal rain fall (mm)

Actual rain fall received (mm)

% Deviation from the normal & category

2006-07

596

561.0 -5.9 Normal

2007-08 826.4 + 38.6 Excess

2008-09 810.7 +36.0 Excess

2009-10 766.4 +28.5 Excess

2010-11 762.4 +21.8 Excess

2011-12 543.2 -8.9 Normal

2012-13 574.6 -3.6 Normal

2013-14 913.6 + 53.2 Excess

2014-15 181.8 -69.5 Deficit

2015-16 500.0 -16 Normal

2016-17 445.8 -25 Deficit

Average 625.9 +5.01 Normal

It is observed from the above rainfall data that the mandal received normal rainfall for 4 years during the

years 2006-07, 2011-12, 2012-13,2015-16 & excess rain fall for 5years 2007-08, 2008-09, 2009-10, 2010-11, 2013-14.

The rainfall was deficit for 2 years 2014-15 & 2016-17. Over all, rain fall pattern is recorded as normal in the mandal

during the period from 2006 to 2017. SOIL TYPE & CROPPING PATTERN : The area under investigation is covered by red soils and partly by mixed soils in the lower elevation. The

thickness of the soil varies from 0.5 meters to 1.5 meters. In general, percolation and infiltration factors of the area are

low to moderate.

It is observed that paddy is grown under Bore wells during Kharif season, and crops like Maize, Paddy,

Fodder, Vegetables and other Irrigated dry crops are grown under ground water irrigation, through bore wells during

Rabi season.

HYDROGEOLOGY :

The area under investigation is underlain by granites comes under Achaean age. The area is generally covered

with Red sandy soils followed by weathered and semi weathered then minor fractured granite and massive basement.

The texture of the formation is medium to Coarse grained in nature. The ground water occurs under water table as

well as semi confined conditions in the weathered and fractured zones. At some places sets of joints are observed.

The depth of Bore wells varies from 60 to 100 m and the yield varies from 2000 LPH to 9000LPH. The

reported depth to Water Levels in the area varies from 11 to 14m below ground level. The particulars of the wells

inventoried are shown in Table-II

Table-II : Well Inventory Data :

S.No Type of Well/ Location Name of Well Owner Depth(m)/

Dia(mm) Yield (LPH) Remarks

1 Bore well/ N 16°57'34.3" E

78° 8'51.0" Kethvath Valya 100/165 5800

3

2 Bore well / N 16°57'36.0" E

78° 8'48.4" Kethavath Kulya 60/165 3300

DEPTH TO WATER LEVELS: (Rajapur Piezometer data) : Ground Water Department is monitoring the depth to water levels of Rajapur peizometer on monthly basis,

and the analysis of month wise water level data from June 2005 to May 2017, for a period of 11 years, is furnished in

the table-III. Table-III :

S.NO Year

Depth to Water Level in meters bgl

June

July

Aug

ust

Sept

embe

r

Oct

ober

Nov

embe

r

Dec

embe

r

Janu

ary

Febr

uary

Mar

ch

Apr

il

May

1 2005-06 30.93 29.94 29.54 28.22 27.37 25.55 25.57 25.79 25.96 25.67 26.09 26.13

2 2006-07 25.70 26.20 25.47 24.83 20.27 23.26 23.17 23.16 25.29 25.42 25.62 26.20

3 2007-08 24.22 23.52 23.06 22.80 21.95 21.28 21.41 21.62 21.83 22.08 21.73 22.00

4 2008-09 22.38 22.22 21.62 20.44 20.50 20.57 20.32 20.20 20.53 20.78 21.18 21.37

5 2009-10 21.36 21.35 21.75 20.90 19.36 19.17 18.97 18.97 19.09 19.62 19.88 20.31

6 2010-11 20.30 19.47 19.00 18.02 17.18 16.20 15.83 15.65 15.72 15.59 15.95 16.13

7 2011-12 16.46 16.57 16.30 16.20 16.05 16.04 16.28 16.70 17.47 17.62 17.93 18.36

8 2012-13 18.57 18.80 18.55 18.82 19.03 18.52 18.47 19.47 20.10 19.18 19.59 20.36

9 2013-14 20.95 20.40 18.91 16.50 19.44 17.18 17.54 19.45 19.56 19.65 19.40 19.49

10 2014-15 19.62 19.84 20.01 20.01 20.07 20.49 21.71 21.60 21.59 21.78 22.59 22.52

11 2015-16 24.45 25.05 24.23 23.63 24.91 22.95 25.95 26.43 26.58 27.27 28.42 29.21

12 2016-17 29.05 29.35 29.37 29.69 21.43 29.32 29.48 29.63 31.10 32.03 30.60 31.09

The analysis of water level data indicates that the pre monsoon water levels range from 16.13 m (May 2011)

to 31.09 m (May 2017) whereas the post monsoon water levels are ranging from 16.04 m (November 2011) to 29.32 m

(November, 2016). Over all, the water levels are deep in pre-monsoon season and moderately shallow to deep during

Post monsoon seasons. It is also observed that the seasonal fluctuations from post monsoon to pre monsoon period are

ranging from 0.8 to 6.0 m.

DYNAMIC GROUND WATER RESOURCE ESTIMATION: Ground Water Department has been conducting periodical exercise to estimate the basin wise ground water

resource, draft, and balance, the stage of ground water development and categorization of the basin in the district.

Gunded Village of Balanagar Mandal is falling in the MBNR_ D_44_BALANAGAR sub basin. As per the Ground

Water Resource Estimation as the base year 2010-11, this sub basin is categorized as “Safe” basin with 70% of stage

of ground water development. Details are given in the table-IV.

4

TABLE -IV :

Name of the basin

GW

Available

resource

Ha.m

GW Draft

for all uses

Ha.m

Balance

in Ha.m

% of

development Category

MBNR_D_44_BALANAGAR 5424 3777 1400 70% safe

QUALITY :

It is reported that in general the quality of ground water is potable and also suitable for agriculture and

Industrial purposes

SUGGESTION FOR IMPROVEMENT OF GROUND WATER

It is advised to construct 4 no. of site specific Rain Water Harvesting pits with the dimensions of 2.0

* 2.0* 1.0 m at the sites as shown in the location Map to sustain the ground water yields. The Process of recycling of

water also has to be adopted to conserve the ground water over the years and other related measures may also be taken

up for proper sustainability and conservation of ground water resource.

CONCLUSIONS :

1. The area of M/s. Felix Ventures LLP., is located at Gunded (V) Balanagar(M) Mahabubnagar Dist.

2. The water requirement of the Industry is 80 KLD.

3. The investigated Industry area is underlain by granites of Achaean age.

4. The annual normal rain fall of the mandal is 596 mm and it received normal rainfall during 4 years and Excess

Rainfall during 5 years out of 12 years for which data is studied.

5. The depth to water levels is moderately deep and the fluctuations in the water levels indicate no pronounced

falling trend.

6. As per the GEC-2010-11 estimation, estimated ground water resource in the sub-basin is 5424 Ha.m, draft is

3777 Ha.m, ground water balance is 1400 Ha.m and the stage of development is 70% and hence the basin falls

under Safe category.

RECOMMENDATIONS :

The area investigated is feasible for ground water development, 2 Bore Wells are recommended for drilling

at Hg No.1 & Hg No.2 as shown in table-V and expected yield of bore wells put together will be 11000 LPH.

Bore well: TABLE-V:

S.No Hg.NO Type of well Recommended with Location Depth(m) Dia(m) Anticipated

Yield(LPH)

1 1 Bore well/ N 16° 57' 32.7" E 78° 8' 41.9" 120 165 5500

2 2 Bore well/ N 16°57' 27.3" E 78° 8' 44.9" 120 165 5500

Total yield 11000

NABET ACCREDITATION

DETAILS

ENCLOSURE - II

QCI

Quality Council of India

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training

~---'-"~---'-C--'e-'-'-'rt--'--ifi_Ic--'--a--'t-e~o-f_A_c_c~re--'-'-d"--it-'-a"'"'""ti~o'-'-'n~·· ~'-'-'--'--'--"-·C-Jj Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd.,

Plot no: 203, H.No:S-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar,

IDA, Kukatpally, Hyderabad ~ 500072.

are accredited as Category- A organization under the QCI-NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultant Organizations: Version 3 for preparing EIA/EMP reports inthe following sectors :

SI.No. \ Sector (as per)

' Sector Description

·NABET MoEFCC Cat.

' 1 Mining of mine.f-als including (Opencast only) 1 B 1(a) (i)

2 Pesticides industry and pesticide specific .

17 A 5 (b)

intermediates(excluding formulation)

Synthetic organic chemicals industry( dyes & dye intermediates 5 (f)

3 bulk drug, and intermediates excluding drugformulation,

21 A synthetic rubbers, basic organic chemicals, othersynthetic organic chemicals and chen;lical intermediates.

Isolated storage & handlingofhazardous chemicals (As per · 4 threshold planning quality indicated in column 3 of schedule 2 28 B 6 (b)

& 3 of MSIHC Rules 1989 amended 2000) ·.·

5 Common effluent treatment plants (CETPs) 36 B 7 (h) 6 Building and construction project 38 B 8 (a)

Note: Nome of approved EIA Coordinators and Functional Area Experts are mentioned in SA AC minutes dated May 30, 2017 posted an QCI-NABET website.

The Accreditation shall remain in force subject to continued compliance to the terms and conditions mentioned in NABEr's letter of accreditation bearing no. QCI/NABET/ENV/AC0/17/0359 dated July 14,2017. The accreditation needs to be renewed before the expiry date by Rightsource Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd., following due process of assessment.

Certificate No.

NABET/EIA/1518/ SA 038 Validity till date February 2, 2018

r \':

For the updated List of Accredited Consultants with approved sectors please refer QCI-NABET website.

National Accreditation Board for Education and Training !Member ·lnternetional Accroditotion Forum & Pacilic Accreditation Cooperation)

QCI/NABET/EIA/AC0/18/0613 Right Source Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. Plot No.203, H.No.S-36/203, Prashanthi Nagar, Kukatpally, Hyderabad- 500072 (Kind Attention: Sh. P S N Murthy)

April17, 2018

Sub: Validity of Accreditation as EIA Consultant organization- Right Source Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd.

Dear Sir,

This has reference to the accreditation of your organization under QCI-NABET EIA Scheme, the validity of Right Source Industrial Solutions Pvt. Ltd. is hereby extended till October 16, 2018 or completion of assessment process, whichever is earlier.

The above extension is subject to the submission of required information/documents related to assessment on time to NABET.

You are requested not to use this letter after expiry of the above stated date.

With best regards,

a Senior Director! NABET

Institute ofTown Planners India, 6" Floor, 4-A, Ring Road, I.P Estate, New Delhi-110 002, India

Telefax: +91-11-233 23 416, 417, 41 S, 419, 420 E-mail: [email protected] Fax: +91-11-233 23 415 Website: www.qcin.org

OF M/S. FELIX VENTURES LLP Ventures...DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN OF M/S. FELIX VENTURES LLP LOCATED AT Sy No: Parts of 79, 80 & 94,

Documents